Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Mayombya MPL PDF Free PDF
Mayombya MPL PDF Free PDF
CONCEPTUAL
ADVANCED MATHEMATICS
Form VI
ii
iii
CONCEPTUAL
ADVANCED MATHEMATICS
For Secondary Schools
Form VI
Author
Petro L Mayombya
Edited by:
Peter Amos Kasunzu
Petro L Mayombya
iv
Published by: Petro L Mayombya
P.o Box 14
Bagamoyo, Tanzania
Tel: +255765365925
Email: mayombyap@gmail.com
v
Table of Contents
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT ...............................................................................................x
PREFACE...................................................................................................................... xi
HYPERBOLIC FUNCTIONS.........................................................................................1
1.1 BASIC HYPERBOLIC FUNCTIONS ..................................................................1
1.2 GRAPHS OF HYPERBOLIC FUNCTIONS ........................................................3
1.3 HYPERBOLIC IDENTITIES ...............................................................................8
1.4 HYPERBOLIC COMPOUND VALUES ...........................................................13
1.5 HYPERBOLIC DOUBLE VALUE ....................................................................15
1.6 HYPERBOLIC TRIPLE VALUE .......................................................................17
1.7 OSBORN’S RULE ..............................................................................................19
1.8 FACTOR FORMULAE ......................................................................................20
1.9 HYPERBOLIC EQUATIONS ............................................................................23
1.10 LOGARITHM FORM OF INVERSE HYPERBOLIC FUNCTIONS..............25
1.11 DERIVATIVE OF HYPERBOLIC FUNCTIONS ...........................................35
1.12 INTEGRATION OF HYPERBOLIC FUNCTIONS.........................................41
1.13 APPLICATIONS OF HYPERBOLIC FUNCTIONS .......................................70
VECTORS .....................................................................................................................73
2.1 TERMINOLOGIES USED IN VECTORS .........................................................73
2.2 COMPONENTS OF VECTORS .........................................................................76
2.3 OPERATION OF VECTORS .............................................................................77
2.5 UNIT VECTOR...................................................................................................83
2.6 DISTANCE BETWEEN TWO POINTS ............................................................84
2. 7 MID-POINT BETWEEN TWO POINTS ..........................................................85
2.8 RATIO THEOREM.............................................................................................86
2.9 DIRECTION RATIO AND DIRECTION COSINE ...........................................90
2.10 DOT PRODUCT ...............................................................................................93
2.11 CROSS PRODUCT .........................................................................................109
2.12 COLLINEAR VECTORS ...............................................................................116
vi
2.13 LINEAR COMBINATION OF VECTORS ....................................................118
2.14 SCALAR TRIPLE PRODUCT (BOX PRODUCT) .......................................118
2.15 COPLANAR....................................................................................................120
2.16 DERIVATIVE AND INTEGRATION OF VECTORS ..................................121
2.17 REAL LIFE APPLICATIONS OF VECTORS...............................................126
NUMERICAL METHODS .........................................................................................131
3.1 ERRORS............................................................................................................132
3.2 NUMERICAL APPROXIMATION .................................................................134
3.3 NUMERICAL INTEGRATION .......................................................................152
3.4 APPLICATIONS OF NUMERICAL METHODS ............................................164
COMPLEX NUMBERS ..............................................................................................171
4.1 REPRESENTATION OF A COMPLEX NUMBER ON THE ARGAND
DIAGRAM ..............................................................................................................172
4.2 CONJUGATE OF A COMPLEX NUMBER ...................................................174
4.3 MODULUS AND ARGUMENT OF COMPLEX NUMBERS ........................175
4.4 OPERATION OF COMPLEX NUMBERS ......................................................178
4.5 REPRESENTATION OF COMPLEX NUMBERS ..........................................180
4.6 DEMOIVRE’S THEOREM ..............................................................................188
4.7 COMPLEX ROOTS ..........................................................................................206
4.8 ROOTS OF THE COMPLEX NUMBERS .......................................................207
4.9 CUBE ROOTS OF A UNIT ..............................................................................212
4.10 SIMULTANEOUS EQUATIONS OF Z-PLANE AND W-PLANE ..............214
4.11 RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN TRIGONOMETRIC AND HYPERBOLIC
FUNCTIONS ...........................................................................................................216
4.12 LOCUS ............................................................................................................218
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS .................................................................................239
5.1 FIRST ORDER DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS .............................................247
5.2 SECOND ORDER DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS ........................................276
5.3 SUPERPOSITION DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS........................................304
vii
5.4 EXACTNESS DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS ...............................................307
5.5 SIMPLE HARMONIC MOTION DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS ................311
5.6 APPLICATION OF DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS ......................................314
COORDINATE GEOMETRY II ................................................................................346
6.1 PARABOLA......................................................................................................348
6.1.1 TANGENT TO THE PARABOLA ................................................................376
6.1.2 NORMAL TO THE PARABOLA .................................................................382
6.2 ELLIPSE............................................................................................................385
6.2.1 TANGENT TO AN ELLIPSE ........................................................................408
6.2.2 EQUATIONS OF TANGENT AND NORMAL OF AN ELLIPSE ..............409
6.2.3 CIRCLES OF AN ELLIPSE ..........................................................................416
6. 2.4 CONCETRIC ELLIPSES ..............................................................................417
6.3 HYPERBOLA ...................................................................................................418
6.3.1 TANGENT TO THE HYPERBOLA .............................................................439
6.3.2 EQUATION OF NORMAL TO THE HYPERBOLA ...................................443
6.3.3 TRANSVERSE AXIS OF THE HYPERBOLA ............................................444
6.3.4 ASYMPTOTES TO THE HYPERBOLA ......................................................446
6.3.5 RECTANGULAR HYPERBOLA .................................................................449
6.4 POLAR COORDINATES .................................................................................451
6.5 APPLICATIONS OF CONIC SECTIONS .......................................................465
STATISTICS ...............................................................................................................480
7.1 REPRESENTATION OF DATA ......................................................................481
7.2 MEASURES OF DATA....................................................................................482
7.3 APPLICATION OF STATISTICS ....................................................................519
PROBABILITY ...........................................................................................................523
8.1 COUNTING TECHNIQUES FOR THE SAMPLE SPACE .............................524
8.2 PROBABILITY AXIOMS AND THEOREM ..................................................539
8.3 CONDITIONAL PROBABILITY ....................................................................559
8.4 PROBABILITY DISTRIBUTIONS ..................................................................567
viii
8.4.1 Discrete Random Variable..........................................................................567
8.4.2 Continuous Random Variable ....................................................................575
8.5 SOME SPECIAL PROBABILITY DISTRIBUTION.......................................583
8.5.1 Binomial Distribution .................................................................................583
8.5.2 Poisson Distribution ...................................................................................592
8.5.3 Normal Distribution....................................................................................597
8.6 APPLICATIONS OF PROBABILITY .............................................................611
NECTA FORMAT EXAMINATIONS.......................................................................629
ANSWERS .................................................................................................................683
HYPERBOLIC FUNCTIONS.....................................................................................683
VECTORS ...................................................................................................................685
NUMERICAL METHODS .........................................................................................688
COMPLEX NUMBERS ..............................................................................................689
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS .................................................................................692
COORDINATE GEOMETRY II ................................................................................699
STATISTICS ...............................................................................................................701
PROBABILITY ...........................................................................................................702
INDEX.........................................................................................................................707
BIBLIOGRAPHY .......................................................................................................710
ix
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
I express sincere appreciation to my family most especially my lovely wife, E.David,
my daughter (Naomi), my incomparable mom, N. Kazungu, my beloved sisters,
Salome, Winfrida and Josephine.
10. Mr. E. Zablon and S. Minule (Barbro Johannson Model Girls Sec. School)
14. Mr. Yessaya Joseph Mnyambi (St. Mary’s Mazinde Juu Secondary School)
I am greatly grateful to various students who have given their valuable suggestions
for the preparation of this book, most especially Marian High Schools particularly
form six (2016/17, 2017/18, 2018/19 . I sincerely acknowledge their great
contribution.
I am really very grateful to our Manager, Head of School and other members of the
staff for making the project successful.
Lastly, I thank the Almighty God for enabling the successful completion of this book.
In addition, major effort has been made to make the text suitable for a wider
range of students. Consideration has been made to reduce unnecessary
complexity especially with vivid examples. Particular care has been taken with
introduction to each topic, some sections have been recognized, sub headings
added. It is hoped that these changes will improve the readability while
retaining the vigor and depth of the text.
It is also, my hope that, the book will be resourceful to all teachers and other
professionals specialised and interested in Mathematics.
Petro L Mayombya
Tel: +255765365925
E-mail: mayombyap@gmail.com
Bagamoyo Tanzania
January 2020
xi
Chapter One
HYPERBOLIC FUNCTIONS
Introduction.
Hyperbolic functions are analogs of trigonometric functions which consists of
natural exponents.
Proof;
Since hyperbolic functions are defined interm of exponential functions, we use the series
of e x and e x to proof the above formula.
x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7
ex 1 x ...
2! 3! 4! 5! 6! 7!
x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7
e x 1 x ...
2! 3! 4! 5! 6! 7!
Add the above series of e x and e x
x2 x4 x6
e x e x 2 2 2 2 ...
2! 4! 6!
e x ex x2 x4 x6
1 ...
2 2! 4! 6!
x2 x4 x6
But series of cosh x 1 ...
2! 4! 6!
e x e x
cosh x .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ....( i )
2
1
(ii) Hyperbolic sine (sinh)
e x ex
Hyperbolic sine of x is defined as sinh x
2
Proof;
Since hyperbolic functions are defined interm of exponential functions, we use the series
of e x and e x to proof the above formula.
x 2 x3 x 4 x5 x6 x7
ex 1 x ...
2! 3! 4! 5! 6! 7!
x 2 x3 x 4 x5 x6 x7
e x 1 x ...
2! 3! 4! 5! 6! 7!
Subtract the above series of e x and e x
x3 x5 x7
e x e x 2 x 2 2 2 ...
3! 5! 7!
x
e e
x
x 3
x5 x7
x ...
2 3! 5! 7!
x3 x5 x7
But series of sinh x x ...
3! 5! 7!
e x ex
sinh x .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ....( ii)
2
2
(iv) Hyperbolic sec (sech)
2
Hyperbolic sec of x is defined as sec hx …….……… (iv)
e ex
x
3
fig 1. 1
Example 1
Using the definition of sinh x , show that
sinh( m 1) x sinh( m 1) x 2 cosh mx sinh x .
Solution
sinh( m 1) x sinh( m 1) x 2 cosh mx sinh x
Consider left hand side
e ( m1) x e ( m1) x e ( m1) x e ( m1) x
sinh( m 1) x sinh( m 1) x
2 2
mx x
e e e e
mx x
e e e mx e x
mx x
sinh( m 1) x sinh( m 1) x
2 2
1
sinh( m 1) x sinh( m 1) x e mx e x e mx e x e mx e x e mx e x
2
1 mx
sinh( m 1) x sinh( m 1) x e e mx e x e mx e mx e x
2
1
sinh( m 1) x sinh( m 1) x e mx e mx e x e x
2
e mx e mx e x e x
sinh( m 1) x sinh( m 1) x 2
2 2
sinh( m 1) x sinh( m 1) x 2 cosh mx sinh x
4
Example 2
Using the definition of sinh x , show that
sinh( m 1) x sinh( m 1) x 2 sinh mx cosh x .
Solution
sinh( m 1) x sinh( m 1) x 2 sinh mx cosh x
Consider left hand side
e ( m1) x e ( m1) x e ( m1) x e ( m1) x
sinh( m 1) x sinh( m 1) x
2 2
mx x
e e e e
mx x
e e e mx e x
mx x
sinh( m 1) x sinh( m 1) x
2 2
1 mx x
sinh( m 1) x sinh( m 1) x e e e mx e x e mx e x e mx e x
2
1
sinh( m 1) x sinh( m 1) x e mx e mx e x e mx e mx e x
2
1
sinh( m 1) x sinh( m 1) x e mx e mx e x e x
2
e mx e mx e x e x
sinh( m 1) x sinh( m 1) x 2
2 2
sinh( m 1) x sinh( m 1) x 2 sinh mx cosh x
Example 3
Using the definition of cosh x or otherwise, show that
cosh(m 1) x cosh(m 1) x 2 sinh mx sinh x .
Solution
cosh(m 1) x cosh(m 1) x 2 sinh mx sinh x
Consider left hand side
e ( m 1) x e ( m 1) x e ( m 1) x e ( m 1) x
cosh(m 1) x cosh(m 1) x
2 2
mx x
e e e e
mx x
e e e mx e x
mx x
cosh(m 1) x cosh(m 1) x
2 2
1
cosh(m 1) x cosh(m 1) x e mx e x e mx e x e mx e x e mx e x
2
cosh(m 1) x cosh(m 1) x e mx e mx e x e mx e mx e x
1
2
5
cosh(m 1) x cosh(m 1) x
2
e e
1 mx mx x x
e e
e mx e mx e x e x
cosh(m 1) x cosh(m 1) x 2
2 2
cosh(m 1) x cosh(m 1) x 2 sinh mx sinh x
Example 4
Using the definition of cosh x or otherwise, show that
cosh(m 1) x cosh(m 1) x 2 cosh mx cosh x .
Solution
cosh(m 1) x cosh(m 1) x 2 cosh mx cosh x
Consider left hand side
e ( m1) x e ( m1) x e ( m1) x e ( m1) x
cosh(m 1) x cosh(m 1) x
2 2
mx x
e e e e
mx x
e e e mx e x
mx x
cosh(m 1) x cosh(m 1) x
2 2
1
cosh(m 1) x cosh(m 1) x e mx e x e mx e x e mx e x e mx e x
2
1
cosh(m 1) x cosh(m 1) x e mx e mx e x e mx e mx e x
2
1 mx
cosh(m 1) x cosh(m 1) x e e mx e x e x
2
e mx e mx e x e x
cosh(m 1) x cosh(m 1) x 2
2 2
cosh(m 1) x cosh(m 1) x 2 cosh mx cosh x
6
Alternative way by compound value
cosh(m 1) x cosh(m 1) x 2 cosh mx cosh x
Consider the left hand side
cosh(m 1) x cosh(m 1) x coshmx x coshmx x
cosh mx cosh x sinh mx sinh x cosh mx cosh x sinh mx sinh x 2 cosh mx cosh x
cosh(m 1) x cosh(m 1) x 2 cosh mx cosh x
Example 5
If x In3 , find (a) cosh x (b) sinh x (c) tanh x
Solution
Given that x In 3
e x e In 3 e In 3 3 13 5
x
a cosh x e
2 2 2 3
x In 3
b sinh x e e e e 3 3 4
x In 3 1
2 2 2 3
c tanh x sinh x 4 5 4
cosh x 3 3 5
Example 6
If x is very large show that;
(a) In (cosh x) x In 2
(b) In (sinh x) x In 2
(c) In (tanh x ) 0
Solution
(a) In (cosh x) x In 2
Consider left hand side
e x ex
In (cosh x) In
In e x e x In 2
2
As x , e x 0
In (cosh x) In e x In 2
In (cosh x) x In 2
7
(b) In (sinh x) x In 2
Consider left hand side
e x ex
In (sinh x) In
In e x e x In 2
2
As x , e x 0
In (sinh x) In e x In 2
In (sinh x) x In 2
(c) In (tanh x) 0
Consider left hand side
e x ex
In (tanh x) In x x
e e
As x , e x 0
ex
In (cosh x) In x In1 0
e
In (tanh x) 0
8
Subtract equation (i) and equation (ii)
e x ex e x ex
cosh x sinh x ex
2 2
cosh x sinh x e x
………………………………..…. (iv)
......................................................... (vi)
1 tanh 2 x sec h 2 x
Example 7
By using definition of sinh x and cosh x prove that
(sinh x cosh x) m cosh mx sinh mx
Solution
(sinh x cosh x) m cosh mx sinh mx
Consider left hand sides
m
e x ex e x e x
(sinh x cosh x)
m
e x m
e mx but e mx cosh mx sinh mx
2 2
(sinh x cosh x) cosh mx sinh mx
m
9
Example 8
By using definition of sinh x and cosh x prove that
(sinh x cosh x) n sinh nx cosh nx
Solution
(sinh x cosh x) n cosh nx sinh nx
Consider left hand sides
n
e x ex e x ex
(sinh x cosh x)
n
e x n
e nx
2 2
But e nx cosh nx sinh nx
(sinh x cosh x) n sinh nx cosh nx
Example 9
By using definition of sinh x and cosh x prove that
(sinh x cosh x) 2 cosh 2 x sinh 2 x
Solution
(sinh x cosh x) 2 cosh 2 x sinh 2 x
Consider left hand sides
2
e x ex e x ex
(sinh x cosh x)
2
e x 2
e 2 x but e 2 x cosh 2 x sinh 2 x
2 2
(sinh x cosh x) 2 cosh 2 x sinh 2 x
Example 10
Show that cosh x sinh xn cosh x sinh xn 2 cosh(nx)
Solution
cosh x sinh x n cosh x sinh x n 2 cosh(nx)
Consider the left hand side
e nx e nx
n n
e
cosh x sinh x cosh x sinh x e x
n x n
e nx e nx 2 2 cosh nx
2
10
Example 11
Show that cosh x sinh xn cosh x sinh xn 2 sinh(nx)
Solution
cosh x sinh x n cosh x sinh x n 2 sinh(nx)
Consider the left hand side
e nx
cosh x sinh x n cosh x sinh x n e x n e x n e nx e nx 2 e
nx
2
cosh x sinh x cosh x sinh x 2 sinh nx
n n
Example 12
Show that cosh x sinh x cosh x sinh x 1
n n
Solution
cosh x sinh x n cosh x sinh x n 1
Consider the left hand side
cosh x sinh x n cosh x sinh x n e x n e x n e nx e nx e nxnx e 0 1
cosh x sinh x cosh x sinh x 1
n n
Example 13
Show that
cosh x sinh x
n
cosh 2nx sinh 2nx
cosh x sinh x n
Solution
cosh x sinh x n cosh 2nx sinh 2nx
cosh x sinh x n
Consider the left hand side
cosh x sinh x n e x n e nx e nxnx e 2 nx but e 2 nx cosh 2nx sinh 2nx
cosh x sinh x n e x n e nx
cosh x sinh x n cosh 2nx sinh 2nx
cosh x sinh x n
11
Example 14
Show that
cosh x sinh x n 1
cosh x sinh x n
Solution
cosh x sinh x n 1
cosh x sinh x n
Consider the left hand side
cosh x sinh x n e x n
e nx
1
cosh x sinh x n e x n e nx
cosh x sinh x n 1
cosh x sinh x n
Example 15
If tan x sinh , prove that In (sec x tan x)
Solution
Consider sinh tan x
e e
tan x
2
e e 2 tan x
e 2 2 tan x e 1 0
2 tan x 4 tan 2 x 4
e
2
2 tan x 2 tan 2 x 1
e
2
e tan x tan 2 x 1
e tan x sec2 x
e tan x sec x
In tan x sec x ignore ve
In tan x sec x
12
1.4 HYPERBOLIC COMPOUND VALUES
Proof :
Consider the definitionof cosh(A B)
e ( A B ) e ( A B )
cosh(A B )
2
e e e Ae B
A B
cosh(A B )
2
cosh(A B ) cosh A sinh Acosh B sinh B cosh A sinh Acosh B sinh B
1
2
1 cosh A cosh B cosh A sinh B sinh A cosh B sinh A sinh B
cosh(A B )
2 cosh A cosh B cosh A sinh B sinh A cosh B sinh A sinh B
cosh(A B )
1
2 cosh A cosh B 2 sinh A sinh B
2
cosh(A B) cosh A cosh B sinh A sinh B
Proof :
Consider the definitionof cosh(A B)
e ( A B ) e ( A B )
cosh(A B)
2
e e e Ae B
A B
cosh(A B)
2
cosh(A B) cosh A sinh Acosh B sinh B cosh A sinh Acosh B sinh B
1
2
1 cosh A cosh B cosh A sinh B sinh A cosh B sinh A sinh B
cosh(A B)
2 cosh A cosh B cosh A sinh B sinh A cosh B sinh A sinh B
cosh(A B)
1
2 cosh A cosh B 2 sinh A sinh B
2
cosh(A B) cosh A cosh B sinh A sinh B
13
(iii)Compound value for sinh( A B )
sinh( A B ) sinh A cosh B cosh A sinh B
Proof :
Consider the definitionof sinh( A B)
e ( A B ) e ( A B )
sinh( A B)
2
e Ae B e Ae B
sinh( A B)
2
sinh( A B) cosh A sinh Acosh B sinh B cosh A sinh Acosh B sinh B
1
2
1 cosh A cosh B cosh A sinh B sinh A cosh B sinh A sinh B
sinh( A B)
2 cosh A cosh B cosh A sinh B sinh A cosh B sinh A sinh B
sinh( A B)
1
2 sinh A cosh B 2 cosh A sinh B
2
sinh( A B) sinh A cosh B cosh A sinh B
Proof :
Consider the definitionof sinh( A B)
e ( A B ) e ( A B )
sinh( A B)
2
e Ae B e Ae B
sinh( A B)
2
sinh( A B) cosh A sinh Acosh B sinh B cosh A sinh Acosh B sinh B
1
2
1 cosh A cosh B cosh A sinh B sinh A cosh B sinh A sinh B
sinh( A B)
2 cosh A cosh B cosh A sinh B sinh A cosh B sinh A sinh B
sinh( A B)
1
2 sinh A cosh B 2 cosh A sinh B
2
sinh( A B) sinh A cosh B cosh A sinh B
14
(v) Compound value for tanh( A B)
tanh A tanh B
tanh( A B )
1 tanh A tanh B
Proof :
Consider the definitionof tanh( A B)
sinh( A B)
tanh( A B)
cosh( A B)
sinh A cosh B cosh A sinh B
tanh( A B)
cosh A cosh B sinh A sinh B
Divide by cosh A cosh B to each term on R.H .S
tanh A tanh B
tanh( A B)
1 tanh A tanh B
15
(ii) Double value formula for cosh(2 A)
Considercosh(2 A) cosh(A A)
cosh(2 A) cosh A cosh A sinh A sinh A
2 tanh A
tanh ( 2 A)
1 tanh 2 A
Example 16
By using definition of sinh x and cosh x prove that
(sinh x cosh x) 2 cosh 2 x sinh 2 x
Solution
(sinh x cosh x) 2 cosh 2 x sinh 2 x
Consider left hand sides
(sinh x cosh x) 2 sinh 2 x 2 sinh x cosh x cosh2 x
(sinh x cosh x) 2 sinh 2 x cosh2 x 2 sinh x cosh x
(sinh x cosh x) 2 cosh 2 x sinh 2 x
Alternative
(sinh x cosh x) 2 cosh 2 x sinh 2 x
Consider left hand sides
2
e x ex e x ex
(sinh x cosh x)
2
e x
2
e 2 x but e 2 x cosh 2 x sinh 2 x
2 2
(sinh x cosh x) 2 cosh 2 x sinh 2 x
16
1.6 HYPERBOLIC TRIPLE VALUE
17
(c) Triple value for tanh( 3 A)
Consider the hyperbolic triple value below,
sinh 3 A
tanh( 3 A)
cosh3 A
3 sinh A 4 sinh 3 A
tanh( 3 A)
4 cosh3 A 3 cosh A
Divide by cosh3 A to each term on R.H .S
3 tanh A sec h 2 A 4 tanh 3 A
tanh( 3 A)
4 3 sec h 2 A
But sec h 2 A 1 tanh 2 A
3 tanh A(1 tanh 2 A) 4 tanh 3 A
tanh( 3 A)
4 3(1 tanh 2 A)
3 tanh A 3 tanh 3 A 4 tanh 3 A
tanh( 3 A)
4 3 3 tanh 2 A
3 tanh A tanh 3 A
tanh( 3 A)
1 3 tanh 2 A
Example 17
By using definition of sinh x and cosh x prove that
(sinh x cosh x) 3 cosh3 x sinh 3 x
Solution
(sinh x cosh x) 3 cosh3x sinh 3x
Consider left hand sides
(sinh x cosh x) 3 sinh 3 x 3 sinh 2 x cosh x 3 sinh x cosh2 x cosh3 x
(sinh x cosh x) 3 sinh 3 x 3 cosh2 x 1 cosh x 3 sinh x 1 sinh 2 x cosh3 x
3
(sinh x cosh x) 4 cosh 3
x 3 cosh x 3 sinh x 4 sinh x
3
18
Alternative
(sinh x cosh x) 3 cosh3 x sinh 3x
Consider left hand sides
3
e x ex e x ex
(sinh x cosh x)
3
e x
3
e 3 x but e 3 x cosh3 x sinh 3 x
2 2
(sinh x cosh x) cosh3 x sinh 3 x
3
2 tan x 2 tanh x
tan 2 x tanh 2 x
1 tan 2 x 1 tanh 2 x
19
1.8 FACTOR FORMULAE
Factor formulae are formulae which express the sum and difference of
hyperbolic functions into product form and vice versa it’s true.
Consider the compound values formulae to determine the factor formulae for
sinh addition and subtraction.
20
Factor formulae for cosh addition and subtraction.
21
Note: If A B
Eg.
Solution
(a ) sinh 5 x sinh x
PQ P Q
From, sinh P sinh Q 2 sinh cosh
2 2
sinh 5 x sinh x 2 sinh 3 x cosh 2 x
(b) sinh 6 x sinh 2 x
PQ P Q
From, sinh P sinh Q 2 cosh sinh
2 2
sinh 6 x sinh 2 x 2 cosh 4 x sinh 2 x
(c) cosh3 x cosh x
PQ P Q
From, cosh P coshQ 2 cosh cosh
2 2
cosh3x cosh x 2 cosh 2 x cosh x
(iv) cosh 7 x cosh5 x
PQ P Q
From, cosh P coshQ 2 sinh sinh
2 2
cosh 7 x cosh3x 2 sinh 5 x sinh 2 x
22
1.9 HYPERBOLIC EQUATIONS
Hyperbolic equations are equations which consists of hyperbolic functions such
as hyperbolic sine, hyperbolic cosine, hyperbolic tangent, hyperbolic cosecant,
hyperbolic secant and hyperbolic cotangent.
Example 18
Solve 7 sinh x 20cosh x 24
Solution
7 sinh x 20 cosh x 24
e x ex e x ex
7 20 24
2 2
7e x e x 20e x e x 48
27e x 13e x 48
27e 2 x 13 48e x
27e 2 x 48e x 13 0
e x 13 9 , e x 13
x In 13 9 , x In 13
Example 19
Show that the condition of the equation p cosh x sinh x q 0 where by
p and q are real constant, to have real roots is p 2 q 2 1
Solution
Given that p cosh x sinh x q 0
e x ex e x ex
p q 0
2 2
x x
x x
p e e e e 2q 0
p e 2x
1 e 2x
1 2qe x 0
p 1e 2x
2qe p 1 0
x
p2 q2 1
23
Example 20
Solve the equation 2 cosh x 3 sinh x 4
Solution
Consider 2 cosh x 3 sinh x 4
e x ex e x ex
2 3 4
2 2
x
2 e e 3 e e 8
x
x x
x
5e e
x
8
5e 2x
8e 1 0
x
8 84 8 2 21 4 21
ex
10 10 5
4 21
x In
ignore(-ve)
5
4 21
x In
0.540
5
Example 21
Find the value of cosh x if, 2 sinh 2 x 7 cosh x 8
Solution
Consider 2 sinh 2 x 7 cosh x 8
2 cosh2 x 1 7 cosh x 8
2 cosh x 7 cosh x 6 0
2
Exercise 1.1
1. Given that 4 cosh2 x 7 sinh x 1 find the two possible values of sinh x .
2. Solve the equation 5 sinh x cosh x 5 0 giving your answer in the form
Ina , where a is a rational number.
3. Solve the equation 3 cosh 2 2 sinh 11 giving each of your answer in
the form Ina .
4. Given that 4 cosh2 x 7 sinh x 1 giving each of your answer in the form
Ina .
5. Show that the equation 3 tanh 2 x 7 tanh x 2 0 has only one solution
for x , find this solution in the form 12 Ina , where a is an integer.
6. Given that 9 sinh x cosh x 8 , find the exact value of tanh x .
7. Solve the equation 5 cosh2 x 3 sinh 2 x 9.5 giving your answer in
logarithmic form.
24
1.10 LOGARITHM FORM OF INVERSE HYPERBOLIC FUNCTIONS
(a) Logarithmic form for sinh 1 x
Let y sinh 1 x
sinh y x
e y ey
x
2
e y e y 2x
e 2 y 1 2 xe y
e 2 y 2 xe y 1 0
2x 4x 2 4
ey
2
2x 2 x 2 1
ey
2
e y x x2 1
y In x x 2 1 ignore () to avoid In ()
y In x x 1 But y sinh x
2 1
sinh 1 x In x x 1
2
25
2x 2 x2 1
e
y
2
e y x x2 1
y In x x 2 1
When it is ()
y In x x 1 2
When it is ()
y In x x 2 1 rationalize the numerator
x x 2 1 x x 2 1
y In
1 x x 2 1
x 2 ( x 2 1)
y In
x x 1
2
y In
1
In x x 2 1
1
x x 1
2
y In x x 2 1 .......... .......... .......... .......... ......( ii)
Combine the equation (i) and equation (ii)
y In x x 2 1 but y cosh1 x
cosh1 x In x x 2 1 its double valued
cosh1 x In x x2 1
(c) Logarithmic form for tanh 1 x
Let y tanh 1 x
tanh y x
e y e y
x
e y e y
e y e y x e y e y
y y
e e
y
xe xe y
(1 x)e (1 x)e y
y
26
ey 1 x
e y 1 x
1 x
e2 y
1 x
1 x
2 y In
1 x
1 1 x
y In
2 1 x
1 x
y In but y tanh 1 x
1 x
1 x
tanh 1 x In
1 x
1 1 x
tanh 1 x In where x 1
2 1 x
27
1 1 x2
y In ignore () and y cos ech 1 x
x
1 1 x 2
cos ech 1 x In where x 0
x
2x
1 1 x2
ey
x
1 1 x2
y In ignore (-)
x
1 1 x2
sec h x x In where x 0
x
28
(f) Logarithmic form for coth 1 x
Let y coth1 x
coth y x
e y e y
x
e y e y
e y e y xe y e y
e y e y xe y xe y
( x 1)e y ( x 1)e yy
x 1 e y
x 1 e y
x 1
e2 y
x 1
x 1
2 y In
x 1
1 x 1
y In
2 x 1
x 1
y In but y coth1 x
x 1
x 1
coth1 x In
x 1
1 x 1
coth1 x In
2 x 1
Example 22
x2 n2
x
Prove that tanh 1 2 In
2
x n n
Solution
Consider left hand side
x2 n2
Let y tanh 1 2
2
x n
x2 n2
tanh y 2 2
x n
29
e y e y x2 n2
e y e y x 2 n2
e2 y 1 x 2 n2
e2 y 1 x 2 n2
e 2 y 1x 2 n 2 e 2 y 1x 2 n 2
2n 2 e 2 y 2 x 2 0
2
x2 x
e 2y
2
n n
2
e y 2 x
n
x
ey
n
x x2 n2
y In but y tanh 1 2
2
n x n
x2 n2 x
tanh 1 2 In
x n n
2
Example 23
1
Given that sinh x loge . Find the expression defining m .
m
Solution
Consider sinh 1 x loge
m
sinh 1 x In m
x sinh In m
e In m e In m m 1m m 2 1
x
2 2 2m
m 1
2
x
2m
m 2mx 1 0
2
2x 4x2 4
m
2
2x 2 x2 1
m
2
m x x2 1
30
Example 24
Given that tanh 1 x Ina . Find the expression defining a 2 .
Solution
Consider tanh 1 x Ina
x tanh Ina
e Ina e Ina a 1a a 2 1
x Ina Ina
e e a 1a a 2 1
a 2 1
x 2
a 1
x a 1 a 2 1
2
xa 2 x a 2 1
1 x a 2 xa 2
1 x 1 x a 2
1 x
a2
1 x
Example 25
Show that cosh1 ( x 2 ) can be expressed as In ( x 2 x 4 1) , where x 1 .
Solution
Required to show, cosh1 x 2 In x 2 x 4 1
Let y cosh x 1 2
cosh y x 2
e y ey
x2
2
e e y 2x 2
y
e2 y 2x 2e y 1 0
2x 2 4x 4 4
ey
2
e y x 2 x 4 1
y In x 2 x 4 1
cosh1 x 2 In x 2 x 4 1
31
Example 26
Show that sinh 1 ( x 2 ) can be expressed as In ( x 2 x 4 1)
Solution
Let y sinh 1 x 2
sinh y x
e y e y
x2
2
e y e y 2x 2
e2 y 1 2x 2e y
e2 y 2x 2e y 1 0
2x 2 4x 4 4
ey
2
2x 2 2 x 4 1
ey
2
e y x2 x4 1
y In x 2 x 4 1 ignore () to avoid In ()
y In x 2
x 1 But y sinh
4 1
x2
sinh 1 x In x x 1
2 2 4
Example 27
1 4
Show that cosh ( x ) can be expressed as In ( x 4 x 8 1) , where x 1 .
Solution
Required to show, cosh1 x 4 In x 4 x8 1
Let y cosh 1
x 4
cosh y x 4
e y ey
x4
2
e y ey 2x4
e 2 y 2x 4e y 1 0
2x 4 4x8 4
ey x4 x8 1
2
y In x 4 x8 1
cosh1 x 4 In x 4 x8 1
32
Example 28
1 1 x2
Show that tanh 1 ( x 2 ) can be expressed as In
2 1 x 2
Solution
Let y tanh 1 x 2
tanh y x 2
e y ey
y
x2
e e
y
e y e y x 2 e y e y
e y e y x 2 e y xe y
(1 x 2 )e y (1 x 2 )e y
e y 1 x2
ey 1 x2
1 x2
e2 y
1 x2
1 x2
2 y In
2
1 x
1 1 x2
y In
2 1 x 2
1 x2
y In but y tanh 1 x 2
1 x2
1 1 x2
tanh x In 2
1 x2
Example 29
Solve cosh1 x cos ech 1 x leave your answer in surd form
Solution
Given that cosh1 x cos ech 1 x
Let cosh1 x A
x cosh A.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .....( i )
Also cos ech 1 x A
1 1
x cos echA
sinh A cosh2 A 1
33
1
x .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ......( ii)
cosh2 A 1
Substite equation (i) into equation (ii)
1
x square both side
x2 1
x2 x2 1 1
x x 1 0
4 2
By general formula
1 5
x2
2
1 5
x ignore () to avoid square root of - ve number
2
1 5
x
2
Example 30
Find the valid value of x if cosh1 x sec h 1 x
Solution
Given that cosh1 x sec h 1 x
Let cosh1 x A
x cosh A.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .(i )
Also sec h 1 x A
x sec hA
1
x .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... (ii)
cosh A
Substitute the equation (i) into equation (ii)
1
x
x
x 1, x 1
2
34
Exercise 1.2
1. Prove the identity sinh 1 x In x x 2 1
2. Prove the identity cosh1 x In x x 2 1
1 1 1 x
3. Prove the identity tanh x In , x 1
2 1 x
1 1 x 1
4. Prove the identity coth x In , x 1
2 x 1
1
5. Prove that cos ech x sinh
1 1
x
d
sinh x cosh x
dx
d
cosh x sinh x
dx
35
(iii) Derivative of tanh x
e x ex
Let y tanh x x
e e x
dy (e x e x )(e x e x ) (e x e x )(e x e x )
dx (e x e x ) 2
dy (e x e x ) 2 (e x e x ) 2
dx (e x e x ) 2
2
dy e x e x
1 x x
dx e e
dy
1 tanh 2 x sec h 2 x
dx
d
tanh x sec h 2 x
dx
dy 2 e x e x
x
2 e e
x
x x
dx
e e
x x 2
e e
x
e e
x
dy
cos echx coth x
dx
d
cos echx cos echx coth x
dx
dy 2 e x e x
x
2 e e
x
x x
dx
e e
x x 2
e e x e e
x
dy
sec hx tanh x
dx
d
sec hx sec hx tanh x
dx
36
(vi) Derivative of coth x
e x ex
Let y coth x
e x e x
dy (e x e x )(e x e x ) (e x e x )(e x e x )
dx (e x e x ) 2
dy (e x e x ) 2 (e x e x ) 2
dx (e x e x ) 2
2
dy e x e x
1 x x
dx e e
dy
1 coth 2 x cos ech 2 x
dx
d
coth x cos ech 2 x
dx
NB: Derivative of hyperbolic functions use the same rules and techniques as
applied in calculus, for instance product rule, quotient rule, chain rule and etc.
Example 31
Find the derivative of the following functions;
(a) y sinh( 2 x)
(b) y cosh(x 3 )
(c) y tanh( e x )
Solution
(a) y sinh(2 x)
dy
2 cosh 2 x
dx
(b) y cosh(x 3 )
dy
3x 2 sinh x 3
dx
(c) y tanh( e x )
dy
e x sec h 2 e x
dx
37
Example 32
Find the derivative of the following functions;
(a) y e
cosh x
Solution
(a) y e cosh x
sinh x e cosh x
dy
dx
38
(ii) Derivative of cosh 1 x
Let y cosh1 x
cosh y x
Differentiate both side w.r.t x
dy
sinh y 1
dx
dy 1 1
but cosh y x
dx sinh y cosh2 y 1
dy 1
dx x2 1
d
cosh1 x
1
dx x2 1
dy 1
dx 1 x 2
d
dx
tanh 1 x
1
1 x2
39
(iv) Derivative of cos ech 1 x
Let y cos ech 1 x
cos echy x
Differentiate both side w.r.t x
dy
cos echy coth y 1
dx
dy 1 1
but cos echy x
dx cos echy coth y cos echy 1 cos ech 2 y
dy 1
dx x 1 x 2
1
d
cos ech1 x
dx x 1 x2
1
d
sec h 1 x
dx x 1 x2
40
(vi) Derivative of coth 1 x
Let y coth 1 x
coth y x
Differentiate both side w.r.t x
dy
cos ech 2 y 1
dx
dy 1 1
but coth y x
dx cos ech y coth y 1
2 2
dy 1 1
2
dx x 1 1 x 2
d
dx
coth1 x
1
1 x2
41
(iv) Integration of coth x
cosh x
coth xdx sinh x dx In (sinh x) c
coth xdx In(sinh x) c
(v) Integration of sec hx tanh x
From
d
sec hx sec hx tanh x
dx
d (sec hx) sec hx tanh xdx
Integrate both sides
42
(viii) Integration of cos ech 2 x
d
From (coth x) cos ech 2 x
dx
d (coth x) cos ech 2 xdx
Integrate both sides
(ii) a 2 b 2 x 2 dx
1
(iii) dx
a b 2 x c
2 2
(iv) a 2 b 2 x c dx
2
43
1 1 b
a 2 b2 x2
dx
b
sinh 1 x c
a
44
a 2 b 2 x 2 dx
a2
2b
sinh 1 ba x 12 sinh 2 sinh 1 ( ba x) c
1
(iii) dx
a 2 b 2 x c
2
1
a b2
2 a2
sinh 2
a
b coshd
b2
1
a a sinh
2 2
coshd
2
a
b
1 1
a 1 sinh 2 ba coshd b 1 sinh 2 coshd
1 1 1 1
b cosh2 coshd b cosh coshd b d b c
But sinh 1 ba ( x c)
dx sinh 1 ba ( x c) D
1 1
a 2 b 2 x c
2 b
sinh 1 ba ( x c) D
1 1
a 2 b 2 x c
2
dx
b
45
(iv) a 2 b 2 x c dx
2
a2 b2 a2
b2
sinh 2 a
b coshd
a a sinh coshd
2 2 2 a
b
a 1 sinh coshd
2 a
b
1 sinh coshd
a2 2
b
cosh coshd
a2 2
b
a2
b 1 cosh 2 d
1
2
a2
2b 1 cosh 2 d sinh 2 c a2
2b
1
2
But sinh 1 ba ( x c)
a 2 b 2 x c dx
2 a2
2b sinh 1 b
a
( x c) 12 sinh 2 sinh 1 ba ( x c) A
a 2 b 2 x c dx
2 a2
2b sinh 1 b
a
( x c) 12 sinh 2 sinh 1 ba ( x c) A
Example 33
1
Integrate 1 x2
dx
Solution
1
Given dx.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .(i )
1 x2
Let x sinh , dx coshd .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .....( ii)
1 1
1 x 2 dx 1 sinh 2 coshd d c but sinh x
1
1
dx sinh 1 x c
1 x 2
46
Example 34
1
Integrate 9 4x2
dx
Solution
1 1
Given dx dx.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .(i )
9 4x 2 3 1 23 x
2
Let 2
3 x sinh , dx 32 coshd .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .........( ii)
dx sinh 1 23 x c
1 1
9 4x 2 2
Example 35
1
Integrate 3 2x 2
dx
Solution
1 1 1
Given dx dx.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .....( i)
3 2x 2 3 1 2 x 2
3
Let 2
3 x sinh , dx 3
2 coshd .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......( ii)
1
1
dx
1
1
3
cosh d
1
d
1
c
2
3 1 23 x
2
3 1 sinh 2 2 2
1
dx
1
sinh 1 2
3
x c
3 2x 2
2
Example 36
Integrate 1 x 12 dx
Solution
1 x 1 dx.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......( i )
2
Let x 1 sinh , dx coshd .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .........( ii)
1 x 1 dx
2
1 sinh coshd cosh d
2 2 1
2 1 cosh 2 d
1 x 1 dx
2 1
2 12 sinh 2 12 14 sinh 2 c but sinh 1 x 1
47
(b) Integration by using cosh inverse concepts
All integration of the following forms can be solved by cosh inverse concepts
1
(i ) dx
b x a2
2 2
(ii) b 2 x 2 a 2 dx
1
(iii) b x c a 2
2 2
dx
b 2 x c a 2 dx
2
(iv)
1
dx
1
ba sinh d
b x a
2 2 2
b
2 a2
b2
cosh a
2
2
1
ba sinh d
a cosh a
2 2 2
a
b
sinh d 1 1
sinh d 1 d 1 c
cosh 1 2 b sinh 2 b b
But cosh1 ba x
dx cosh1 ba x c
1 1
b2 x2 a2 b
dx cosh1 ba x c
1 1
b2 x2 a 2 b
48
(ii) b 2 x 2 a 2 dx
x ba cosh , x 2 a2
b2
cosh2 , dx ba sinh d
b 2 x 2 a 2 dx b 2 a2
b2
cosh2 a 2 ba sinh d
a2
b cosh2 1sinh d a2
b sinh 2 sinh d a2
b sinh
2
d
But sinh 2 cosh 2 1 1
2
But cosh1 ba x
b2 x 2 a 2 dx a2b
2
1
2
sinh 2 cosh1 ba x cosh1 ba x c
1
(iii) b x c a
2 2 2
dx
1
dx
1
ba sinh d
b x c a
2 2 2
b
2 a2
b2
cosh a
2
2
1
ba sinh d
a cosh a
2 2 2
a
b
sinh d 1 1
sinh d 1 d 1 c
cosh 1 2 b sinh 2 b b
But cosh1 ba ( x c)
dx cosh1 ba ( x c) D
1 1
b x c a
2 b 2 2
dx cosh1 ba ( x c) D
1 1
b x c a
2 b 2 2
49
b 2 x c a 2 dx
2
(iv)
Let x c ba cosh , x c cosh2 , dx ba sinh d
2 a2
b2
b 2 x c a 2 dx b 2
2
a2
b2
cosh2 a 2 ba sinh d
b
But sinh 2 cosh 2 1
1
2
But cosh1 ba x
b
But cosh1 x c
a
a 1
2
1 b 1 b
b 2
x c 2
a 2
dx sinh 2
cosh x c
cosh x c C
2b 2 a a
50
Example 37
1
Integrate 3x 2 5
dx
Solution
1 1 1
dx dx.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .(i )
3x 2 5 5 x 1
3
5
2
Let 3
5 x cosh , dx 5
3 sinh d .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... (ii)
1
1
dx
1
1
5
sinh d
1
d
1
c
x 1
3
5 3
2
5 cosh2 1 3 3
5
1
dx
1
cosh1 x c
3
5
3x 52
3
Example 38
1
Integrate x2 4
dx
Solution
1 1 1
x 4
2
dx
2 x 2
dx.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .(i )
1
2
x
Let cosh , dx 2 sinh d .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... (ii)
2
1 1 1 1
2 sinh d d c
2
dx
x
2 2 cosh 2
1
1
2
1 x
dx cosh1 c
x 4
2
2
51
Example 39
1
Integrate 16x 2 1
dx
Solution
1 1
16x 1 2
dx
4 x 2 1
dx.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .(i )
Let 4 x cosh , dx 14 sinh d .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... (ii)
1
dx
1
14 sinh d 14 d 14 c
16x 1 2
cosh 12
dx 14 cosh1 4 x c
1
16x 1 2
sec h 2d
1 1
a 2
b x
2 2
dx 2
a b b2 tanh 2
2 a2
a
b
sec h 2
a
b sec h
a 2
a 2 b 2 x 2 dx ab1 tanh ba x c
1
tanh 1 ba x c
1
a 2
b2 x2
dx 1
ab
52
Alternative
1
a 2 b 2 x 2 dx
Let x ba coth , x 2 a2
b2
coth2 , dx ba cosech 2d
a
1
dx 2
1
ba cosech 2d
2
b x
2 2
a b b 2 coth
2 a2 2
ba cosech 2 ba cosech 2
a 2 a 2 coth2 d a 2 coth2 1d 1
ab d 1
ab c
a 2 b 2 x 2 dx ab1 coth ba x c
1
coth1 ba x c
1
a 2
b2 x2
dx 1
ab
Example 40
1
Integrate 16 9 x 2
dx
Solution
1 1
16 9 x 2
dx 161
1 34 x
2
dx.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ..(i)
Let 3
4 x tanh , dx 43 sec h 2d .......... .......... .......... .......... ........( ii)
16 9 x
1 1
dx
1
16 1 tanh
2 2 3 sec h d
4 2 1
12
1
d c
12
1 1 3
dx tanh 1 x c
16 9 x 2
12 4
53
1
(ii) a 2
b x c
2 2
dx
1 1
a 2
b 2
x c 2
dx
a b
2
2 a2
tanh 2
a
b sec h 2d
b2
sec h 2
a
b sec h
a 2
a 2 a 2 tanh 2 d a 2 1 tanh 2 d d c
b 1 1
ab ab
Alternative
1
a 2 b 2 x c 2 dx
Let x c ba coth , x c coth2 , dx ba cosech 2d
2 a2
b2
coth
1 1
a 2
b x c
2 2
dx
a b
2 2 a2 2
a
b cosech 2d
b2
ba cosech 2 ba cosech 2
a 2 a 2 coth2 d a 2 coth2 1 d
1
ab d 1
ab A
dx ab1 coth ba ( x c) A
1
a 2
b x c
2 2
54
(d) Integration by using sech inverse concepts
1
(i ) dx
x a2 b2 x2
(ii) x a 2 b 2 x 2 dx
1
(iii) dx
x a b 2 ( x c) 2
2
(iv) x a 2 b 2 ( x c) 2 dx
i 1
dx
x a2 b2 x2
Let x ba sec h , x 2 a2
b2
sec h 2 , dx ba sec h tanh d
1
sec h 1 ba x c
1
x a b x
2 2 2
dx
a
55
ii x a 2 b 2 x 2 dx
Let x ba sec h , x 2 a2
b2
sec h 2 , dx ba sec h tanh d
iii 1
dx
x a b 2 x c
2 2
Let x ba sec h , x 2 a2
b2
sec h 2 , dx ba sec h tanh d
1
sec h 1 ba ( x c) A
1
x a 2 b 2 ( x c) 2
dx
a
56
iv x a 2 b 2 x c dx
2
Let x ba sec h , x 2 a2
b2
sec h 2 , dx ba sec h tanh d
x
a 2 b 2 ( x c) 2 dx 3ab2 tanh 3 sec h1 ba ( x c) B
3
(ii) x a 2 b 2 x 2 dx
1
(iii) dx
x a b 2 ( x c) 2
2
(iv) x a 2 b 2 ( x c) 2 dx
57
Integration of the above concepts
1
(i ) dx
x a b2 x2
2
x
1
dx
1
ba cosech cothd
a b x
2 2 2 a
b
cos ech a b 2
2 a2
b2
cos ech
2
ba cos ech coth coth coth
a
cos ech a a cos ech
2 2 2
d
a a cos ech
2 2 2
d
a 1 cos ech2
d
b
coth 1 1
d d c but cos ech1 ba x
a coth 2 a a
1
cos ech1 ba x c
1
x a b x
2 2 2
dx
a
1
cos ech1 ba x c
1
x a 2 b2 x 2
dx
a
(ii) x a 2 b 2 x 2 dx
Let x ba cos ech , x 2 ba2 cos ech2 , dx ba cos echx cothd
2
x a b x dx
2 2 2 a
b cos ech a 2 b 2 a2
b2
cos ech2 ba cos ech cothd
cosech a a
a
b
2 2
cos ech2 ba cos ech coth d ba2 cos ech2 coth2 d
3
du
Let u coth , du cos ech2d , d
cos ech2
du
ba2 cosech coth d ba2 cosech u cosech2 ba2 u du 3ab2 u c
3 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 3 3
x
a 2 b 2 x 2 dx 3ab2 coth3 cos ech1 ba x c
3
58
1
(iii) dx
x a b 2 x c
2 2
x
1
dx
1
ba cos ech cothd
a b x c
2 2 2 a
b cos ech a b 2
2 a2
b2
cos ech 2
ba cos ech coth coth coth
a
cos ech a 2 a 2 cos ech2
d
a 2 a 2 cos ech2
d
a 1 cos ech2
d
b
coth 1 1
d d c but cos ech1 ba ( x c)
a coth 2 a a
1
cos ech1 ba ( x c) A
1
x a 2 b 2 x c
2
dx
a
1
cos ech 1 ba ( x c) A
1
x a 2 b 2 x c
2
dx
a
(iv) x a 2 b 2 x c dx
2
Let x c ba cosech , ( x c) 2 a2
cosech2 , dx ba cosech cothd
cosech cothd
2 2 2 a 2 2 a2 2 a
b b2 b
du
Let u coth , du cosech2d , d
cosech2
du
Therefore, ba 2 cosech2coh2 d ba 2 cosech2 u 2
3 3
cosech2
ba 2 u 2 du 3ab 2 u 3 D but u coth and cosech1 ba ( x c)
3 3
x a 2 b 2 x c dx 3ab 2 coth3 D
2 3
1
(b) x 1 x 2
dx
Solution
1
(a) dx
x 1 x2
Let x sec h , dx sec h tanh d
1
sec h 1 sec h 2 sec h tanh d d c
1
dx sec h 1 x c
x 1 x 2
1
(b) dx
x 1 x2
Let x cos ech , dx cos ch tanh d
1
cos ech cos ch tanh d d c
1 cos ech 2
1
dx cos ech 1 x c
x 1 x 2
Exercise 1.3
1. Differentiate sinh 1 ax where a 0 .
2. Differentiate cosh1 ax where a 0 .
3. Differentiate
y sec h 1 x 2
4. Differentiate y cos ech 1 tan x
5. Differentiate y sinh 1 tan x
1
6. 64 100x 2
dx
60
1
7. 3 11x 2
dx
1
8. 5x 2 4
dx
1
9. 2 7x 2
dx
GENERAL EXAMPLES
Example 42
The curve C has equation y cosh x 3 sinh x ;
(a) The line y 1 meets C at the point k ,1 show that e 2 k e k 2 0 .
(b) Hence, find k giving your answer in the form Ina .
Solution
a y cosh x 3 sinh x
meets y 1 at k ,1
This gives 1 cosh k 3 sinh k
ek e k ek e k
1 3
2 2
2 2e k 4e k , 1 e k 2e k
e k e 2 k 2
e2k ek 2 0
b From e2 k ek 2 0
e k
2 ek 1 0
ek 2 0
ek 2
k In 2
Example 43
1 1 1 8
Solve for x if tanh 3x tanh x tanh
13
61
Solution
8
tanh 1 3 x tanh 1 x tanh 1
13
Let A tanh 1 3x, tanh A 3 x
B tanh 1 x, tanh B x
Now, A B tanh 1 138
tanh A B 138
tanh A tanh B 8
1 tanh A tanh B 13
3x x 8
1 3 x( x) 13
6 x 2 13x 2 0
x 2, x 16
Example 44
1 tanh x
1
Evaluate 1 tanh x dx
0
Solution
e x ex
1 1
1 tanh x
1 1
e x e x dx e 2 x dx 1 e 2 x
0 1 tanh x 0 e x e x 0
1
dx 2 0 12 e 2 1
1 x x
e e
1 tanh x
1
dx 12 e 2 1
0
1 tanh x
Example 45
If y A cosh mx B sinh mx where A and B are constant, prove that y m 2 y
Solution
y A cosh mx B sinh mx
y mA sinh mx mB cosh mx
y m 2 A cosh mx m 2 B sinh mx
y m 2 A cosh mx B sinh mx
y m 2 y
62
Example 46
Show that cosh2 x sin2 x sinh 2 x cos2 x 12 1 cosh2x cos2 x
Solution
Consider L.H.S cosh2 x sin 2 x sinh 2 x cos2 x
cosh2 x sin 2 x sinh 2 x cos2 x cosh2 x1 cos2 x sinh 2 x cos2 x
cosh2 x sin 2 x sinh 2 x cos2 x cosh2 x cosh2 x cos2 x sinh 2 x cos2 x
cosh2 x sin 2 x sinh 2 x cos2 x cosh2 x cosh2 x sinh 2 x cos2 x
cosh2 x sin 2 x sinh 2 x cos2 x cosh2 x cosh 2 x cos2 x
cosh2 x sin 2 x sinh 2 x cos2 x 1
2 1 cosh 2 x cosh 2 x cos2 x
cosh2 x sin 2 x sinh 2 x cos2 x 12 12 cosh 2 x cosh 2 x cos2 x
cosh2 x sin 2 x sinh 2 x cos2 x 12 12 cosh 2 x1 2 cos2 x
cosh2 x sin 2 x sinh 2 x cos2 x 12 12 cosh 2 x2 cos2 x 1
cosh2 x sin 2 x sinh 2 x cos2 x 1
2 1 cosh 2 x cos 2 x
Example 47
dy
If x a cosh and y b tanh , find
dx
Solution
dx
x a cosh , a sinh .......... .......... .......... (i )
d
dy
y b tanh , b sec h 2 .......... .......... .......( ii)
d
dy dy d 1 b sec h 2
From, b sec h 2
dx d dx a sinh a sinh
dy b sec h 2
dx a sinh
Example 48
2 3x
If tanh 1 x tanh 1 y In 5 , prove that y
3 2x
Solution
63
Consider tanh 1 x tanh 1 y In 5
A tanh 1 x, tanh A x
B tanh 1 y, tanh B y
Now, A B In 5
tanh A B tanh In 5
tanh A tanh B e In 5
e In 5
1 tanh A tanh B e In 5
e In 5
x y 5 1 5
1 xy 5 1 5
x y 2
1 xy 3
3 x 3 y 2 2 xy
3 2 x y 2 3x
2 3x
y
3 2x
Example 49
Given that a cosh x b sinh x r coshx where a b 0 . Show that
1 ab
In .
2 a b
Solution
a cosh x b sinh x r cosh x
a cosh x b sinh x r cosh x cosh r sinh x sinh
Equate
a r cosh .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .....( i )
b r sinh .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ......( ii)
Divide equation (ii) by equation (i)
b
tanh
a
b 1 1 b 1 a b
tanh 1 In b a In
a 2 1 a 2 a b
1 ab
In
2 a b
64
Example 50
cosh x sinh x
Find the possible values of sinh x if 9
sinh x cosh x
Solution
cosh x sinh x
9
sinh x cosh x
cosh2 x sinh 2 x 9
1 sinh 2 x sinh 2 x 9
2 sinh 2 x 8
sinh 2 x 4
sinh x 2
Example 51
ae x be x
If a b 0 , prove that b a.
e x ex
Solution
ae x be x
We need to show if its true b a.......... ....( i )
e x ex
ae x be x
Consider b
e x ex
b e x ex ae x be x
x
be be
x
ae x be x
be x ae x
b a which is true
ae x be x
Also consider a.......... .......... .......... .......( ii)
e x ex
ae x be x
a e x ex
ae x be x ae x ae x
be x ae x
b a which is true
ae x be x
0 b a, then b a
e x ex
65
Example 52
1 cosh 2 x sinh 2 x
Show that coth x
1 cosh 2 x sinh 2 x
Solution
1 cosh 2 x sinh 2 x 1 2 cosh2 x 1 2 sinh x cosh x
1 cosh 2 x sinh 2 x 1 2 sinh x 1 2 sinh x cosh x
1 cosh 2 x sinh 2 x cosh2 x sinh x cosh x
1 cosh 2 x sinh 2 x sinh 2 x sinh x cosh x
1 cosh 2 x sinh 2 x cosh x sinh x cosh x
1 cosh 2 x sinh 2 x cosh x sinh x sinh x
1 cosh 2 x sinh 2 x
coth x
1 cosh 2 x sinh 2 x
Example 53
1 1
Solve for x from e sinh x 1 e cosh x
Solution
1 1
e sinh x
1 e cosh x
In x x 2 1 In x x 2 1
e
1 e
x
x 2 1 1 x x 2 1
x 2 1 1 x 2 1
Square both sides
x 2 1 1 2 x 2 1 x 2 1
1 2 x 2 1
Square both sides
1 4 x 2 1
1 4x 2 4
x2 5
4
x 2
5
66
Example 54
x y
Show that tanh 1 x tanh 1 y tanh 1 .
1 xy
Solution
Consider L.H.S
Let A tanh 1 x, tanh A x
B tanh 1 y, tanh B y
A B tanh 1 tanh A B
tanh A tanh B
A B tanh 1
1 tanh A tanh B
x y
A B tanh 1
1 xy
x y
tanh 1 x tanh 1 y tanh 1
1 xy
Alternatively
Consider L.H.S
Let P tanh 1 x tanh 1 y
Let A tanh 1 x, tanh A x
B tanh 1 y, tanh B y
Then, P A B
tanh P tanh A B
tanh A tanh B
tanh P
1 tanh A tanh B
x y
tanh P
1 xy
x y
P tanh 1
1 xy
x y
tanh 1 x tanh 1 y tanh 1
1 xy
67
Example 55
x
1 e
Show that can be expressed as where m is an
5 cosh x 3 sinh x m e2x
integer.
Solution
1 1
5 cosh x 3 sinh x e e e x ex
x x
5 3
2 2
1 1
5 x 5 x 3 x 3 x
5 cosh x 3 sinh x 2 e 2 e 2 e 2 e
1 1
x
5 cosh x 3 sinh x e 4e x
1 ex
5 cosh x 3 sinh x 4 e 2 x
Example 56
Solve the equation cosh1 5 x sinh 1 4 x
Solution
cosh1 5 x sinh 1 4 x
cosh1 5 x sinh 1 4 x 0
Let A cosh1 5 x, cosh A 5 x, sinh A 25x 2 1
B sinh 1 4 x, sinh B 4 x, cosh B 16x 2 1
Then, A B 0
sinh A B sinh 0
sinh A cosh B cosh A sinh B 0
sinh A cosh B cosh A sinh B
25x 1 16x 1 5x4x
2 2
9x 2 1
x2 1
9
x 13
68
Alternative 1
cosh1 5 x sinh 1 4 x.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... (i )
By definition
cosh1 5 x In 5 x 25x 2 1 .......... .......... .......... .....( ii)
sinh 1 4 x In 4 x
16x 2 1 .......... .......... .......... ....( iii)
Substitute equations (ii) and (iii) into equation (i)
In 5 x 25x 2 1 In 4 x 16x 2 1
5 x 25x 2 1 4 x 16x 2 1
x 25x 2 1 16x 2 1
Suquare both sides then simplify
9x 2 1
x2 1
9
x 13
Alternative 2
cosh1 5 x sinh 1 4 x.......... .......... .......... .......... ...(i)
cosh1 5 x sinh 1 4 x 0
Let A cosh1 5 x, cosh A 5 x.......... .......... ...(ii)
Then, A sinh 1 4 x, sinh A 4 x.......... .......... ...(iii)
Divide equation (iii) by equation (ii)
sinh A 4 x
cosh A 5 x
tanh A 54
A tanh 1 54 but A cosh1 5 x
cosh1 5 x tanh 1 54
5 x cosh tanh 1 54
x 1
5 coshtanh 1 4
5
x 13
69
Alternative 3
cosh1 5 x sinh 1 4 x.......... .......... .......... .......... ...( i )
cosh1 5 x sinh 1 4 x 0
Let A cosh1 5 x, cosh A 5 x.......... .......... ...( ii)
Then, A sinh 1 4 x, sinh A 4 x.......... .......... ...( iii)
Divide equation (iii) by equation (ii)
sinh A 4 x
cosh A 5 x
tanh A 54
A tanh 1 54 but A sinh 1 4 x
sinh 1 4 x tanh 1 54
4 x sinh tanh 1 54
x 1
4 sinhtanh
1 4
5
x 1
3
70
REVISION EXERCISE 1
1. Solve for x given that,
a) 4(cosh Inx) sinh In 7
x
2
x x
b) cosh In 2 sinh In 3
2 3
x 2
c) 2 tanh 1 In 2
x 1
2. If x 0.5In5 , find (a) cosh 2x (b) sinh x
3. If y In 3 and x In 2 , evaluate the following in form of a b where b 0
(a) sinh 2( x y ) (b) tanh( x y )
1
4. Show that cosh x is double value.
5. If sec tan e u , show that (a). coshu sec (b). sinh u tan
12. (a) Find the condition for equation a cosh x b sinh x c , should have
equal roots.
(b) Show that the condition of the equation a cosh x sinh x b 0 where
by a and b are real constants to have real roots is a 2 b 2 1
13. Prove that the point a cosh t , b sinh t lie on the branch of
x2 y2
hyperbola 2 2 1 .
a b
71
1 tanh x
b) cosh 2 x sinh 2 x e 2 x
1 tanh x
1 cosh Inx sinh Inx
c) 1
e cosh Inx sinh Inx
2 Inx
1 k 1
and this occurs at x In , where k is constant and k 1 .
2 k 1
24. Show that the minimum value of sinh x n cosh x is n 2 1 and this
n 1
occurs x 0.5In
n 1
25. By using definition of sinh x and cosh x prove that
(sinh x cosh x) n cosh nx sinh nx
26. Show that cosh x sinh x cosh x sinh x 2 cosh(mx) where
m m
m is
a real number and hence solve cosh x sinh x cosh x sinh x 5
5 5
72
Chapter Two
VECTORS
Introduction
A physical quantity is a physical property of a phenomenon, body, or substance
that can be quantified by measurement.
Types of quantities
There are two types of physical quantities which are;
(a) Scalar quantity is the quantity which has magnitude only,
eg speed, weight, mass, time, temperature etc.
(b) Vector quantity is the quantity which has both magnitude and direction,
eg Acceleration, velocity, force, momentum, etc.
Definition
Vectors are physical quantities which have both magnitude and direction.
Presentation of vectors
A vector is always presented by capital letters with an arrow on top for instance
vector AB also vector can be presented by small letter with a bar on bottom
for example a or v .
fig 2. 1
73
(b) Position vectors are vectors which originate from the origin, eg vector
OA
fig 2. 2
(c) Parallel vectors are vectors having the same direction, eg vectors AB
and CD are parallel vectors.
fig 2. 3
(d) Negative or Opposite Vectors these are vectors having the same
magnitude but different direction, eg vectors a and b are opposite
vectors.
fig 2. 4
74
(e) Equal vectors are vectors having the same magnitude and direction, eg
vectors AB and CD are equal vectors.
fig 2. 5
(f) Null or Zero vectors are vectors which have magnitude of zero, eg
a (0,0) or a (0,0,0)
(g) Free vectors are vectors which originate from any point.
fig 2. 6
(h) Collinear vectors are vectors which lie on the same line, for instance
vectors a, b, c and d are vectors which lies on the same line.
fig 2. 7
(i) Coplanar vectors are vectors which lie on the same plane, for example
vectors a, b, c and d lie in the same plane.
fig 2. 8
75
2.2 COMPONENTS OF VECTORS
Components of vectors depend on the dimension of vectors either two
dimension or three dimension.
fig 2. 9
x
The above vector can be expressed in coordinate form as v ( x, y) or v
y
fig 2. 10
x
The above vector can be expressed in coordinate form as v ( x, y, z ) or v y
z
76
2.3 OPERATION OF VECTORS
Vectors can be operated in three forms which are Addition, Subtraction and
Multiplication.
fig 2. 11
OA AB OB
ab c
fig 2. 12
77
(ii) Parallelogram law of vectors addition
Parallelogram law of vectors addition is a law which express the given two
vectors into resultant vector, consider vectors c a b by applying
parallelogram law results to resultant vector r
fig 2. 13
fig 2. 14
78
PROPERTIES OF VECTORS ADDITION
(i) Vector addition are commutative, i.e. a b b a
Proof:
Consider the figure below
fig 2. 15
fig 2. 16
79
Consider a b c OA AB BC
a b c OB BC
a b c OC.......... .......... .......... .......... ......( i)
Also consider a b c OA AB BC
a b c OA AC
a b c OC.......... .......... .......... .......... ......( ii)
Equate equation (i) and equation (ii)
a b c a b c
fig 2. 17
AB b a
80
2.4 MODULUS OF VECTORS
of vector v is denoted by v
fig 2. 18
fig 2. 19
81
Example 1
Given that a 2i j 2k and b 3i 3 j k , find a b .
Solution
a 2i j 2k and b 3i 3 j k
a b 2i j 2k 3i 3 j k 5i 4 j 3k
a b 5 2 4 2 32 5 2
Example 2
Find a vector in the direction of vector 5i j 2k which has magnitude of
8 units.
Solution
Required a vector of 8 units in adirection of vector 5i j 2k
Let the required vector "b " in the direction a 5i j 2k
b 8aˆ .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... (i )
a 5i j 2k 5i j 2k
aˆ .......... .......... .......... ......( ii)
a 5 (1) 2
2 2 2
30
Substitute equation (ii) into equation (i)
5i j 2k
b 8
8
5i j 2k
30 30
A vector is
8
5i j 2k
30
Example 3
Find the vector parallel to the vector i 2 j and has magnitude 10 units.
Solution
Required a vector of 10 units in parallel to vector i 2 j
Let the required vector " b " in the direction a i 2 j
b 10aˆ .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ...(i )
a i2j i2j
aˆ .......... .......... .......... .......... ...( ii)
a 12 (2) 2 5
82
Substitute equation (ii) into equation (i)
i2j
b 10 2 5 i 2 j
5
A vector is 2 5 i 2 j
Example 4
Given that a i 2 j and b 2i j . If a b , are the vectors a and b
equal?
Solution
a i 2 j, a 5
b 2i j , b 5
Vectors a and b are not equal because the corresponding
components are not equal, although a b
83
Example 6
i j
Show that is a unit vector.
2
Solution
Unit vector is a vector whose magnitude is one
i j i j
Let a
2 2 2
2 2
1 1 1 1
a 1
2 2 2 2
The given vect or is a unit vector
fig 2. 20
84
Example 7
Find the length of the line AB if A(2,2,1) and B ( 4,1,2) .
Solution
AB x2 x1 2 y2 y1 2 z 2 z1 2
fig 2. 21
x x y y2 z1 z2
Midpoint formula is OM 1 2 , 1 ,
2 2 2
85
Example 8
Find the position vector which divides line AB having points A(5,3,6) and
B (1,1,2) into two equal parts.
Solution
Let x1 , y1 , z1 5,3,6 and x2 , y 2 , z 2 1,1,2
x x y y 2 z1 z 2
Midpoint 1 2 , 1 ,
2 2 2
5 (1) 3 1 (6) 2
Midpoint , , 2,2,2
2 2 2
Midpoint 2,2,2
fig 2. 22
86
Consider OAP, OA AP OP
AP OP OA.......... .......... .......... .......... ....( i )
Also consider OPB, OP PB OB
PB OB OP.......... .......... .......... .......... .....( ii)
Take the ratio of equation (i) and equation (ii)
AP OP OA AP m
but
PB OB OP PB n
m OP OA
n OB OP
, m OB OP n OP OA
mOB mOP nOP nOA
mOB nOA mOP nOP, m n OP mOB nOA
mOB nOA
OP but OB b and OA a
mn
mb na m n
OP b a
mn mn mn
m n
Internal division formula OP b a
mn mn
Example 9
A and B are two vectors which are 3i j 2k and i 3 j k respectively. Find
the position vector of the points dividing AB internally in the ratio 1 : 3
Solution
a 3i j 2k , b i 3 j k and m : n 1 : 3
m n
Internal division b a
mn mn
1 3
Internal division i 3 j k 3i j 2k
1 3 1 3
Internal division i 3 j k 3i j 2k
1 3
4 4
87
Internal division
1
i 3 j k 9i 3 j 6k
4
Internal division 10i 7k
1
4
5 7
Internal division i k
2 4
fig 2. 23
Consider OAP, OA AP OP
AP OP OA.......... .......... .......... .......... ....( i )
Also consider OBP, OB BP OP
BP OP OB.......... .......... .......... .......... .....( ii)
Take the ratio of equation (i) and equation (ii)
AP OP OA AP m
but
BP OP OB BP n
m OP OA
n OP OB
, m OP OB n OP OA
88
mOP mOB nOP nOA
mOP nOP mOB nOA, m n OP mOB nOA
mOB nOA
OP but OB b and OA a
mn
mb n a m n
OP b a
mn mn mn
m n
External division formula OP b a
mn mn
Example 10
A and B are two vectors whose are 3i j 2k and i 3 j k respectively. Find
89
2.9 DIRECTION RATIO AND DIRECTION COSINE
(a) Direction Ratio (Dr)
Suppose we have a vector a xi y j z k , the direction ratio of a vector is
given by ratio of coefficient, Direction Ratio(Dr) x : y : z
Example 11
Find the direction ratios of the vector OP where P is the point (2,3,6) .
Solutions
Given that x, y, z 2,3,6
Direction ratio x : y : z 2 : 3 : 6
Direction ratio 2 : 3 : 6
fig 2. 24
x y z
From the figure above cos , cos and cos
r r r
x y z
Directioncosine cos , cos , cos , ,
r r r
x y z
Directioncosine , ,
r r r
90
NB
x2 y2 z2
cos2 cos2 cos2 2
2
2
r r r
x2 y2 z 2
cos2 cos2 cos2 2
r
cos2 cos2 cos2 1
Example 12
Find the direction cosines of the vector OP where P is the point 2,1,3
Solutions
Given that r x, y, z 2,1,3
r x 2 y 2 z 2 2 2 12 32 14
x y z 2 1 3
Direction cosine , , , ,
r r r 14 14 14
2 1 3
Direction cosine , ,
14 14 14
Example 13
Find the direction cosines of the vector OP where P is the point 2,3,6
Solutions
Given that r x, y, z 2,3,6
r x 2 y 2 z 2 2 2 32 (6) 2 49 7
x y z 2 3 6
Directioncosine , , , ,
r r r 7 7 7
2 3 6
Directioncosine , ,
7 7 7
91
Example 14
Find the direction cosines of the vector OP where OP 5i 3 j 4k
Solutions
Given that OP 5i 3 j 4k
OP x 2 y 2 z 2 5 2 32 4 2 50 5 2
x y z 1 3 4
Direction cosine , , , ,
OP OP OP 2 5 2 5 2
1 3 4
Direction cosine , ,
2 5 2 5 2
Example 15
Find the vector joining the points P (2,3,0) and Q (1,2,4) and also direction
cosines of PQ .
Solution
OP 2,3,0
OQ 1,2,4
PQ OQ OP 1,2,4 2,3,0 3,5,4
PQ 3i 5 j 4k
x y z
Direction cosine , ,
PQ PQ PQ
PQ 3i 5 j 4k 5 2
3 5 4
Direction cosine , ,
5 2 5 2 5 2
92
2.10 DOT PRODUCT
Dot product also known as the "scalar product", an operation that takes two
vectors and returns a scalar quantity. The dot product of two vectors can be
defined as the product of the magnitudes of the two vectors and the cosine of
the angle between the two vectors.
Suppose we have two vectors a a1 i b1 j c1 k and b a2 i b2 j c2 k , the
dot product of these vectors is given by a a
1 2
a b b1 b2 a1a2 b1b2 c1c2
c c
1 2
fig 2. 25
a b
The angle between two vectors by using dot product cos1
ab
93
NB:
(a) i i j j k k 1 1 cos 0 1
i i j j k k 1.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .....( i )
We can use the above concepts to determine the dot product formula
Let a a1 i b1 j c1 k and b a2 i b2 j c2 k then determine dot product
a b a1 i b1 j c1 k a2 i b2 j c2 k
a b a1a2 i i a1b2 i j a1c2 i k b1a2 i j b1b2 j j b1c2 k j
c1a2 i k c1b2 j k c1c2 k k
a b a1a2 b1b2 c1c2 .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ..(iii)
(c) a a a a cos 0 a a a
2
a a .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ......( iv)
2 2
(d ) (a b) (a b) a b a b cos 0 a b a b a b
2
(a b) 2 a b .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ...( v)
2
Example 16
Find the scalar or dot product of vectors i 2 j 3k and 2i j k .
Solution
Let a i 2 j 3k and b 2i j k
1 2
a b 2 1 2 2 3 3
3 1
The scalar product is 3
94
Example 17
Given that a 2i 4 j k and b i 2 j 7k . Determine such that
(a) a and b are perpendicular
(b) a and b are collinear
Solution
Given that a 2i 4 j k and b i 2 j 7k , determine when
(a) a and b are perpendicular i.e. 90
From, a b a b cos
a b a b cos 90
a b 0
2 1
a b 4 2 0
7
2 8 7 0
10
7
a b 54 20 2 .......... .......... .......... .......... ....( iii)
Substitute equations (ii) and (iii) into equation (i)
10 7 5420 2
95
10 7 2 5420 2
100 140 492 1080 542
52 140 980 0
14
Example 18
If a 2 , b 3 and 60 where is the angle between a and b . Find the
values of ;
(a) a b (b) a b
Solution
(a) a b
From, a b a b
2 2
a b a 2a b b
2 2 2
a b a 2 a b cos b
2 2 2
a b 2 2 2(2)(3) cos60 32
2
a b 19
2
a b 19
(b) a b
From, a b a b
2 2
a b a 2a b b
2 2 2
a b a 2 a b cos b
2 2 2
a b 2 2 2(2)(3) cos60 32
2
a b 10
2
a b 7
96
Example 19
Show that vectors 2i 3 j 4k and 4i 6 j 8k are collinear.
Solution
a 2i 3 j 4k , a 29
b 4i 6 j 8k , b 116
If a and b are collinear the angle between them is 0 or 180
From, a b a b cos
a b
cos1 .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ......( i )
ab
2 4
a b 3 6 58.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ...( ii)
4 8
ab 29 116 58.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ...(iii)
Substitute equations (ii) and (iii) into equation (i)
58
cos1
58
cos1 1 180
The two given vect ors are collinear
Alternative
a 2i 3 j 4k and b 4i 6 j 8k
If a and b are collinear b a where
a 2i 3 j 4k .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ......( i )
b 4i 6 j 8k 22i 3 j 4k .......... .......... .......( ii)
Substitute equation (i) into equation (ii)
b 2a where 2
Vectors a and b are collinear
97
Example 20
If ( x a ) ( x a ) 12 , where a is a unit vector, Find x
Solution
x a x a 12
x a 12
2 2
x a 12 but a 1
2 2
x 1 12
2
x 13
2
x 13
Example 21
For any two vectors a and b prove that a b a b
Solution
From a b a b cos
a b
cos but 1 cos 1
ab
a b
cos
ab
a b
cos but cos 1
ab
a b
cos 1
ab
a b
1
ab
a b a b
98
Example 22
For any two vectors a and b prove that a b a b
Solution
From, a b a b
2 2
a b a 2a b b but a a , b b
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
a b a 2 a b b but a b a b
2 2 2
ab a 2a b b
2 2 2
a b a b
2 2
ab a b
Example 23
Find the angle between the vectors i 2 j 3k and 3i 2 j k
Solution
Let a i 2 j 3k , a 14
b 3i 2 j k , b 14
From a b a b cos
a b
cos1 .......... .......... .......... .......... .(i )
a b
1 3
a b 2 2 10.......... .......... .......... .(ii)
3 1
ab 14 14 14.......... .......... .......... ..(iii)
10
cos1 44 24
14
The angle between ve ctors is 44 24
99
Alternative
Let a i 2 j 3k , a 14
b 3i 2 j k , b 14
From a b a b sin
ab
sin 1 .......... .......... .......... .......... ..(i )
a b
i j k
a b 1 2 3 4i 8 j 4k
3 2 1
a b 4i 8 j 4k 96.......... .......... ........( ii)
ab 14 14 14.......... .......... .......... ....(iii)
96
sin 1 44 24
14
The angle between ve ctors is 44 24
Example 24
Show that the vectors 2i 3 j 6k , 3i 6 j 2k and 6i 2 j 3k are mutually
perpendicular
Solution
Let a 2i 3 j 6k , b 3i 6 j 2k and c 6i 2 j 3k
If the given vectors are mutually perpendicular a b b c 0
2 3
a b 3 6 6 18 12 0
6 2
3 6
b c 6 2 18 12 6 0
2 3
Since a b b c 0
The vectors are mutually perpendicular
100
Example 25
If a 5i j 3k and b i 3 j 5k then show that the vectors a b and
a b are perpendicular
Solution
a b 5i j 3k i 3 j 5k 6i 2 j 8k
a b 5i j 3k i 3 j 5k 4i 4 j 2k
If a b and a b are perpendicular 90 then a b a b 0
6 4
a b a b 2 4 24 8 16 0
8 2
The vectors a b and a b are perpendicular
Example 26
If a 2i 2 j 3k , b i 2 j k and c 3i j and such that a b is
perpendicular to c then find .
Solution
Given that a 2i 2 j 3k , b i 2 j k and c 3i j
If a b is perpendicular to c mean that a b c 0.......... .......... .......... ....( i )
a b 2i 2 j 3k i 2 j k 2 i 2 2 j 3 k .......... ....( ii)
2 3
a b c 2 2 1 8 0
3 0
8 0
The value of 8
Example 27
If is the angle between two point unit vectors a and b . Show that
1
(a b) cos .
2 2
Solution
101
a b 2 a 2 2a b b 2
But a 2 a , b 2 b and a b a b cos
2 2
a b 2 a 2 a b cos b 2
2
but a b 1 (unit vectors)
a b 2 1 2 cos 1
a b 2 2 2 cos
a b 2 21 cos
1
a b 2 1 cos
2
1
a b 2 1 2 cos2 2 1
2
1
a b 2 2 cos2 2
2
1
a b 2 cos2 2
4
a b cos2
1
2
Example 28
Two vectors a and b have the same magnitude and angle between them is
1
60 . If their scalar product is . Find their magnitude.
2
Solution
from a b a b cos
1
a b cos60 but a b
2
1
a a cos60
2
1 1 2
a
2 2
a 1
2
a 1
The magnitude of vectors a and b is 1
102
Exercise 2.1
1. Two vectors a and b have the same magnitude and angle between them
is 60 . If their scalar product is 1 . Find their magnitude
4
2. If x a x a 3 , where a is a unit vector, Find x
3. If a 2i 2 j 3k , b i 2 j k and c 3i j and such that a mb is
perpendicular to c then find m .
4. Find the scalar or dot product of vectors i 2 j 3k and 2i j k .
5. Find the direction ratios of the vector a 4i j 5 j
6. Find the direction cosine of the vector
fig 2. 26
a b c 2 b c cos A
2 2 2
a b c 2 b c cos A
2 2 2
Likewise,
b a c 2 a c cos B c a b 2 a b cosC
2 2 2 2 2 2
and
103
(b) Projection of one vector into another vector
Projection of one vector into another is divided into two categories which are,
fig 2. 27
a
Pr ojb
cos , Pr ojb a cos .......... .......... .......... .......... ....( i )
a
a
a b
But from dot product a b a b cos , a cos .......... .......(ii )
b
Equate equation (i) and equation (ii)
a b
Pr ojb
a
b
a b
Pr ojb
a
Projection of vector a onto vector b ,
b
Hence or otherwise
a b
Pr oja
b
Projection of vector b onto vector a ,
a
Example 29
Find the scalar projection of vector a (2,3,1) in the direction of
vector b (5,2,2) .
Solution
104
Given that a 2,3,2 and b 5,2,2
a b
From, Projb
a
.......... .......... .......... .......... .....( i )
b
2 5
a b 3 2 10 6 2 6.......... .......... ........( ii)
1 2
b 33.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ...( iii)
Substitute equations (ii) and (iii) into equation (i)
6
Projb
a
33
b a b a
Vector projection of b onto vector a is given by Proj a
a
a
Example 30
Find the vector projection of vector a (1,2,2) in the direction of
vector b (5,2,2) .
Solution
Given that a 1,2,2 int the direction b 5,2,2
a a b b
Proj b .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ..(i )
b b
1 5
a b 2 2 13.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......( ii)
2 2
b 33.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... (iii)
105
13 5i 2 j 2k
From, Proj b
a
33 33
Proj b
a 13
5i 2 j 2k
33
fig 2. 28
Workdone f d
Note:
(i) f magnitude of force times unit vector towards its direction
(ii) d Distance times unit vector towards its direction
Example 31
Find the work done on moving a particle from a (0,1,2) to b (1,3,2) in
the direction of f (1,2,2) when applied force is 6 N .
Solution
Let f m 6 N
f 1,2,2
f 12 (2) 2 2 2 9 3
106
f i 2 j 2k
F f m 6 2i 2 j 2k
f
3
F 2i 4 j 4k .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .(i )
The distance from a 0,1,2 to b 1,3,2
d b a 1,3,2 0,1,2 1,2,4
d 1,2,4.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ..(ii)
From, Workdone F d
2 1
Workdone - 4 2 2 8 16 26 26
4 4
Workdone 26Joules
Example 32
A force with magnitude 5 units parallel to 2i 2 j k displaces a point from
(1,2,3) to (5,3,7) . Find the work done.
Solution
Let f m 5 units
f 2i 2 j k
f 2 2 (2) 2 12 9 3
f 2i 2 j k 5
F f m 5 2i 2 j k
f 3 3
107
Example 33
Find the work done if the force of 2i 3 j 4k is pulling a load along a distance
of 2m in the direction a 3i 2 j 2k .
Solution
Let F 2i 3 j k .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ....( i )
a m 2m
a 3i 2 j 2k
a 32 2 2 2 2 17
a 3i 2 j 2k
d am 2
2
3i 2 j 2k
a 17 17
d
2
3i 2 j 2k .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .(ii)
17
3 2
2
Workdone F d 2 3
2
14 28 Joules
17 17 17
2 1
Example 34
Find the work done on moving a particle from ( 2,2,3) to (1,0,3) in the
direction of force of 3i 6 j 2k when the applied force is 7i 4 j 4k N .
Solution
Let f m 7i 4 j 4k 9units
f 3i 6 j 2k
f 3i 6 j 2k 7
f 3i 6 j 2k 9
F f m 9 3i 6 j 2k
f 7 7
108
2.11 CROSS PRODUCT
Cross Product also known as the "vector product", a binary operation on two
vectors that results in another vector. The cross product of two vectors in 3-
space is defined as the vector perpendicular to the plane determined by the two
vectors whose magnitude is the product of the magnitudes of the two vectors
and the sine of the angle between the two vectors.
Cross product or vector product is denoted by or
By definition of cross product of vectors a and b is a b a b sin nˆ ……….(i)
where nˆ is a unit vector perpendicular to both vectors a and b , when cross vectors a and b
it leads to a vector which is perpendicular to both vectors then determine its unit vector
ab
as follow nˆ .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......( ii)
ab
Substitute equation (ii) into equation (i)
ab
a b a b sin
a b
Note:
If a a1 i b1 j c1 k and b a2 i b2 j c2 k the cross product of vectors a and
i j k
b is given by a b a1 b1 c1
a2 b2 c2
The angle between two vectors by using cross product formula
ab
sin 1
a b
109
Example 35
Find the angle between the vectors i 2 j 3k and 3i 2 j k
Solution
Let a i 2 j 3k , a 14
b 3i 2 j k , b 14
From a b a b sin
a b
sin 1 .......... .......... .......... .......... ..(i )
ab
i j k
a b 1 2 3 4i 8 j 4k
3 2 1
a b 4i 8 j 4k 96.......... .......... ........( ii)
ab 14 14 14.......... .......... .......... ....(iii)
96
sin 1 44 24
14
The angle between ve ctors is 44 24
Alternative
Let a i 2 j 3k , a 14
b 3i 2 j k , b 14
From a b a b cos
a b
cos1 .......... .......... .......... .......... .(i )
ab
1 3
a b 2 2 10.......... .......... .......... .(ii)
3 1
ab 14 14 14.......... .......... .......... ..(iii)
10
cos1 44 24
14
The angle between ve ctors is 44 24
110
Example 36
If a i 7 j 7 k and b 3i 2 j 2k find a b and a b .
Solution
a i 7 j 7k and b 3i 2 j 2k
i j k
a b 1 7 7 19 j 19k
3 2 2
a b 19 j 19k
a b 19 j 19k 722
a b 722
Example 37
Find and if (2i 6 j 27k ) (i j k ) 0
Solution
2i 6 j 27k i j k 0
i j k
2 6 27 i 6 27 j 2 27 k 2 6 0
1
Equate and solve for and
6 27 0.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .....( i )
2 27 0.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......( ii)
2 6 0.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .....( iii)
27
3 and
2
Example 38
Show that (a b ) (a b ) 2(a b )
Solution
a b a b 2a b
Consider L.H.S
a b a b a a a b b a b b
But a a 0, b b 0 and b a a b
a b a b a b a b
a b a b 2a b
111
Example 39
Find a vector and unit vector perpendicular to each of the vectors
a 3i 2 j 2k and b i 2 j 2k
Solution
Given that a 3i 2 j 2k and b i 2 j 2k
When we cross vectors a and b the resulting vector is perpendicular to both vectors a and b
i j k
a b 3 2 2 8i 8 j 4k
1 2 2
Vector 8i 8 j 4k is perpendicular to both vectors a and b
Let c 8i 8 j 4k
cˆ 8i 8 j 4k 2i 2 j k
c 1 1
c 12 3
Example 40
Find a vector and unit vector perpendicular to both vectors a b and a b
where a 3i 2 j 2k and b i 2 j 2k
Solution
Given that a 3i 2 j 2k and b i 2 j 2k
a b 4i 4 j.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ......( i )
a b 2i 4k .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ......( ii)
When we cross vectors a b and a b the resulting vector is perpendicular
to both vectors a b and a b
i j k
a b a b 4 4 0 16i 16 j 8k
2 0 4
Vector 16i 16 j 8k is perpendicular to both vectors a b and a b
16i 16 j 8k 16i 16 j 8k 1
The unit vector of 16i 16 j 8k is 2i 2 j k
16i 16 j 8k 24 3
112
APPLICATION OF CROSS PRODUCT
fig 2. 29
fig 2. 30
1
Area AB AC where AB OB - OA and AC OC OA
2
Example 41
Find the area of a triangle with vertices A(1,1,2) , B (2,3,5) and C (1,5,5)
Solution
Given that A1,1,2 , B2,3,5 and C 1,5,5
1
Area of triangle AB AC .......... .......... .......... .....( i )
2
AB OB OA 2,3,5 1,1,2 1,2,3.......... .......... (ii)
AC OC OA 1,5,5 1,1,2 0,4,3.......... .........( iii)
i j k
AB AC 1 2 3 6i 3 j 4k .......... .......... .....( iv)
0 4 3
Substitute equation (iv) into equation (i)
1 1
Area of triangle 6i 3 j 4k 61
2 2
1
Area of triangle 61 sq.units
2
114
(c) To find area of a parallelogram
Consider the figure below
fig 2. 31
Area AB AD
Area AB AD
Example 42
Find the area of parallelogram whose adjacent sides are 2i 4 j 5k and
i 2 j 3k .
Solution
Given that a 2i 4 j 5k and b i 2 j 3k
Area of parallelogram a b .......... .......... .......... (i )
i j k
a b 2 4 5 22i 11 j.......... .......... .......( ii)
1 2 3
115
Substitute equation (ii) into equation (i)
Area of parallelogram 22i 11 j 222 112 605
Area of parallelogram 605 sq.unit
fig 2. 32
a, b and c are collinear vectors since they lie on the same line
Example 43
Show that vectors 2i 3 j 4k and 4i 6 j 8k are collinear.
Solution
a 2i 3 j 4k and b 4i 6 j 8k
If a and b are collinear b a where
a 2i 3 j 4k .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ......( i )
b 4i 6 j 8k 22i 3 j 4k .......... .......... .......( ii)
Substitute equation (i) into equation (ii)
b 2a where 2
Vectors a and b are collinear
116
Alternative
a 2i 3 j 4k and b 4i 6 j 8k
If a and b are collinear a b 0
i j k
a b 2 3 4 0
4 6 8
a b 0
Vectors a and b are collinear
Alternative
a 2i 3 j 4k , a 29
b 4i 6 j 8k , b 116
If a and b are collinear the angle between them is 0 or 180
From, a b a b cos
a b
cos1 .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ......( i )
ab
2 4
a b 3 6 58.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ...(ii)
4 8
ab 29 116 58.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ...(iii)
Substitute equations (ii) and (iii) into equation (i)
58
cos1
58
cos1 1 180
The two given vect ors are collinear
117
2.13 LINEAR COMBINATION OF VECTORS
Suppose vectors a, b and c are three vectors with , and as scalars so as to
resolve the vectors, let d be linear combination of vectors a, b and c
i.e. d a b c
Example 44
Express the vector r 10i 3 j k as a linear combination of a , b and c such
that a 2i j 3k , b 3i 2 j 4k and c i 3 j 2k .
Solution
Given that r 10i 3 j k , a 2i j 3k , b 3i 2 j 4k and c i 3 j 2k
From, r a b c
10i 3 j k 2i j 3k 3i 2 j 4k i 3 j 2k
Equate
10 2 3
3 2 3
1 3 4 2
Solve simulteneously
1, 2 and 2
From r a 2b 2c
r a 2b 2c
r 2i j 3k 23i 2 j 4k 2 i 3 j 2k
118
Example 45
Find the scalar triple product of vectors i 2 j 3k , i j k and i j k .
Solution
a i 2 j 3k , b i j k and c i j k
From a b c .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ...(i )
i j k
b c 1 1 1 2i 2 j.......... .......... .........( ii)
1 1 1
1 2
a b c 2 2 2 4 0 2
3 0
The scalar triple product is 2
Alternative
a i 2 j 3k , b i j k and c i j k
From a b c .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .....( i )
i j k
a b 1 2 3 5i 4 j k .......... .......... .........( ii)
1 1 1
5 1
a b c 4 1 5 4 1 2
1 1
The scalar triple product is 2
Alternative
a i 2 j 3k , b i j k and c i j k
1 2 3
Scalar triple product - 1 - 1 1 2
1 1 1
The scalar triple product is 2
119
2.15 COPLANAR
Consider vectors a x1i y1 j z1k , b x2 i y 2 j z 2 k , and c x3i y3 j z3 k .
The vectors are said to be coplanar if and only if a b c 0 or a b c 0
x1 y1 z1
Alternative way to find coplanar vector is x2 y2 z2 0
x3 y3 z3
Example 46
Find if the vector i j 2k , i j k and 3i 2 j k are coplanar.
Solution
Let a i j 2k , b i j k and c 3i 2 j k
From a b c .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .(i )
ji k
b c 1 1 3i 3 j 2 3k .......... .......... .........( ii)
3 2 1
1 3
a b c 1 3 12 3 0
2 2 3
12 3 0
The value of is 4
Alternative
Let a i j 2k , b i j k and c 3i 2 j k
From a b c .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ...(i )
i j k
a b 1 1 2 3i 1 2 j 1 k .......... .......... .........( ii)
1 1
3 3
a b c 1 2 2 12 3 0
1 1
12 3 0
The value of is 4
120
Alternative
Let a i j 2k , b i j k and c 3i 2 j k
11 2
Coplanar -1 1 12 3 0
3 2 1
12 3 0
The value of is 4
Example 47
If w 3t i cos2t j , find;
2
dw
(a)
dt
dw
(b)
dt
d2w
(c)
dt 2
Solution
Given that w 3t 2 i cos 2t j
dw
(a) 6t i 2 sin 2t j
dt
6t 2 sin 2t 36t 2 4 sin 2 2t
dw 2 2
(b)
dt
d 2w
(c) 2 6i 4 cos 2t j
dt
121
Example 48
If r 3t i 2t j t k , find;
2 3
dr
(a)
dt
d2r
(b)
dt 2
Solution
Given that r 3t i 2t 2 j t 3 k
dr
(a) 3i 4tj 3t 2 k
dt
d 2r
(b) 2 4 j 6tk
dt
Example 49
t
Given B te i cost j , find;
dB
(a)
dt
d 2B
(b)
dt 2
Solution
Given that B te t i cost j
(a)
dB
dt
e t te t i sin t j
d 2B
(b) 2 te t 2e t i cost j
dt
Example 50
dr
If r 4t i 2t j 7k evaluate r and when t 1.
2
dt
Solution
122
Given that r 4t 2 i 2t j 7k
When t 1 the value of r 4i 2 j 7k
dr
8t i 2 j
dt
dr
When t 1 the value of 8i 2 j
dt
Example 51
Given r sin t i cost j , find;
(a) r
(b) r
(c) r
Solution
Given that r sin t i cost j
(a) r cost i sin t j
(b)r sin t i cost j
(c) r sin t i cost j sin 2 t cos2 t 1
Example 52
1
If r 3t i t 2 j (1 2t )k , evaluate rdt
0
Solution
Given that r 3t i t 2 j (1 2t )k
1 1
rdt 3t i t j (1 2t )k dt
2
0 0
1
3 2 1 3
1
0 rdt 2 t i 3 t j (t t )k 0
2
1
3 1
rdt i j 2k
0
2 3
123
Example 53
Given r 3sin t i cost j (2 t )k , evaluate 0
rdt
Solution
Given that r 3 sin t i cost j (2 t )k
rdt 3sin t i cost j (2 t )k dt 3 cost i sin t j 2t 12 t k
2
0
0 0
2
rdt 6i 2 k
0 2
Example 54
Given v i 3 j k , evaluate;
1
(a) vdt
0
2
(b) vdt
0
Solution
Given that v i 3 j k
1 1
(a) vdt i 3 j k dt it 3 jt kt 0 i 3 j k
1
0 0
2 2
(b) vdt i 3 j k dt it 3 jt kt 0 2i 6 j 2k
2
0 0
Example 55
A particle moves so that after time t its position vector r is given by
r (t ) (4t 1)i t 2 j (15 t 3 )k . Find the vector expression of its velocity and
acceleration at time t , find also speed and acceleration after 3 seconds.
Solution
124
Given that r (t ) (4t 1)i t 2 j (15 t 3 )k
The velocity and acceleration at time ' t '
dr
4i 2tj 3t 2 k (velocity)
dt
d 2r
2 2 j 6tk (acceleration)
dt
Exercise 2.3
dr
1. If r t i 2t j k evaluate when t 1.
2
dt
dr
2. If r t i t j evaluate r and when t 1.
2
dt
dr
3. If r 3t i 2t j 5k evaluate r and when t 0.
2
dt
1
4. Given v i j k , evaluate vdt
0
2
5. Given v i 2 j 4k , evaluate vdt
0
1
6. Given v 3t i 8t j k , evaluate vdt
2
125
2.17 REAL LIFE APPLICATIONS OF VECTORS
Mathematics provides a language for describing quantities and the relationships
between them. Vectors are used to describe an amount and a related direction.
Anything that involves an amount and an associated direction is a potential
application of vectors. The direction and speed of a car during a collision is a
good example; the direction and distance from your house to your school or
office “as the crow flies” is another. Vectors are very useful for describing a
wide variety of very ordinary things, many of which have to do with movement,
because everything moves in a direction for a distance and over an amount of
time.
Vectors is the basic topic which helps us to make other topics in physics easier.
Kinematics has a special topic named Vector Reversal method which is the
easiest way of solving those sums.
While talking in reference day to day life vectors is used in machines which are
used to calculate speed of cricket ball while bowled. This is a great example of
usage of vectors in which just by the speed of the ball and angle at which it is
bowled we can find where it will reach.
REVISION EXERCISE 2
1. Find the values of x and y so that the vector 2i 3 j and xi yj are
equal.
2. Find the direction ratios and direction cosines of the vector a 3i j 2k
3. Find a b , if two vectors a and b are such that a 2 , b 3 and
a b 4
4. Evaluate (3a 5b ) (2a 7b )
5. Consider the points P and Q with position vectors OP 3i 2 j and
OQ i j . Find the position vector of a point R which divides line joining
the points P and Q in the ratio 2 :1 internally and externally respectively.
6. Show that points A(1,2,7) , B(2,6,3) and C (3,10,1) are collinear.
7. If a, b , c are unit vector such that a b c 0 then find
a b b c c a
8. If a unit vector a makes angle with i , with j and acute angle
3 4
with k then find and hence components of a
9. Find the area of a triangle with vertices A(1,1,2) , B (2,3,5) and C (1,5,5)
126
10. Find the area of parallelogram whose adjacent sides are 2i 4 j 5k and
i 2 j 3k . Also find unit vector parallel to its diagonal.
11. If w 3t i t j and z 2t i 3 j , verify the results
2 2
d dz dw
(a) (w z) w z
dt dt dt
d dz dw
(b) (w z) w z
dt dt dt
and z (2 t )i t j 2k , find ;
2
12. If w t 3 i 7t k
(a) w z
dw
(b)
dt
dz
(c)
dt
d dz dw
(d) Show that (w z) w z
dt dt dt
13. Find the area of triangle ABC whose vertices are A(2,1,1) , B(3,2,1) and
C ( 2,4,1) .
14. Forces of magnitudes 5 and 3 units acting in the directions 6i 2 j 3k and
6i 2 j 6k respectively, act on particle which is displaced from the point
( 2, 2,1) to ( 4,3,1) . Find the work done by the forces.
15. A ball of mass 16 g moves along a curve defined by r ai bj ck
where a t 3 4t 2 , b 5t and c 2 t 4 . Find a force acting on the
body.
16. If the position vectors OA , OB and OC are defined by OA 2i j 3k ,
OB 3i 2 j 4k and OC i 3 j 2k .
(i) Find a unit vector perpendicular to both AB and BC .
(ii) Using cross product find the exact value of angle between AB and BC .
17. Find the projection of a into b such that a i 2 j 3k and b i 2 j 2k .
18. By using the concept of dot product, verify cosine rule’
19. Verify sine rule.
20. Consider a particle on which a constant force f acts. Let the particle be
given a displacement d
127
21. A force with magnitude 5 units parallel to 2i 2 j k displaces a point from
(1,2,3) to (5,3,7) . Find the work done.
22. Find the work done on moving a particle from a (0,1,2) to b (1,3,2)
in the direction of F (1,2,2) when applied force is 6 N .
23. Find the work done if the fore of 2i 3 j 4k is pulling a load along a
distance of 2m in the direction a 3i 2 j 2k .
24. Find the work done on moving a particle from ( 2,2,3) to (1,0,3) in the
direction of force of 3i 6 j 2k when the applied force is
7i 4 j 4k N .
25. If a 2i 6 j 3k and b i 2 j 2k . Find the angle between a and b
using cross product.
26. Determine a unit vector perpendicular to a 2i 6 j 3k and
b 4i 3 j k .
27. The position vectors of the points A , B and C are ( 2,4,3) , (6,3,4) and
(7,5. 5) respectively. Find the angle between AB and BC , hence find
the area of a triangle ABC
28. A particle moves so that at time t its velocity is given by
v 10ti (3 6t 2 )k . Given that when t 1 the particle is at the point with
position vector j k . Find the expression for its position vector r at time
t.
d 2r
29. A particle moves so that at any time t , 2 2i tj . If r (t ) 4i 7 j and
dt
dr
2i j when t 0 . Determine r (t ) and r (t ) when t 4.
dt
30. Find the area of a parallelogram whose adjacent sides are 2i j 3k
and i 2 j k .
31. If the coordinates ( x, y , z ) of a particle that is moving in a space are
parametrically given by the equations x(t ) t 3 4t 2 2t , y (t ) t 2 4t and
z (t ) t 4 2 where t is time in seconds. Find the initial velocity of the
particle given that r (t ) x(t )i y (t ) j z (t )k , also find the acceleration of
the particle after a second.
32. If is the angle between two point unit vectors a and b .
1
Show that (a b) cos .
2 2
a
33. Two vectors and b have the same magnitude and angle between them is
1
60 . If their scalar product is . Find their magnitude.
2
128
34. Express the vector r 10i 3 j k as a linear combination of a , b and c
such that a 2i j 3k , b 3i 2 j 4k and c i 3 j 2k .
35. Two forces of magnitude 11N and 8 N acting on a particle with an angle at
30 between them, what is the magnitude and direction of the resultant
force.
36. Given the position vectors of the points L , M and N are respectively
L 2i 3 j 4k , M 5i j 2k and N 11i j 14k . Find;
(a) The unit vector parallel to LM
(b) The value of if L , M and N are collinear.
(c) The position vector on LM if LQ : QM 2 : 1
37. The position vector r of a particle at mass 5kg moving in space at any
65
time 't ' seconds is given by r (t ) 2t 2 7t i 4 j 3k .
8
(a) Verify that the acceleration of a particle is constant.
(b) Calculate;
(i)The time and distance at the particle from the origin when it is
temporally at rest.
(ii) The momentum and force of the particle at t 5 seconds.
38. Under the action of forces F1 (2i 2 j 3k ) N and F2 (i 3 j ) N a body
dr
attains a velocity (i 2tj k )m / s . If at t 0 the body was at the origin.
dt
Find the work done by the resultant force at t 4 seconds.
39. At time t , the position vector of a particle is given by
r (3 cos 2t )i (4 sin 2t ) j . Find its velocity and acceleration when t .
6
40. Find the direction ratios of r such that vector r is at right angles to both
3i _ 6 j 4k and 3i 2 j 2k
41. A body moves such that its position vector when at P is given by
OP (3 sin 5t )i (3 cos5t ) j where O is the origin and t is the time. Prove
that the velocity of the particle when at P is perpendicular to OP .
42. Two bodies A and B moves in a horizontal plane. A moves with
constant velocity 4i 4 j and B moves with constant acceleration of
2i 2 j . At t 0 , A is at point i 4 j while B is at point 4i j and is
moving with a velocity 2 j .
(a) Find the position vectors of A and B at time and hence show
that AB (t 2 4t 3)i (t 2 2t 3) j .
(b) Show that A and B will collide and give the time when this collision
occurs.
129
43. A particle with 200g of mass moving along a curve with the velocity
1 7 1
i j k
4t t 1 2t
(i) Find the force applied to the particle at any time t .
(ii) Find the position vector at time t where the particle is heading.
44. At time t the displacement of a particle from the origin O is given by
s (2 sint )i (2 cost ) j m . Prove that the particle is always 2m from O
and find the velocity and speed of the particle when t 2 seconds.
45. Given that A 2i 4 j k and B i 2 j 7 k determine such that;
(a) A and B are perpendicular.
(b) A and B are collinear.
46. Given that points A , B and C have position vectors a i 2 j 2k ,
b 3i k and c i j 4k . Prove that triangle ABC is isosceles.
47. A body of mass 5 units moves following the path
v (2t 3 t )i (3t 4 t 2 8) j 12t 2 k . Find the momentum and force vectors
at any time t .
48. Let (4,0,0) , (2,6,0) and (1,4,2) be position vectors of points A , B and
C respectively,
(i) Find the cosine of an angle between BA and BC .
(ii) Find the area of a triangle ABC .
49. Prove that a b a b 4a b
2 2
130
Chapter Three
NUMERICAL METHODS
Introduction;
Numerical solutions of any mathematical problem has four main stages, one
leading into the next as follows,
fig 3. 1
x 1 1.5 2 2.5 3
3.1 ERRORS
Error is the difference between exact/actual value and measured value,
Let E - error
x actual/true value
x measured value
E x-x
132
TYPES OF ERRORS
(a) Systematic errors is an error due to known cases such as reading a wrong
calibrated instrument or using wrong formula.
(b) Random errors is an error due to unknown cases such as environmental
condition i.e. temperature, winds, humidity etc.
FORMS OF ERRORS
There are three forms of errors which are;
(a) Absolute error i.e. x x
xx
(b) Relative error i.e.
x
xx
(c) Percentage error i.e. 100%
x
SOURCES OF ERRORS
(a) Initial source of errors is the primary source error where by extremely big
error result from use of wrong initial value/data.
(b) Truncation source of errors, this occurs when an infinite series or
successive steps of calculation is terminated.
(c) Rounding source of errors, this occurs when one fail to evaluate or compute
an exact arithmetic operation.
Example 1
Solution
133
Let x 3.1415926(True value)
x 3.1428571 (Approximate value)
Absolute Error x x 3.1415926 3.1428571 0.0012645
xx 3.1415926 3.1428571 0.0012645
Relative Error 0.0004025
x 3.1415926 3.1415926
Exercise 3.1
134
Derivation of Newton’s Raphson Method
Consider the sketch below;
fig 3. 2
f ( xn )
Newton’s Raphson method xn1 xn
f ( xn )
Example 2
Use the Newton’s Raphson method to approximate the positions root of
x 2 x 1 0 correct to 4 decimal places. (perform 3 iterations starting with
x0 2 )
Solution
135
Given that x 2 x 1 0 and x0 2
Express in function form f ( x) x 2 x 1 while f ( x) 0
Re - write the function in general form then differentiate
f ( xn ) xn xn 1
2
f ( xn ) 2 xn 1
f ( xn )
From Newton' s Raphson method xn 1 xn
f ( xn )
xn xn 1 xn 1
2 2
xn 1 xn
2 xn 1 2 xn 1
xn 1
2
Now, xn 1
2 xn 1
x0 1 (2) 2 1
2
When n 0, x1 1.6667
2 x0 1 2(2) 1
x 1 (1.6667) 2 1
2
When n 1, x2 1 1.6190
2 x1 1 2(1.6667) 1
x2 1 (1.6190) 2 1
2
When n 2, x3 1.6180
2 x2 1 2(1.6190) 1
The approximat e root of the equation after performing three iteration
by using Newton' s Raphson method is 1.6180
Example 3
Verify that the equation x 2 2 x 1 0 has a root lying between x 2 and
x 3 . Apply the method of Newton-Raphson in four iterations to obtain an
approximation of the roots.
Solution
Given that x 2 2 x 1 0
Express in function form f ( x) x 2 2 x 1 while f ( x) 0
Re - write the function in general form then differentiate
f ( xn ) xn 2 xn 1
2
136
If the given equation has root between the given initial values, the values must
satisfy location theorem f ( xn ) f ( xn1 ) 0. Let xn 2, xn1 3
f ( xn ) xn 2 xn 1, f 2) 2 2 2(2) 1 1
2
f ( xn ) 2 xn 2
When the initial values are two take either one, but for easier converging of roots
23
take the average of the given valu es, x0 2.5
2
f ( xn )
From Newton' s Raphson method formula xn1 xn
f ( xn )
x 2 x n 1 xn 1
2 2
xn 1 xn n
2 xn 2 2 xn 2
x 1
2
Now, xn 1 n
2 xn 2
x0 1 (2.5) 2 1
2
When n 0, x1 2.4167
2 x0 2 2(2.5) 2
x0 1 (2.4167) 2 1
2
When n 1, x2 2.4142
2 x0 2 2(2.4167) 2
x 1 (2.4142) 2 1
2
When n 2, x3 0 2.4142
2 x0 2 2(2.4142) 2
x0 1 (2.4142) 2 1
2
When n 3, x4 2.4142
2 x0 2 2(2.4142) 2
The approximate root of the equation after performing 4 iteration
by using Newton' s Raphson method is 2.4142
137
Example 4
Show that the equation e x 3 x has a root in the interval 0,1 also find the
root correct to two decimal places in three iterations by using Newton’s
Raphson method.
Solution
Given that e x 3 x, e x x 3 0, f ( x) e x x 3
Re - write the function in general form then differentiate
f ( xn ) e x n x n 3
If the given equation has root between the given initial values, the values must
satisfy location theorem f ( xn ) f ( xn 1 ) 0. Let xn 0, xn 1 1
f ( xn ) e xn xn 3, f 0) e 0 0 3 2
f ( xn 1 ) e xn1 xn 1 3, f 1) e1 1 3 0.7183
Therefore, f (0) f (1) 2 0.7183 1.4366 0
Since f ( xn ) f ( xn 1 ) 0 , e x 3 x has a root in the interval 0,1
e x0 x0 3 e 0.5 0.5 3
When n 0, x1 x0 0.5 0.8214
e x0 1 e 0.5 1
e x1 x1 3 e 0.8214 0.8214 3
When n 1, x2 x1 0.8214 0.7924
e x1 1 e 0.8214 1
e x2 x 2 3 e 0.7924 0.7924 3
When n 2, x3 x2 x 0.7921
e x2 1 e 0.7924 1
0
138
Example 5
By using Newton’s Raphson formula with xo , find the next approximation
2
of 10cos x x 0 , (leave as )
Solution
Given that 10 cos x x 0 and x0
2
Express in function form f ( x) 10 cos x x while f ( x) 0
Re - write the function in general form then differentiate
f ( xn ) 10 cos xn xn
f ( xn ) 10 sin xn 1
f ( xn )
From Newton' s Raphson method xn1 xn
f ( xn )
10 cos xn xn 10 cos xn xn
xn1 xn xn
10 sin xn 1 10 sin xn 1
10 cos xn xn
Now, xn1 xn
10 sin xn 1
10 cos 0
10 cos x0 x0
2 2 2 5
When n 0, x1 x0
10 sin x0 1 2 2 10 1 11
10 sin 1
2
5
The next approximat ion is
11
Example 6
Use Newton’s method to estimates the point of intersection of y e x and
2
e x x 0, since f ( x) 0
2
f ( x) e x x, in general f ( xn ) e xn xn and f ( xn ) 2 xn e xn 1
2 2 2
f ( xn )
By using Newton' s Raphson method xn 1 xn where x0 0.5
f ( xn )
e x n xn
2
xn 1 xn
2 xn e x n 1
2
139
e x0 x0
2
e ( 0.5) 0.5
2
e x1 x1
2
e ( 0.6567) 0.6567
2
e x2 x 2
2
e ( 0.6529) 0.6529
2
since x y 0.6529
The approximat e point of intersection is ( x, y ) (0.6529,0.6529)
140
xn N
2
xn1 xn
2 xn
2 xn xn N xn N 1 N
2 2 2
xn1 xn
2 xn 2 xn 2 xn
1 N
Formula used to find square root of a number xn 1 xn
2 xn
Example 7
Find the square root of 7 given that x0 2 perform three iteration only.
Solution
Required 7
1 N
From xn1 xn , N 7 and x0 2
2 xn
1 7 1 7
When n 0, x1 x0 2 2.75
2 x0 2 2
1 7 1 7
When n 1, x2 x1 2.75 2.6477
2 x1 2 2.75
1 7 1 7
When n 2, x3 x2 2.6477 2.6458
2 x2 2 2.6477
The approximat e square root of 7 is 2.6458
Example 8
Find the square root of 10 starting with x0 1 perform five iteration only.
Solution
Required 10
1 N
From xn 1 xn , N 10 and x0 1
2 xn
1 10 1 10
When n 0, x1 x0 1 5.5
2 x0 2 1
141
1 7 1 7
When n 1, x2 x1 5.5 3.6591
2 x1 2 5.5
1 7 1 7
When n 2, x3 x2 3.6591 3.1960
2 x2 2 3.6591
1 7 1 7
When n 3, x4 x3 3.1960 3.1625
2 x3 2 3.1960
1 7 1 7
When n 4, x5 x4 3.1625 3.1623
2 x4 2 3.1625
The approximate square root of 10 is 3.1623
3
(b) Cube roots of a number ( N )
Newton' s Raphson Method is used to find cube roots of a number
Let x 3 N
x3 N
x 3 N 0 But f(x) 0
f(x) x 3 N write this in general f(x n ) x n N .......... .......... ......( i )
3
x n 1 x n 2
3x n
3x n x n N 2xn N 1
3 3 3
N
x n 1 2 xn 2
3x n
2
3x n
2
3 xn
1 N
Formula used to find cube root of a number xn 1 2 xn 2
3 xn
142
Example 9
Find the cube root of 71 given that x0 3.6 perform three iteration only.
Solution
Required 3 71
1 N
From xn1 2 xn 2 , N 71 and x0 3.6
3 xn
1 71 1 71
When n 0, x1 2 x0 2 2(3.6) 4.2261
3 x0 3 (3.6) 2
1 71 1 71
When n 1, x2 2 x1 2 2(4.2261) 4.1425
2
3 x1 3 (4.2261)
1 71 1 71
When n 2, x3 2 x2 2 2(4.1425) 4.1408
2
3 x2 3 (4.1425)
The approximate cube root of 71 is 4.1408
1
(c) Reciprocal of a number ( )
N
Newton' s Raphson Method is used to find reciprocalof a number
1 1
Let x , N
N x
1
N
x
1
N 0 But f(x) 0
x
1 1
f(x) N write this in general f(xn ) N .......... .......... ......( i )
x xn
1
Differentiate equation (i) f (x n ) 2
.......... .......... .......... .......... (ii)
xn
f ( xn )
From Newton' s Raphson Method xn 1 xn
f ( xn )
1
N
xn1 xn
xn
1
xn 2
143
2 1
xn1 xn xn N
xn
xn1 xn xn Nx n
2
xn1 2 xn Nxn
2
Formula used to find reciprocal of a number
Example 10
Find the reciprocal of 3 starting with x0 0.28 `perform at least three iteration.
Solution
Required 31
From xn1 2 xn Nx n , N 3 and x0 0.28
2
r 1
Differentiate equation (i) f (x n ) rxn .......... .......... .......... .......... (ii)
f ( xn )
From Newton' s Raphson Method x n 1 x n
f ( x n )
xn N
r
x n 1 x n r 1
rxn
rxn x n N (r 1) x n N
r r r
x n 1 r 1
r 1
rxn rxn
(r 1) x n N
r
144
Example 11
Find the 5 th root of 99 starting with x0 2 perform at least 3 iteration.
Solution
5
Required 99
(r 1) xn N
r
From xn 1 r 1
, N 99, r 5 and x0 2
rxn
(5 1) xn 99 4 xn 99
5 5
Now, xn1 51
4
5 xn 5 xn
4 x0 99 4(2) 5 99
5
When n 0, x1 4
2.8375
5 x0 5(2) 4
4 x 99 4(2.8375) 5 99
5
When n 1, x2 1 4 2.5754
5 x1 5(2.8375) 4
4 x 99 4(2.5754) 5 99
5
When n 2, x3 2 4 2.5104
5 x2 5(2.5754) 4
4 x3 99 4(2.5104) 5 99
5
When n 3, x4 4
2.5069
5 x3 5(2.5104) 4
4 x 99 4(2.5069) 5 99
5
When n 4, x5 4 4 2.5068
5 x4 5(2.5069) 4
The approximate 5 th root of 99 is 2.5068
145
Exercise 3.2
1. The equation 5x cos x has a root near x 0.5 , solve this equation by
Newton’s Raphson method perform 4 iteration giving your answer correct
to 3 significant figures.
2. Show that the Newton’s Raphson formula of finding the roots of the
(24xn 4) xn 4
2
equation 12 x 4 x 15x 4 0 is xn1
3 2
and use this
(36xn 8) xn 15
formula to find the roots of 12 x 3 4 x 2 15x 4 0 correct to 3 decimal
places.
4. Show that the Newton’s Raphson formula for approximating the roots of
xn 1
2
x 2 x 1 0 is xn 1 starting with x0 2 use the formula to find
2 xn 1
x1 , x 2 and x3 correct to four decimal places.
146
(B) SECANT METHOD
fig 3. 3
From the figure above, assume points P and N are two initial conditions converging to M
Here we have two possibilities either, slope NP slope MP or slope NP slope NM
consider slope NP slope MP
f ( xn1 ) f ( xn ) f ( xn1 ) 0
xn1 xn xn1 xn 2
xn1 xn2 f ( xn1 ) f ( xn ) xn1 xn f ( xn1 )
x x n1 n
x x f ( xn1 )
n 1 n 2
f ( xn1 ) f ( xn )
147
Alternative Derivation
xn1 xn
xn 2 xn f ( xn )
f ( xn1 ) f ( xn )
NB: All the above formula are applicable and all formula give the desired
approximate solutions.
Example 12
xn 2 xn 1
xn1 xn x
3 xn 1 20
x 20
3
Now, n 1
3xn 1 20 xn 3 xn
3 3
n 1
When n 0, x2 x1
x1 x0 x 3x1 20
x 20
3
3x1 20 x0 3x0
3 3 1
1
4 3
x2 4
(4)
3(4) 20 3.0588
3
(4) 3
3(4) 20 (3) 3 3(3) 20
148
When n 1, x3 x2
x2 x1 x 3x2 20
x 20 x 3x 20
3
3 x2
3 3 2
2 1 1
x3 3.0588
3.0588 4(3.0588) 3 3(3.0588) 20
(3.0588) 3
3(3.0588) 20 (4) 3 3(4) 20 3.0749
When n 2, x4 x3
x3 x2 x 3x3 20
x 20
3
3x3 20 x2 3x2
3 3 3
3
x4 3.0749
3.0749 3.0588(3.0749)3 3(3.0749) 20
(3.0749) 3
3(3.0749) 20 (3.0588) 3 3(3.0588) 20 3.0809
When n 3, x5 x4
x4 x3 x 3x4 20
x 20
3
3x4 20 x3 3x3
3 3 4
4
x5 3.0809
3.0809 3.0749(3.0809)3 3(3.0809) 20
(3.0809) 3
3(3.0809) 20 (3.0749) 3 3(3.0749) 20 3.0809
The approximate root of the equation in the given interval is 3.0809
Alternative Method
xn 2 xn
xn1 xn x 3 xn 20
x 20
3
Now,
3 xn 1 20 xn 3 xn
3 3 n
n 1
When n 0, x2 x0
x1 x0 x 3 x0 20
x 20
3
3 x1 20 x0 3 x0
3 3 0
1
4 3
x2 3
(3) 3(3) 20 3.0588
3
(4) 3
3(4) 20 (3) 3 3(3) 20
When n 1, x3 x2
x2 x1 x 3x2 20
x 20 x 3x 20
3
3 x2
3 3 2
2 1 1
x3 4
3.0588 4(4)
3(4) 20
3.0749
3
(3.0588) 3(3.0588) 20 (4) 3 3(4) 20
3
149
x3 x2
When n 2, x4 x3
x x 3x3 20
3
3x3 20 x2 3x2 20
3 3 3
3
x4 3.0588
3.0749 3.0588(3.0588)3 3(3.0588) 20
(3.0749) 3
3(3.0749) 20 (3.0588)3 3(3.0588) 20 3.0809
When n 3, x5 x4
x4 x3 x
3x4 20
x 20 x 3x 20
3
3 x4
3 3 4
4 3 3
x5 3.0749
3.0809 3.0749(3.0749)3 3(3.0749) 20
(3.0809) 3
3(3.0809) 20 (3.0749) 3 3(3.0749) 20 3.0809
The approximate root of the equation in the given interval is 3.0809
Example 13
Use Newton’s Raphson formula to derived Secant method formula.
Solution
Consider the figure below;
150
f xn
From Newton' s Raphson Formula xn2 xn .......... ....( i )
f xn
f xn1 f xn
f xn .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... (ii)
xn1 xn
Substitute equation (ii) into equation (i)
f xn xn1 xn
xn 2 x n
f xn1 f xn
xn1 xn
xn2 xn f xn
f xn1 f xn
151
3.3 NUMERICAL INTEGRATION
Numerical integration are numerical methods which use the concepts defined
integral to find an approximate values of an integrand.
fig 3. 4
b
From the sketch above, the area of a curve from " a" to " b" analytically is given by f ( x)dx,
a
But numerically the area of a curve from " a" to " b" can be estimated by dividing the curve
from " a" to " b" into " n" trapeziums of the same height " h".
The area of the curve from " a" to " b" is equal to the sum of all areas of trapeziums
b
Area (A) f ( x)dx
h
y0 y1 h y1 y2 h y2 y3 ... h yn2 yn1 h yn1 yn
a
2 2 2 2 2
Shortly; Area( A)
h
2
First Last 2 middle terms
ba
NOTE : h , n Number of strips Number of ordinate 1
n
152
Example 13
Apply Trapezoidal rule with five ordinates to obtain an approximation for the
1
1
integral 1 x dx
0
Solution
b a 1 0
h 0.25
n 4
x y
1 First Last Middle
1 x
0 1 1
0.25 0.8000 0.8000
0.50 0.6667 0.6667
0.75 0.5714 0.5714
1 0.5 0.5
1.5 2.0381
Area ( A)
h
2
First Last 2 Middle terms
Area ( A)
0.25
1.5 22.0381 0.697025
2
The approximat e area is 0.697025 sq.units
Alternative method
b a 1 0
h 0.25
n 4
1
y
x
1 x
0 1
0.25 0.8000
0.50 0.6667
0.75 0.5714
1 0.5
153
Area ( A)
h
2
y0 yn 2 y1 y2 yn1
Area ( A)
0.25
1 0.5 20.8 0.6667 0.5714 0.697025
2
The approximat e area is 0.697025 sq.units
Example 14
Use Trapezoidal rule to find the approximating value of
0
sin d given that
Area ( A)
h
2
First Last 2 Middle terms
Area ( A) 0 22.6818 2.1063
4
2
The approximat e area is 2.1063 sq.units
Alternative method
ba 0
h
n 4 4
154
x
y sin x
0 0
4 0.8409
2 1
3
4 0.8409
0
Area ( A)
h
2
y0 yn 2 y1 y2 yn1
Area ( A) 0 0 20.8409 1 0.8409 2.1063
4
2
The approximate area is 2.1063 sq.units
fig 3. 5
155
From the figure above points A, B and C satisfiesthe function f ( x) ax 2 bx c
At point A(h, y 0 ) satisfies y ax 2 bx c
y 0 a ( h) 2 b( h) c
y 0 ah 2 bh c ah 2 y 0 bh c.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .....( i )
b
Area under the curve is given by f ( x)dx
a
h
1
h
1
Area ax bx c dx ax3 bx 2 cx
2
h 3 2 h
1 1 1 1
Area ah3 bh 2 ch ah3 bh 2 ch
3 2 3 2
2
Area ah3 2ch
3
h
Area 2ah 2 6c but c y1
3
h
Area 2ah 2 6 y1 .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ...( vi)
3
156
Substitute equation (v) into equation (vi)
Area y0 2 y1 y 2 6 y1
h
3
Area y0 4 y1 y 2 .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... (vii)
h
3
NOTE : Equation (vii) represent the area of the curve by considering two strips,
consider all " n" strips from " a" to " b" ,
Area( A)
h
y0 yn 4 y1 y2 y3 y5 ... 2 y2 y4 y6 ...
3
Shortly, Area( A)
h
3
First Last 4 Odd ordinates 2 Even ordinates
ba
NOTE : h , n Number of strips Number of ordinate 1
n
Example 15
Use the most accurate method of the numerical integration to evaluate the
3
Inx 2
integral using 5 ordinates 1 x dx
Solution
b a 3 1
h 0 .5
n 4
157
Area ( A)
h
3
First Last 4 Odd terms 2 Even terms
Area ( A)
0.5
0.7324 41.2736 20.6931 1.2022
3
The approximat e area is 1.2022 sq.units
Alternative method
b a 3 1
h 0 .5
n 4
x Inx 2
y
x
1 0
1.5 0.5406
2.0 0.6931
2.5 0.7330
3 0.7324
Area ( A)
h
3
y0 yn 4 y1 y3 yn1 2 y2 y4 yn2
Area ( A)
0.5
0 0.7324 40.5406 0.7330 20.6931 1.2022
3
The approximate area is 1.2022 sq.units
Example 16
Use both Simpson’s and Trapezium rules with ten strips to evaluate
0 .5
approximately the value of 0
1 0.5 sin d correct to four decimal places.
Solution
b a 0.5 0
h 0.05
n 10
158
y 1 0.5sin First Last Middle Odd Even
0 1 1
0.05 0.9874 0.9874 0.9874
0.1 0.9747 0.9747 0.9747
0.15 0.9619 0.9619 0.9619
0.2 0.9490 0.9490 0.9490
0.25 0.9361 0.9361 0.9361
0.3 0.9232 0.9232 0.9232
0.35 0.9102 0.9102 0.9102
0.4 0.8974 0.8974 0.8974
0.45 0.8846 0.8846 0.8846
0.5 0.8719 0.8719
1.8719 8.4245 4.6802 3.7443
Area ( A) First Last 4 Odd terms 2 Even terms
h
3
Area ( A)
0.05
1.8719 44.6802 23.7443 0.4680
3
The approximat e area is 0.4680 sq.units
By using Trapezoida l rule
Area ( A) First Last 2 Middle terms
h
2
Area ( A)
0.05
1.8719 28.4245 0.4680
2
The approximat e area is 0.4680 sq.units
159
Alternative method
b a 0.5 0
h 0.05
n 10
y 1 0.5sin
0 0 y0 1
1 0.05 y1 0.9874
2 0.1 y2 0.9747
3 0.15 y3 0.9619
4 0.2 y4 0.9490
5 0.25 y5 0.9361
6 0.3 y6 0.9232
7 0.35 y7 0.9102
8 0.4 y8 0.8974
9 0.45 y9 0.8846
10 0.5 y10 0.8719
Area ( A) y0 y10 4 y1 y3 y5 y7 y9 2 y 2 y 4 y6 y8
h
3
0.05 1 0.8719 40.9874 0.9619 0.9361 0.9102 0.8846
Area ( A) 0.4680
3 20.9747 0.9490 0.9232 0.8974
The approximate area is 0.4680 sq.units
Area ( A) y0 y10 2 y1 y 2 y3 y 4 y5 y6 y7 y8 y9
h
2
0.05 0.9874 0.9747 0.9619 0.9490 0.9361
Area ( A) 1 0.8719 2 0.4680
2 0.9232 0.9102 0.8974 0.8846
The approximate area is 0.4680 sq.units
160
Example 17
1
xe
x2
Approximate dx with 6 ordinates. Use both rules Simpson’s and
0
Trapezoidal rules, hence evaluate and calculate the percentage error committed
for each case. Give comments.
Solution
b a 1 0
h 0 .2
n 5
x y xe x
2
First Last Middle Odd Even
0 0 0
0.2 0.2082 0.2082 0.2082
0.4 0.4694 0.4694 0.4694
0.8600 0.8600 0.8600
0.6
0.8 1.5172 1.5172 1.5172
1 2.7183 2.7183
By Simpson's rule
Area ( A) First Last 4 Odd 2 Even
h
3
Area ( A)
0.2
2.7183 41.0682 21.9866 0.7310
3
The approximate area is 0.7310
By using Trapezoida l rule
Area ( A) First Last 2 Middle terms
h
2
Area ( A)
0.2
2.7183 23.0548 0.8828
2
The approximate area is 0.8828
161
1
The actual value/true value of xe x dx 0.85914(By using Calculator)
2
x 0.85914 0.7310
Percentage error committedfor Simpson' s rule 100% 100% 14.91%
x 0.85914
x 0.85914 0.8828
Percentage error committedfor Trapezoida l rule 100% 100% 2.75%
x 0.85914
Trapezoida l rule it has small percentage error compared to Simpson rule, thereforeTrapezoida l rule
give better approximat ion than Simpson' s rule in this problem.
Example 18
4
1
Example 19
The velocity of a train which starts from rest is given by the following table, the
time being recorded in minutes from the start and speed in km / hour.
T(min) 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
V(km/hr) 10 28.8 40 46.4 51.2 32.0 17.6 8 3.0 0
Using the Simpson’s rule to estimate the approximately total distance run in 20
minutes.
Solution
If a train started at rest T 0 ( min) and V 0 km hr
T(min) 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
V(km/hr) 0 10 28.8 40 46.4 51.2 32.0 17.6 8 3.0 0
Area First Last 4 Odd 2 Even but h 2 min 2 60 hr
h
3
0 0 410 40 51.2 17.6 3.0 228.8 46.4 32.0 8 7.973333333km
2
Area 60
3
Total distance run in 20 minutes is approximate equal to 7.97km
163
Exercise 3.3
1. Using the numerical integration methods where the interval 0,1 is divided
1
into 4 equal parts, evaluate 1 x 2
dx correct to four decimal places.
2. Using Simpson’s rule with nine ordinates to obtain the approximate value
1
1
of
0 1 x2
dx .
3. Use trapezoidal rule and Simpson’s rule with eight strips to obtain the
x sin x
approximate value of 1 cos
0
2
x
dx .
4. Use Integral method, Trapezoidal rule and Simpson’s rules with eleven
2
ordinates to find the approximate values of xe x dx round off your answer
0
There are many more uses for numerical methods out there, but this will
hopefully show a range of areas to prove its uses are broad.
REVISION EXERCISE 3
1
x2 1
1. Show that 0 (1 x 2 ) 2 dx 8 4 hence by using the Simpson’s rule find
the value of correct to four decimal places.
2. Using Simpson’s rule find an approximate value of the length of the
x2
portion of the ellipse y 2 1 that lies in the first quadrant between
4
x 0 and x 1 and has equal interval between the ordinates is 0.25
3. Use Simpson’s rule with 7 ordinates to find an approximate value of
6
xe dx .
x
0
0 .8
e
x2
4. Find the value of dx with 5 ordinates, using
0
165
5. Apply Simpson’s rule with n 4 to obtain an approximation for the
1
1
integral 1 x dx
0
1
6. By using analytical method show that 1 xdx In3 from x 0 to
x 2.
x 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4
f ( x) 1.0 0.833 0.714 0.625 0.5556 0.500 0.4545 0.4166
given that n 4 .
166
11. Apply both the Trapezium rule and Simpson’s rule with n 10 to obtain
1
e
x2
an approximation for dx , (give your answer in six decimal
0
places).
12. (a) Explain with the aid of example why the two numerical methods,
Trapezoidal rule and Simpson’s rule are useful in evaluating definite
integrals.
(1 x
2 1
) dx correct to four decimal places.
0
13. (a) Use Trapezoidal rule and Simpson’s rule with eleven ordinates to
1
1
find an approximate value of 2 2x
0
2
dx compare your results with the
exact values of the integral and hence state which rule is more correct
(Give your answer correct to four decimal places).
(b) (i) Derive Secant formula.
(ii)The equation x 3 3 x 20 0 has a single real root inside the
interval 3,4 approximate the root in four iterations using the Secant
formula obtained.
14. Use the Newton’s Raphson formula with three iteration to compute the
value of 3 7 correct to 5 significant figures (Use x0 2 ).
4
cos
2
15. (a) Evaluate xdx by Simpson’s rule with five ordinates and write
0
your answer to 4 decimal places.
4
cos
2
(b) Find the actual value of xdx and compare your answer with
0
part (a) above.
16. Point R(h, y1 ) , S (0, y2 ) T (h, y3 ) lies on the parabola
f ( x) kx 2 lx m which opens upward. The lines x h , x h and
y 0 and the parabola makes a region which is symmetrical to the line
167
x 0 . Use the information given and the figure below to derive the
Simpson’s rule for approximation of area RSTUV .
17. The figure below has point P , Q and B on the quadratic curve
f ( x) ax 2 bx c . Derive the Simpson’s rule with n ordinatesto
approximate the area PQRST .
18. (a) (i) Write down four sources of error in numerical computations.
(ii) If xn 1 is a better approximation to a root of equation f ( xn ) 0 .
Derive the Newton’s-Raphson for the function f ( x n )
(b) Use the Newton’s-Rahson method obtained in (a)(ii) to derive the
Secant formula and comment why would you want to use it instead of
the Newton’s Raphson method.
(c) Using the Secant method obtained in (b) with x1 2 and x2 3
perform three iterations to approximate the root x 2 2 x 1 0 and
hence compute the absolute error correct to four decimal places.
168
19. Show that the Newton’s Raphson formula of finding the roots of the
(24xn 4) xn 4
2
equation 12 x 3 4 x 2 15x 4 0 is xn1 and use
(36xn 8) xn 15
this formula to find the roots of 12 x 3 4 x 2 15x 4 0 correct to 3
decimal places.
1
20. (a) Approximate the area under the curve y between x 3
x2
to x 5 with six ordinates by;
(i) Trapezoidal rule
(ii) Simpson’s rule
21. The velocity of a train which starts from rest is given by the following
table, the time being recorded in minutes from the start and speed in
km / hour.
T(min) 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
V(km/hr) 10 28.8 40 46.4 51.2 32.0 17.6 8 3.0 0
Rate of oxygen cm 3 / mm 0 14 18 22 30 42 41 36 29 20 12
Using the Trapezium rule, estimate the total volume of oxygen produced
in 10 minutes.
23. Using the Simpson’s rule with five ordinates, find an approximate value
of the integral
0
sin d correct to five decimal places.
24. (a) The equation 5x cos x has a root near x 0.5 , solve this equation
by Newton’s Raphson method perform 4 iteration giving your answer
correct to 3 significant figures.
(b) Use a secant method to find the value of 3 4 starting from x 1 to
x 2 perform three iteration and give your answer correct to three
decimal places.
169
25. (a) By using five ordinates apply both Trapezoidal and Simpson’s rules
3
1
to evaluate the integral 2x
1
2
x 1
dx
3
1
(b) Use the normal integral method to evaluate 2x
1
2
x 1
dx then
check the absolute error for each method done in (a) above.
26. The area in cm 2 of the cross section of a model boat 28cm long at
interval of 3.5cm as follows;
0 11.5 15.3 16.3 16.2 13.4 9.3 4.9 0
27. Find the area of a region of half a wave of sin from the axes (positive
axes) with 4 strips using;
(i) Trapezium rule
(ii) Simpson’s rule
(iii) Give a comment on your answer above.
28. The following table gives the values of x and f (x ) . Find the area
bounded by the curve y f (x) the x axis and the ordinate x 7.47
and x 7.52 using Trapezium rule.
x 7.47 7.48 7.49 7.50 7.51 7.52
f (x ) 1.93 1.95 1.98 2.01 2.03 2.06
170
Chapter Four
COMPLEX NUMBERS
Introduction
Example 1
(a) i4 (e) i 3
(b) i 16 (f) i 5
(c) i6 (g) i 7
(d) i 10 (h) i 11
Solution
(a) i 4 i 2 1
2 2
1
i 1
2 8
1
8
(b) i 16
i 1
2 3
1
3
(c) i 6
171
1
(d) i 10 i 2
5 5
1
(e)
i 3 i 2 i 1i i
(f) i 5 i 2 i 1 i i
2 2
i i 1 i i
2 3 3
(g) i 7
i i 1 i i
2 5 5
(h) i 11
Exercise 4.1
(a) i 32 (d) i 21
(b) i 60 (e) i 77
(c) i 70 (f) i 101
172
fig 4. 1
Example 2
Draw the argand diagram of the following complex number
(a) z 3 i 2
(b) z 4 3i
(c) z 2 4i
(d) z 2 i 3
Solution
173
Exercise 4.2
Draw the argand diagram of the following complex numbers
(a) z 5 5i
(b) z 7 i
(c) z 3 6i
(d) z 4i
(e) z 8i
(f) z 5
(g) z 2
fig 4. 2
fig 4. 3
(b) z1 z 2 z1 z 2
z1 z1
(c)
z2 z2
Example 4
Determine the modulus or magnitude of the following complex numbers
(a) Z 1 i
(b) Z 3 4i
(c) Z 2i
(d) Z a bi
Solution
175
The modulus of complex number z x iy is given by z x 2 y 2
(a) Z 1 i
Z 12 12 2
(b) Z 3 4i
Z 32 (4) 2 5
(c) Z 2i
Z 22 2
(d ) Z a ib
Z a2 b2
fig 4. 4
y
tan
x
y y
tan 1 Arg z tan 1
x x
Example 5
Determine the argument of the following complex numbers
(a) Z 1 i 3 (f) Z 1
(b) Z 3 i (g) Z 2 3i
(c) Z i
(d) Z 2i (h) Z 1 i
(e) Z 3 (i) Z a bi
176
Solution
y
The argument of complex number z x iy is given by tan 1
x
(a) Z 1 i 3
y 3
tan 1 tan 1 60
x 1 3
(b) Z 3 i
y 1
tan 1 tan 1 30
x 3 6
(c ) Z i
y 1
tan 1 tan 1 90
x 0 2
(d ) Z 2i
y 2 3
tan 1 tan 1 270
x 0 2
( e) Z 3
y 0
tan 1 tan 1 0
x 3
( f ) Z 1
y 0
tan 1 tan 1 180
x
1
( g ) Z 2 3i
y 3
tan 1 tan 1 561835
x 2
( h) Z 1 i
y 1
tan 1 tan 1 45
x 1 4
(i ) Z a ib
y b
tan 1 tan 1
x a
177
4.4 OPERATION OF COMPLEX NUMBERS
Operation of complex number is the process of performing addition,
subtraction, multiplication and division of complex numbers.
z1 z2 x1 x2 i y1 y2
z1 z 2 x1 x2 i y1 y 2
z1 z2 x1 x2 y1 y2 ix1 y2 x2 y1
178
(d) Division of complex numbers
Two or more complex numbers can be divided as follows,
Let z1 x1 iy1 and z 2 x 2 iy 2 be two complex numbers,
We can divide z1 by z 2 as follows
z1 x iy1
1
z 2 x 2 iy 2
z1 x1 iy1 x2 iy2
z 2 x2 iy2 x2 iy2
z1 x1 x2 ix1 y2 iy1 x2 i 2 y1 y2
but i 2 1
x2 y 2
2 2
z2
z1 x1 x2 y1 y2 i x1 y2 y1 x2
x2 y 2
2 2
z2
z1 x1 x2 y1 y2 x1 y2 y1 x2
i
z2 x2 2 y2 2 x2 2 y2 2
Example 6
Given that z1 4 2i and z 2 3 5i find the following;
(a) z1 z 2
(b) z1 z 2
(c) z1 z 2
z1
(d)
z2
(e) 5z1 3z 2
(f) z1 2z 2
2
Solution
(a) z1 z2 4 2i 3 5i 7 3i
(b) z1 z2 4 2i 3 5i 1 7i
(c) z1 z 2 4 2i 3 5i 12 20i 6i 10i 2 12 20i 6i 10 22 14i
z 2 3 5i 3 5i 32 5 2 i 2 9 25 34 34 34 17 17
(e) 5z1 3z2 54 2i 33 5i 20 10i 9 15i 29 5i
(f) z12 2z2 4 2i 2 23 5i 16 16i 4 6 10i 12 16i 6 10i 6 26i
179
4.5 REPRESENTATION OF COMPLEX NUMBERS
Complex number can be expressed in three different form which are Cartesian,
Polar and Euler’s forms;
fig 4. 5
fig 4. 6
180
From the figure above, express x and y interms of r and
x
cos , x r cos .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .(i )
r
y
sin , y r sin .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ...(ii)
r
Apply Pythagoras theorem
r 2 x2 y2
r x 2 y 2 but r z .......... .......... .......... .......... ......( iii)
Substitute equation (i) and equation (ii) into cartesian equation z x iy,
z r cos ir sin r (cos i sin )
Polar form of complex numbers z r (cos i sin )
Example 7
Express the following complex numbers into polar form
(a) Z 1 i 3
(b) Z 1 i
(c) Z 5i
(d) Z i
(e) Z 9
(f) Z 9
Solution
181
( e) z 9
y 0
r x 2 y 2 9 2 9 and tan 1 tan 1 0
x 9
From z r cos i sin 9 cos0 i sin 0
z 9 cos0 i sin 0
( f ) z 9
y 0
r x2 y2 92
9 and tan 1 tan 1 180
x 9
From z r cos i sin 9 cos180 i sin180 or z 9cos i sin
z 9 cos180 i sin180
182
DIVISION OF COMPLEX NUMBERS IN POLAR FORM
Two or more complex numbers can be as shown below;
Let z1 r1 (cos1 i sin 1 ) and z 2 r2 (cos 2 i sin 2 ) be two complex numbers,
Divide z1 by z 2
z1 r (cos1 i sin 1 )
1
z 2 r2 (cos 2 i sin 2 )
z1 r1 cos1 i sin 1 cos 2 i sin 2
z 2 r2 cos 2 i sin 2 cos 2 i sin 2
z1 r1 cos1 cos 2 i cos1 sin 2 i sin 1 cos 2 i 2 sin 1 sin 2
z 2 r2 cos2 2 i 2 sin 2 2
z1 r1 cos1 cos 2 sin 1 sin 2 i sin 1 cos 2 cos1 sin 2
z 2 r2 cos2 2 sin 2 2
cos(1 2 ) i sin(1 2 )
z1 r1
z2 r2
Example 8
Given that z1 12cos60 i sin 60 and z 2 3cos 45 i sin 45 , find
(a) z1 z 2
z1
(b)
z2
z
(c) 2
z1
Solution
Given that z1 12 cos60 i sin 60 and z 2 3 cos 45 i sin 45
From z1 , r1 12, 1 60 and also from z 2 , r2 3, 2 45
(a) z1 z 2 r1r2 cos(1 2 ) i sin(1 2 ) 36 cos105 i sin105
z1 r1
(b)
cos(1 2 ) i sin(1 2 ) 4 cos15 i sin15
z 2 r2
z r
z1 r1
1
4
1
4
(c) 2 2 cos( 2 1 ) i sin( 2 1 ) cos(15 ) i sin(15 ) cos15 i sin15
183
Example 9
Given that z1 2cos30 i sin 30 and z 2 3cos10 i sin10 , find
(a) z1 z 2
z1
(b)
z2
z2
(c)
z1
2
(d) z1
Solution
Given that z1 2cos30 i sin 30 and z1 3cos10 i sin10 3cos 10 i sin 10
From z1 , r1 2, 1 30 and also z 2 , r2 3, 2 10
a z1 z 2 r1r2 cos1 2 i sin1 2 6cos20 i sin 20
b z1
z2
r1
r2
cos1 2 i sin1 2 23 cos40 i sin 40
c z 2 r2 cos 2 1 i sin 2 1 32 cos 40 i sin 40 32 cos40 i sin 40
z1 r1
d z12 2cos30 i sin 30 2 4cos60 i sin 60
184
1
z dz i d
In z i c let c 0
In z i (Change into exponential)
z e i but z cos i sin
In general z rei , z r cos i sin
Example 10
Express the following complex numbers into Euler’s form
(a) z 3 i
(b) z 1 i
(c) z 3 4i
(d) z 1 3i
(e) z 3 3i
(f) z 6i
Solution
y
To express z x iy into the form z rei where r x 2 y 2 and tan 1
x
( a ) z 3 i, r
2
1
3 12 2 and tan 1 30
3 6
i
z rei 2e 6
1
(b) z 1 i, r 12 12 2 and tan 1 45
1 4
i
z rei 2e 4
185
4
(c) z 3 4i, r 32 4 2 5 and tan 1 53 748
3
4
i tan 1
z rei 5e 3
(d ) z 1 3i, r 12 3
2 3
2 and tan 1 60 300
5
1 3
5
i
i
z re 2e 3
32 1 4
2
(e) z 3 i 3 , r 3 2 3 and tan 1 240
3 3
4
i
z rei 2 3e 3
6
( f ) z 6i, r 6 2 6 and tan 1 90
0
z rei 6e i
z1 z2 r1r2 ei (1 2 )
z1 r1 i 1 2
e
z2 r2
186
Example 11
Given that z1 5ei 75 and z 2 4ei15 , find
z1 z2 2
(a) z1 z 2 (b) z (c) z (d) z1
2 1
Solution
5
i i
i1 i 75 i 2 i15
From, z1 r1e 5e 5e 12
and z 2 r2 e 4e 4e 12
i
(a) z1 z 2 r1r2 e i (1 2 ) 20e i 90 20e
2
z1 r1 i (1 2 ) 5 i 60 5 i 3
(b) e e e
z 2 r2 4 4
z r 4 5 i
(c) 2 2 e i ( 2 1 ) e i 60 e 3
z1 r1 5 4
4e
2
(d ) z 2 r2 e i 2
2 i15
2
16e i 30 16e
i
6
Exercise 4.3
1. Express z 1 i 3 into polar form.
2. Express z 3 i 3 into polar form.
3. Express z 3 i 3 into polar form.
4. Express z 4 4i into polar form.
5. Express z i into polar form.
6. Given that z1 2 cos10 sin10
and z 2
3 cos 5 sin 5 find z1 z 2
z1
7. Given that z1 6 cos 25 6 sin 25 and z2 3cos 4 sin 4 find
z2
8. Given that z1 5 cos 20 sin 20 and z2 3cos30 0.5 find z1 z 2
9. Express z 1 i into Euler’s form.
i
10. Given that z1 5e
i
and z1 4e 3 find z1 z 2
z1
i i
11. Given that z1 7e 2 and z1 3.5e 4 find
z2
i i z
12. Given that z1 7e and z1 3.5e find 2 2 4
z1
187
4.6 DEMOIVRE’S THEOREM
Demoivre’s theorem is a theorem used in simplification of complex number,
change angles from powered to multiple and multiple to powered angles.
188
(i) Change powered angles into multiple angles
Consider Demoivre's theorem
z n cos i sin cos n i sin n
n
1
cos n i sin n .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .....( ii)
zn
Add equation (i) and equation (ii)
z n cos n i sin n .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .(i )
1
cos n i sin n .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .(ii)
zn
1
z n n 2 cos n .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .....( iii)
z
Subtract equation (i) and equation (ii)
1
z n n 2i sin n .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......( iv)
z
where n 1,2,3,4,..., k
These identities are used to change powered angles to multiple angles for cosine
and sine respectively
1 1
z n n 2 cos n z n n 2i sin n
z z
Example 12
Change the following powered angles trigonometric functions into multiple
angles
(a) cos3
(b) sin 3
(c) sin 4
(d) cos5
(e) sin 7
Solution
189
(a ) cos3
1
From 2 cos z
z
3
2 cos 3 z 1
z
2 3
1 1 1
8 cos z 3 z 3 z
3 3 2
(b) sin 3
1
From 2i sin z
z
3
1
2i sin 3
z
z
2 3
1 1 1
8i sin z 3z 3z
3
3 3 2
z z
8i sin 3 2i sin 3 32i sin
3
3 1
sin 3 sin sin 3
4 4
190
(c) sin 4
1
From 2i sin z
z
4
1
2i sin 4
z
z
2 3 4
1 1 1 1
16i sin 4 z 4 4 z 3 6 z 2 4 z
4
(d ) cos5
1
From 2 cos z
z
5
1
2 cos 5
z
z
1 1 1 1 1
32 cos5 z 5 5 z 4 10z 3 2 10z 2 3 5 z 4 5
z z z z z
1 1 1
32 cos5 z 5 5 z 3 10z 10 5 3 5
z z z
1 1 1
32 cos5 z 5 5 5 z 3 3 10 z
z z z
32 cos 2 cos5 52 cos3 102 cos
5
cos5
1
cos5 5 cos3 10 cos
16
191
(e) sin 7
1
From 2i sin z
z
7
2i sin 7 z 1
z
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
128i sin 7 z 7 7 z 6 21z 5 2 35z 4 3 35z 3 4 21z 2 5 7 z 6 7
7
z z z z z z z
1 1 1 1
128i sin 7 z 7 7 z 5 21z 3 35z 35 21 3 7 5 7
7
z z z z
1 1 1 1
128i sin 7 z 7 7 7 z 5 5 21 z 3 3 35 z
7
z z z z
128i sin 7 2i sin 7 72i sin 5 212i sin 3 352i sin
7
sin 7
2i
sin 7 7 sin 5 21sin 3 35sin
128i 7
sin 7
1
sin 7 7 sin 5 21sin 3 35sin but i 6 1
64i 6
sin 7 sin 7 7 sin 5 21sin 3 35sin
1
64
192
In each case apply De Moivre's Theorem cos i sin cos n i sin n
n
cos3 i sin 3 cos3 3i cos2 sin 3i 2 cos sin 2 i 3 sin 3 but i 2 1, i 3 i
cos3 i sin 3 cos3 3i cos2 sin 3 cos sin 2 i sin 3
cos3 i sin 3 cos3 3 cos sin 2 i 3 cos2 sin sin 3 .......... .......... (i )
From equation (i) equate real part
cos3 cos3 3 cos sin 2
cos3 cos3 3 cos 1 cos2
cos3 cos3 3 cos 3 cos3
cos3 4 cos3 3 cos
cos 4 i sin 4 cos4 4i cos3 sin 6i 2 cos2 sin2 4i 3 cos sin3 i 4 sin4
cos 4 i sin 4 cos4 4i cos3 sin 6 cos2 sin2 4i cos sin3 sin4
193
c z cos5 and z sin 5
cos i sin 5 cos5 i sin 5
cos5 i sin 5 cos i sin
5
cos5 i sin 5 cos5 5i cos4 sin 10i 2 cos3 sin 2 10i 3 cos2 sin 3 5i 4 cos sin 4 i 5 sin 5
cos5 i sin 5 cos5 5i cos4 sin 10 cos3 sin 2 10i cos2 sin 3 5 cos sin 4 i sin 5
cos5 i sin 5 cos5 10 cos3 sin 2 5 cos sin 4 i 5 cos4 sin 10 cos2 sin 3 sin 5
From equation (i) equate real part
cos5 cos5 10 cos3 sin 2 5 cos sin 4
cos5 cos5 10 cos3 sin 2 5 cos sin 2
2
cos5 cos5 10 cos3 1 cos2 5 cos 1 cos2
2
Example 14
By using the concepts of complex numbers show that,
3 sin 4 sin 3
(a) tan 3
4 cos3 3 cos
4 cos3 sin 4 cos sin 3
(b) tan 4
8 cos4 8 cos2 1
194
16 sin 5 20 sin 3 5 sin
(c) tan 5
16 cos5 20 cos3 5 cos
Solution
3 sin 4 sin 3
a Required to show that, tan 3
4 cos3 3 cos
sin 3
Consider tan 3 .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .....( i )
cos3
First express z cos3 and z sin 3 into powered form
cos i sin 3 cos3 i sin 3
cos3 i sin 3 cos i sin
3
cos3 i sin 3 cos3 3i cos2 sin 3i 2 cos sin 2 i 3 sin 3 but i 2 1, i 3 i
cos3 i sin 3 cos3 3i cos2 sin 3 cos sin 2 i sin 3
cos3 i sin 3 cos3 3 cos sin 2 i 3 cos2 sin sin 3 .......... .......... (ii)
From equation (ii) equate real part
cos3 cos3 3 cos sin 2
cos3 cos3 3 cos 1 cos2
cos3 cos3 3 cos 3 cos3
cos3 4 cos3 3 cos .......... .......... .......... ......( iii)
195
4 cos3 sin 4 cos sin 3
b Required to show that, tan 4
8 cos4 8 cos2 1
sin 4
Consider tan 4 .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......(i)
cos 4
Express z cos 4 and z sin 4 into multiple form
cos i sin 4 cos 4 i sin 4
cos 4 i sin 4 cos i sin
4
cos 4 i sin 4 cos4 4i cos3 sin 6i 2 cos2 sin 2 4i 3 cos sin 3 i 4 sin 4
cos 4 i sin 4 cos4 4i cos3 sin 6 cos2 sin 2 4i cos sin 3 sin 4
cos 4 i sin 4 cos4 6 cos2 sin 2 sin 4 i 4 cos3 sin 4 cos sin 3 .....( ii)
From equation (ii) equate real part
cos 4 cos4 6 cos2 sin 2 sin 2 2
cos 4 cos4 6 cos2 1 cos2 1 cos2 2
196
c Required to show that, tan 5 16 sin5 20 sin 3 5 sin
5 3
cos 5 i sin 5 cos5 5i cos4 sin 10i 2 cos3 sin 2 10i 3 cos2 sin3 5i 4 cos sin 4 i 5 sin5
cos 5 i sin 5 cos5 5i cos4 sin 10 cos3 sin 2 10i cos2 sin3 5 cos sin 4 i sin5
cos 5 i sin 5 cos5 10 cos3 sin 2 5 cos sin 4 i 5 cos4 sin 10 cos2 sin3 sin5 ......( ii)
From equation (ii) equate real part
cos5 cos5 10 cos3 sin 2 5 cos sin 4
cos5 cos5 10 cos3 sin 2 5 cos sin 2
2
cos5 cos5 10 cos3 1 cos2 5 cos 1 cos2 2
sin 5 16 sin 5 20 sin 3 5 sin .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .....( iv)
Substitute equations (iii) and (iv) into equation (i)
sin 5 16 sin 5 20 sin 3 5 sin
tan 5
cos5 16 cos5 20 cos3 5 cos
16 sin 5 20 sin 3 5 sin
tan 5
16 cos5 20 cos3 5 cos
Example 15
3t t 3
By using the concepts of complex numbers show that,(a) tan 3 where t tan
t 3t 2
4 tan 4 tan 3 t 5 10t 3 5t
(a) tan 4 tan 5 where t tan
tan 4 6 tan 2 1 (c) 5t 4 10t 2 1
197
3t t 3
a Required to show that, tan 3
1 3t 2
sin 3
Consider tan 3 .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .....( i )
cos3
First express z cos3 and z sin 3 into powered form
cos i sin 3 cos3 i sin 3
cos3 i sin 3 cos i sin
3
cos3 i sin 3 cos3 3i cos2 sin 3i 2 cos sin 2 i 3 sin 3 but i 2 1, i 3 i
cos3 i sin 3 cos3 3i cos2 sin 3 cos sin 2 i sin 3
cos3 i sin 3 cos3 3 cos sin 2 i 3 cos2 sin sin 3 .......... .......... (ii)
From equation (ii) equate real part
cos3 cos3 3 cos sin 2
cos3 cos3 3 cos 1 cos2
cos3 cos 3 cos 3 cos
3 3
tan 3
3 tan 1 tan 2 4 tan 3 3 tan 3 tan 3 4 tan 3
4 3 1 tan 2 4 3 3 tan 2
3 tan tan 3
tan 3 but tan t
1 3 tan 2
3t t 3
tan 3
1 3t 2
198
4 tan 4 tan 3
b Required to show that, tan 4 4
tan 6 tan 2 1
sin 4
Consider tan 4 .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......(i)
cos 4
Express z cos 4 and z sin 4 into multiple form
cos i sin 4 cos4 i sin 4
cos 4 i sin 4 cos i sin
4
cos 4 i sin 4 cos4 4i cos3 sin 6i 2 cos2 sin 2 4i 3 cos sin 3 i 4 sin 4
cos 4 i sin 4 cos4 4i cos3 sin 6 cos2 sin 2 4i cos sin 3 sin 4
cos 4 i sin 4 cos4 6 cos2 sin 2 sin 4 i 4 cos3 sin 4 cos sin 3 .....( ii)
From equation (ii) equate real part
cos 4 cos4 6 cos2 sin 2 sin 2
2
199
5
10t 3 5t
c Required to show that, tan 5 t where t tan
5t 4 10t 2 1
sin 5
Consider tan 5 .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ...(i )
cos 5
Express z cos 5 and z sin 5 into multiple form
cos i sin 5 cos 5 i sin 5
cos 5 i sin 5 cos i sin
5
cos 5 i sin 5 cos5 5i cos4 sin 10i 2 cos3 sin 2 10i 3 cos2 sin 3 5i 4 cos sin 4 i 5 sin 5
cos 5 i sin 5 cos5 5i cos4 sin 10 cos3 sin 2 10i cos2 sin 3 5 cos sin 4 i sin 5
cos 5 i sin 5 cos5 10 cos3 sin 2 5 cos sin 4 i 5 cos4 sin 10 cos2 sin 3 sin 5 ......( ii)
From equation (ii) equate real part
cos 5 cos5 10 cos3 sin 2 5 cos sin 4
cos 5 cos5 10 cos3 sin 2 5 cos sin 2
2
cos 5 cos5 10 cos3 1 cos2 5 cos 1 cos2 2
tan 5
16 20 sec2 5sec2
2
200
tan 5
16 tan 5 20 tan 3 1 tan 2 5 tan 1 tan 2
2
16 20 sec2 5 1 tan 2
2
Example 16
4t 4t 3
Show that tan 4 where t tan . Hence find the roots of the
t 4 6t 2 1
equations
(a) t 4 4t 3 6t 2 4t 1 0 correct to 4 decimal places
(b) t 4 4t 3 6t 2 4t 1 0
(c) t 4 2t 3 6t 2 2t 1 0
Solution
4 tan 4 tan 3
Required to show that, tan 4
tan 4 6 tan 2 1
sin 4
Consider tan 4 .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......(i)
cos 4
Express z cos 4 and z sin 4 into multiple form
cos i sin 4 cos4 i sin 4
cos 4 i sin 4 cos i sin
4
cos 4 i sin 4 cos4 4i cos3 sin 6i 2 cos2 sin 2 4i 3 cos sin 3 i 4 sin 4
cos 4 i sin 4 cos4 4i cos3 sin 6 cos2 sin 2 4i cos sin 3 sin 4
cos 4 i sin 4 cos4 6 cos2 sin 2 sin 4 i 4 cos3 sin 4 cos sin 3 .....( ii)
From equation (ii) equate real part
cos 4 cos4 6 cos2 sin 2 sin 2
2
cos 4 cos4 6 cos2 1 cos2 1 cos2 2
201
From equation (ii) equate imaginary part
sin 4 4 cos3 sin 4 cos sin 3 .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... (iv)
Substitute equations (iii) and (iv) into equation (i)
sin 4 4 cos3 sin 4 cos sin3
tan 4
cos 4 8 cos4 8 cos2 1
4 cos3 sin 4 cos sin3
tan 4
8 cos4 8 cos2 1
Divide by cos4 to each term on right hand side
202
(b) t 4 4t 3 6t 2 4t 1 0
4t 4t 3 t 4 6t 2 1
4t 4t 3 4t 4t 3
1 but tan 4
t 4 6t 2 1 t 4 6t 2 1
tan 4 1
4 tan 1 (1)
4 45 , principle angle ( ) 45
4
From general angle formula for tangent of an angle, n
4 n
4
n
where n 0,1,2,3.
4 16
3 7 11
, , ,
16 16 16 16
But t tan
t tan tan 0.0626
16
3
t tan tan 0.1897
16
7
t tan tan 0.4677
16
11
t tan tan 0.8211
16
203
(c) t 4 2t 3 6t 2 2t 1 0
t 4 6t 2 1 2t 2t 3
Multiply by 2 both sides
2 t 4 6t 2 1 4t 4t 3
4t 4t 3
4t 4t 3
2 4 but 4 tan 4
t 6t 2 1 t 6t 2 1
tan 4 2
4 tan 1 (2)
4 63 26, principle angle ( ) 63 26
From general angle formula for tangent of an angle, n
4 180 n 63 26
45 n 1551 where n 0,1,2,3.
1551, 6051, 10551, 15051,
But t tan
t tan tan 15 51 0.2839
t tan tan 60 51 1.7930
t tan tan 105 51 3.5222
t tan tan 150 51 0.5577
Example 17
By using De Moivre’s theorem simplify the following;
(a) cos 4 i sin 4 cos 3 i sin 3
(b) cos 2 i sin 2 cos 6 i sin 6
(c) cos i sin 5 cos i sin
1
cos 8 i sin 8
(e)
cos 6 i sin 6
(f) cos 2 i sin 2 cos 3 i sin 3
cos 3 i sin 3
204
Solution
In each case express in the form cosn i sin n cos i sin n
(a) cos 4 i sin 4 cos 3 i sin 3 cos i sin 4 cos i sin 3
1 1
(c) cos i sin 5 cos i sin cos i sin cos i sin 1
1 15
cos 8 i sin 8
cos 7 24 i sin 7 24
cos 6 i sin 6
f
2 3
cos 3 i sin 3 cos i sin 1
3
cos 3 i sin 3
6 6
cos 2 i sin 2 cos 3 i sin 3 cos i sin
cos 3 i sin 3
6 6
205
4.7 COMPLEX ROOTS
These are roots obtained when the discriminant is less than zero.
Consider the equation az 2 bz c 0
b b 2 4ac
From general solution z
2a
The above equation it has complex roots if and only if b 2 4ac 0
Note:
If z a ib is a root of a complex number then its conjugate z a ib is also a root.
Example 18
Solve the equation z 2 6 z 13 0
Solution
Consider z 2 6 z 13 0
By using Quadratic general formula
6 6 2 4(13) 6 16 6 4 1
z 3 2i
2 2 2
z 3 2i , z 3 2i
Example 19
If z 2 3i is a root of polynomial P( z ) z 4 4 z 3 12z 2 4 z 13 . Find the
other roots and hence factorize the polynomial completely.
Solution
Given that Pz z 4 4 z 2 12z 2 4 z 13
Given root z 2 3i and its conjugate is a root z 2 3i
Multiply the given roots and it is conjugate to form a quadratic equation which is also a root of Pz
z 2 3i z 2 3i z 2 3i z 2 3i z 2 4 z 13 0
Therefore z 2 4 z 13 0 is a factor of Pz z 4 4 z 2 12z 2 4 z 13
Divide the given polynomial Pz by z 2 4 z 13
z 2 1
z 4 z 13 z 4 z 12z 4 z 13
2 4 2 2
z 4 4 z 2 13z 2
z 2 4 z 13
z 2 4 z 13
After long division z 2 1 0 is a root which implies that z 1z 1 0
Other roots are z 2 3i, z 1 and z 1
Factorization of Pz z 2 3i z 2 3i z 1z 1
206
Example 20
If one root of the equation z 2 pz q 0 is 2 3i . Find the value of p and q
Solution
Given that z 2 pz q 0.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .(i )
Given z 2 3i is a root and its conjugate is also root z 2 3i
Multiply the given root and its conjugate
z 2 3i z 2 3i z 2 3i z 2 3i
z 2 4 z 13 0.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .........( ii)
Equate equation (i) and (ii)
The values of p 4 and q 13
Generally
2k 2k
1
zk 1 r n cos i sin where k 0,1,2...
n n
Roots of complex numbers in polar form
2k 2k
1
zk 1 r cos
n
i sin where k 0,1,2...
n n
207
Example 21
Solve for z if,
(a) z 4 1 i
(b) z 2 1 i 3
(c) z 3 3 3i
Solution
(a) z 4 1 i
y 1
n 4, r x 2 y 2 12 12 2 , tan 1 tan 1 45
x 1 4
1 2k 2k
From z k 1 r n cos i sin where k 0,1,2,3
n n
When k 0, z1 2 4
4 4
cos 4 i sin 4 2 cos 16 i sin 16
1
1
8
When k 1, z2
1
4
2 cos
2 4
i sin
2 4
2 8 cos9 16 i sin9 16
1
4 4
When k 2, z3 2 1
4 4 4
cos i sin
4 4
2 8 cos17 16 i sin17 16
1
4 4
When k 3, z4 2 1
4 6 4 6 4
cos 4 i sin 4 2 cos 16 i sin 16
1
8 25 25
The values of z are z 2 8 cos 16 i sin 16 , z 2 8 cos9 16 i sin9 16
1 1
(b) z 2 1 i 3
n 2, r x 2 y 2 12 3 2 y 3
2, tan 1 tan 1 60
x 1 3
1 2k 2k
From z k 1 r n cos i sin where k 0,1
n n
1 3 1
z1 2 2 cos 3 i sin 3 2 cos 6 i sin 6 2
6 2
When k 0, i i
2 2 2 2 2 2
1 2 3 2 3
When k 1, z 2 2 2 cos i sin 2 cos7 6 i sin7 6
2 2
i, z 2 cos7 6 i sin7 6
6 2
The values of z are z
2 2
208
(c) z 3 3 3i
n 3, r x2 y2 3 2 2 y 3
3 12, tan 1 tan 1 60
x 3 3
1 2k 2k
From z k 1 r n cos i sin where k 0,1,2,3
n n
1
3
When k 0, z1 12 cos 3 i sin 3 12 6 cos 9 i sin 9
1
3 3
When k 1, z 2 12 cos
1
3
2 3
i sin
2 3
12 6 cos5 9 i sin5 9
1
3 3
When k 2, z3 12 1
3 4 3 4 3
cos 3 i sin 3 12 cos 9 i sin 9
1
6 11 11
z 12
1
6
cos 9 i sin 9 , z 12 cos5 9 i sin5 9 , z 12 cos11 9 i sin11 9
1
6
1
6
Example 22
Solve the following complex numbers
(a) z 4 i 0
(b) z 3 8i 0
(c) z 3 1 i 0
(d) z 4 16 0
(e) z 3 27 0
Solution
(a) z 4 i 0, z 4 i
y 1
n 4, r 1, tan 1 tan 1 90
x
0 2
1 2k 2k
From z k 1 r n cos i sin where k 0,1,2,3
n n
1 2k 2 2k 2
z k 1 1 4 cos i sin
4 4
When k 0, z1 cos i sin
8 8
5 5
When k 1, z 2 cos i sin
8 8
9 9
When k 2, z3 cos i sin
8 8
13 13
When k 3, z 4 cos i sin
8 8
5 5 9 9 13 13
z cos i sin , z cos i sin , z cos i sin , z cos i sin
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
209
(b) z 3 8i 0, z 3 8i
y 8 3
n 3, r 8, tan 1 tan 1 270
x 0 2
1 2k 2k
From z k 1 r n cos i sin where k 0,1,2,3
n n
1 2k 3 2 2k 3 2
z k 1 8 3 cos i sin
3 3
When k 0, z1 2cos i sin 20 i 2i
2 2
7 7
When k 1, z 2 2cos i sin
6 6
11 11
When k 2, z3 2cos i sin
6 6
7 7 11 11
z 2cos i sin , z 2cos i sin , z 2cos i sin
2 2 6 6 6 6
(c) z 3 1 i 0, z 3 1 i
y 1 5
n 3, r 2 , tan 1 tan 1 225
x 1 4
1 2k 2k
From z k 1 r n cos i sin where k 0,1,2,3
n n
1 2k 5 4 2k 5 4
z k 1 2 6 cos i sin
3 3
1 5 5
When k 0, z1 2 6 cos i sin
12 12
1 13 13
When k 1, z 2 2 6 cos i sin
12 12
1 7 7
When k 2, z3 2 6 cos i sin
4 4
1 5 5 1 13 13 1 7 7
z 2 6 cos i sin , z 2 6 cos i sin , z 2 6 cos i sin
12
12 12 12 4 4
210
(d ) z 4 16 0, z 4 16
y 0
n 4, r 16, tan 1 tan 1 0 0
x 16
1 2k 2k
From z k 1 r n cos i sin where k 0,1,2,3
n n
1 2k 2k
z k 1 16 4 cos i sin
4 4
When k 0, z1 2cos0 i sin 0 2
When k 1, z 2 2cos 2 i sin 2 2i
When k 2, z 3 2cos i sin 2
When k 3, z 4 2cos 3 2 i sin 3 2 2i
z 2, z 2i , z 2, z 2i
(e) z 3 27 0, z 3 27
y 0
n 3, r 27, tan 1 tan 1 180
x 27
1 2k 2k
From z k 1 r n cos i sin where k 0,1,2
n n
1 2k 2k
z k 1 27 3 cos i sin
3 3
1 3 3
When k 0, z1 3cos 3 i sin 3 3 i
3 3
i
2 2 2 2
When k 1, z 2 3cos i sin 3
5 5 1 3 3 3 3
When k 2, z 3 3cos i sin 3 i i
3 3 2 2 2 2
3 3 3 3 3 3
z i , z 3 , z i
2 2 2 2
211
4.9 CUBE ROOTS OF A UNIT
Consider a cube root of a unit 3 1
Let w 3 1
w3 1
Let the roots of the above equation be 1, w and w 2 .
But we need to prove that the sum of roots of the above equation
is equal to zero.
sn 1 w w 2
This is geometricprogression (G.P)
G1 (1 r n )
sn but G1 1, r w and n 3
1 r
1(1 w3 )
sn but w3 1
1 w
(1 1)
sn 0
1 w
1 w w 2 0
Sum of roots of a unit is zero, 1 w w2 0
Example 23
Find the cube root of one, hence show that the sum of roots is equal to zero.
Solution
Required 3
1, let z 3 1, z 3 1
Consider z 3 1, r 1, tan 1 01 0 0
1 2k 2k
From z k 1 r n cos i sin
n n
1 2 k 2 k
z k 1 1 3 cos i sin
3 3
When k 0, z1 cos 0 i sin 0 1
2 2 1 3
When k 1, z 2 cos i sin i
3 3 2 2
4 4 1 3
When k 2, z 3 cos i sin i
3 3 2 2
1 3 1 3
z1 1, z 2 i , z3 i
2 2 2 2
212
Example 24
Find the cube root of 1, hence show that 1 w w 2 0 .
Solution
wn 1
Let the roots of the above equations be 1, w, w,..., w n1
We need to prove that the sum of roots of a unit is zero
s n 1 w w 2 w3 ... w n1
This is geometric progression (G.P)
G1 (1 r n )
sn but G1 1, r w and n n
1 r
1(1 w n )
sn but w n 1
1 w
(1 1)
sn 0
1 w
1 w w 2 w3 ... w n 1 0
1 w w 2 w3 ... w n1 0
213
Example 25
Find z 4 1 and hence show that 1 w w 2 w 3 0
Solution
Consider z 4 1, r 1, tan 1 01 0 0
1 2k 2k
From z k 1 r n cos i sin
n n
1 2k 2k
z k 1 1 4 cos i sin
4 4
When k 0, z1 cos0 i sin 0 1
When k 1, z 2 cos i sin i
2 2
When k 2, z3 cos i sin 1
3 3
When k 3, z3 cos i sin i
2 2
z1 1, z 2 i, z3 1, z 4 i
Example 26
Solve for z and w in the following system of simultaneous equations.
3z 2iw 0
(a)
iz w i
iz w 2i
(b)
iz iw 1
Solution
214
(a) 3z 2iw 0
iz w i
By elimination method
1 3z 2iw 0
2i iz w i
3z 2iw 0
2 z 2iw 2
z 2
i 3z 2iw 0
3 iz w i
3iz 2w 0
3iz 3w 3i
w 3i
z 2, w 3i
215
4.11 RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN TRIGONOMETRIC AND
HYPERBOLIC FUNCTIONS
We can deduce the relationship between trigonometric and hyperbolic functions
by using Euler’s formula,
cos x i sin x e ix .......... .......... .......... .......... (i )
cos x i sin x e ix .......... .......... .......... .........( ii)
Add equation (i) and equation (ii)
2 cos x e ix e ix
e ix e ix
cos x
2
cos x cosh(ix)
……………………… (iii)
216
Example 27
Solve for z given that,
(a) cos z 3
(b) sin z 5
(c) tan z 3
Solution
(a ) cos z 3
But cos(z ) cosh(iz )
cosh(iz ) 3
e iz e iz
cosh(iz ) 3
2
e iz e iz 6, e 2 zi 6e iz 1 0
6 32 6 4 2
e iz 3 2 2
2 2
e iz 3 2 2
iz In 3 2 2
z iIn 3 2 2
(b) sin z 5
But sin( z ) i sinh(iz )
i sinh(iz ) 3, sinh(iz ) 3i
e iz e iz
sinh(iz ) 3i
2
e iz e iz 6i, e 2iz 6ieiz 1 0
6i 32 6i 4i 2
e iz 3i 2i 2
2 2
iz In 3i 2i 2
z iIn 3i 2i 2
217
c tan z 3
But tan z i tanh iz
i tanh iz 3, tanh iz 3i
e iz e iz
tanh iz 3i
e iz e iz
e iz e iz
3i e iz e iz
e iz e iz 3ie iz 3ie iz
1 3i e iz 1 3i e iz 0
1 3i e 2iz 1 3i 0
1 3i
e 2iz
1 3i
1 3i 1 3i 4 3
e 2iz i
1 3i 1 3i 5 5
4 3
2iz In i
5 5
1 4 3
z In i
2i 5 5
i 4 3
z In i
2 5 5
4.12 LOCUS
Locus is the set of all points whose location is determined by stated conditions.
Example 28
Describe the locus of the following complex numbers;
(a) z 5
(b) z 4
(c) z 6
(d) 2 z 3
218
Solution
(a) z 5
Let z x iy, z x 2 y 2
x 2 y 2 5, x 2 y 2 5 2
Sketch
(b) z 4
Let z x iy, z x 2 y 2
x 2 y 2 4, x 2 y 2 4 2
Sketch
The locus is x 2 y 2 16
(c ) z 6
Let z x iy, z x 2 y 2
x 2 y 2 6, x 2 y 2 6 2
Sketch
219
The locus is x 2 y 2 36
(d ) 2 z 3
Let z x iy, z x 2 y 2
2 x 2 y 2 3, 2 2 x 2 y 2 32
Sketch
The locus is 4 x 2 y 2 9
Example 29
Describe the locus of the following complex numbers
(a) z 2i 1 3
(b) z 5i 4
(c) z 3 z 6i
(d) z i z i
(e) z i z 1
Solution
220
(a) z 2i 1 3 but z x iy
x iy 2i 1 3
x 1 i y 2 3
x 12 y 22 3
x 12 y 22 32
Sketching
(b) z 5i 4 but z x iy
x iy 5i 4
x i y 5 4
x 2 y 5 4
2
x 2 y 5 4 2
2
Sketching
221
(c) z 3 z 6i but z x iy
x iy 3 x iy 6i
x 3 iy x i y 6
x 32 y 2 x 2 y 62
x 32 y 2 x 2 y 62
x 2 y 2 6 x 9 x 2 y 2 12 y 36
6 x 12 y 27 0
2x 4 y 9 0
Sketching
(d ) z i z i but z x iy
x iy i x iy i
x i y 1 x i y 1
x 2 y 1 x 2 y 1
2 2
x 2 y 1 x 2 y 1
2 2
x2 y2 2 y 1 x2 y2 2 y 1
4y 0
y0
Sketching
222
The locus is y 0
(e) z i z 1 but z x iy
x iy i x iy 1
x i y 1 x 1 iy
x 2 y 1 x 12 y 2
2
x 2 y 1 x 1 y 2
2 2
x 2 y 2 2 y 1 x 2 y 2 2x 1
2 y 2x 0
x y0
Sketching
The locus is x y 0
Example 30
Describe the locus of the following complex numbers
z i
(a) 2
z 1
z2
(b) 1
z 1
223
Solution
z i z i
(a) 2, 2
z 1 z 1
z i 2 z 1 but z x iy
x iy i 2 x iy 1
x i y 1 2 x 1 iy
x 2 y 1 2 x 12 y 2
2
x 2 y 1 4 x 1 y 2
2 2
x 2 y 2 2 y 1 4x 2 y 2 2 x 1
x 2 y 2 2 y 1 4 x 2 4 y 2 8x 4
3x 2 3 y 2 8 x 2 y 3 0
8 2
x2 y2 x y 1 0
3 3
Sketching
224
z2 z2
(b) 1, 1
z 1 z 1
z 2 z 1 but z x iy
x iy 2 x iy 1
x 2 iy x 1 iy
x 22 y 2 x 12 y 2
x 22 y 2 x 12 y 2
x2 y 2 4x 4 x2 y 2 2x 1
6x 3 0
2x 1 0
x 12
Sketching
Example 31
Describe the loci of the following;
(a) Arg z
4
(b) Arg z i
z 2
(c) Arg
z 4
Solution
225
(a ) Arg z but z x iy
4
Arg x iy
4
y
tan 1
x 4
y
tan
x 4
y
1
x
yx
Sketching
226
The locus is a line y 1
z2
(c) Arg but z x iy
z 4
x iy 2
Arg
x iy 4
x iy 2 x iy
Arg
x iy x iy 4
x 2 y 2 2 x 2iy
Arg
x 2
y 2
4
x 2 y 2 2 x 2 y
Arg i 2
2
x 2
y 2
x y 4
2y
tan 1 2
x y 2x 4
2
2y
tan
x y 2x
2 2
4
2y
1
x y 2 2x
2
x2 y 2 2x 2 y 0
Sketching
227
(c) Locus described by purely real and purely imaginary of a complex number
This is locus obtained when the complex number is purely real or purely
imaginary.
Example 32
z 1
Given a complex number where z x iy . Find the locus if the complex
z i
number is purely imaginary.
Solution
z 1
Given is purely imaginary
z i
z 1 x iy 1 x 1 iy x 1 iy x i y 1 x( x 1) i ( x 1)( y 1) ixy y ( y 1)
z i x iy i x i y 1 x i y 1 x i y 1 x 2 y 1
2
x( x 1) y ( y 1) ( x 1)( y 1) xy
i
x 2 y 1 x 2 y 1
2 2
since the complex number is purely imaginary mean that the real part is equal to zero.
x( x 1) y ( y 1)
0
x 2 y 1
2
x( x 1) y ( y 1) 0
x2 y2 x y 0
Example 33
z 1
Given a complex number where z x iy . Find the locus if the complex
z i
number is purely real.
Solution
228
z 1
Given is purely real
z i
z 1 x iy 1 x 1 iy x 1 iy x i y 1 x( x 1) i ( x 1)( y 1) ixy y ( y 1)
z i x iy i x i y 1 x i y 1 x i y 1 x 2 y 1
2
x( x 1) y ( y 1) ( x 1)( y 1) xy
i
x 2 y 1 x 2 y 1
2 2
since the complex number is purely real mean that the imaginary part is equal to zero.
( x 1)( y 1) xy
0
x 2 y 1
2
( x 1)( y 1) xy 0
xy x y 1 xy 0
x y 1 0
y x 1
Example 34
z 2i
Given a complex number where z x iy . Find the locus if the complex
zi
number is purely real.
Solution
z 2i
Given is purely imaginary
z i
z 2i x iy 2i x i y 2 x i y 2 x i y 1 x 2 ( y 2)( y 1) ix( y 2) x( y 1)
z i x iy i x i y 1 x i y 1 x i y 1 x 2 y 1
2
x 2 ( y 2)( y 1) x( y 2) x( y 1)
i
x 2 y 1 x 2 y 1
2 2
since the complex number is purely imaginary mean that the real part is equal to zero.
x 2 ( y 2)( y 1)
0
x 2 y 1
2
x 2 ( y 2)( y 1) 0
x2 y2 y 2 0
229
The locus is a circle x 2 y 2 y 2 0 with centre 0, 1 2 and radius 1 2
(d) Locus described by mapping z-plane onto w-plane of the complex numbers
This is locus obtained by mapping one plane into another plane.
Example 35
Find the image of the circle z 3 under the transformation w 2 z
Solution
Given that z 3 but z x iy
x iy 3
x2 y2 3
x 2 y 2 32
Sketch
230
The image is a circleu 2 v 2 6 2 with centre at origin and radius 6
(e) Locus described by greatest and least values of the complex numbers
The locus described by greatest and least values are loci obtained by computing
the distance between centres of the circles or shortest distance from the point to
the line.
i.e.
Note:
Greatest values occur when d ve and the least value occur when d ve .
GENERAL EXAMPLES
Example 36
If z 1 i 3 , find
(a) z 3
(b) z 4
(c) z10
231
Solution
Given that z 1 i 3 express in polar form z r cos i sin
3
z r 2, Arg z tan 1
3
1
Now, z 2 cos i sin
3 3
a z 3 23 cos
3
i sin
3 3
3 3
z 3 8 cos i sin
3 3
z 3 8cos i sin
z 3 8
b z 2 cos i sin
4
4 4
3 3
4 4
z 4 16 cos i sin
3 3
1 3
z 4 16 i
2 2
z 4 8 1 i 3
c z 2 cos i sin
10
10 10
3 3
10 10
z10 210 cos i sin
3 3
1 3
z10 210 i
2 2
z10 29 1 i 3
232
Example 37
1
If z 1 i 3 , find z 3 and 4 z .
Solution
Given that z 1 i 3 express in polar form z r cos i sin
3
z r 2, Arg z tan 1
3
1
Now, z 2 cos i sin
3 3
1
a z 2 cos i sin
1 1 3
3 3
3 3
1
z 3 3 2 cos i sin
9 9
1
z 3 3 2 cos 20 i sin 20
1
b z 2 cos i sin
1 1 4
4 4
3 3
4
z 4 2 cos i sin
12 12
4
z 4 2 cos15 i sin 15
Example 38
If z 3 1 i 3 , find z
Solution
Given that z 3 1 i 3 express in polar form
3
z r 2, Arg z tan 1
3
1
Now, z 3 2 cos i sin
3 3
1 2k 2k
From z k 1 r n cos i sin
n n
233
1
2k 3 2k
z k 1 2 3 cos 3 i sin
3 3
6k 6k
z k 1 3 2 cos i sin where k 0,1,2
9 9
When k 0; z1 3 2 cos i sin
9 9
7 7
When k 1; z2 3 2 cos i sin
9 9
13 13
When k 2; z3 3 2 cos i sin
9 9
REVISION EXERCISE 4
1. Find the real parts of the following;
a) cos0.7 i sin 0.753
b) e 512i x
1 i
4
c) e
2. Factorize x 2 y 2 .
6. If
a i 2 p iq , show that p q 2 2
a 12
.
2
2a i 4a 1
2
a
7. Given that x iy , show that
b sin i cos
(b 2 1)( x 2 y 2 ) a 2 2abx .
8. Show that i i is always real.
9. Given that 1 i x iy , prove that
n
x 2 y 2 2n .
234
10. Prove that 1 i 3 1 i 3
20 20
is always real.
1 i
n
15. Given that z1 sin 70 i cos 70 and z 2 i sin 60 2 cos2 30 ,find
z1 z 2
16. If z 2 3i is a root of polynomial pz z 4 4 z 3 12z 2 4 z 13.
Find the other roots and hence factorize the polynomial completely.
17. If one root of the equation z 2 pz q 0 is 2 3i , find the values of
p and q
18. Find the values of ‘a’ and ‘b’ such that a ib i and hence solve the
2
equation x 2 2 x 1 i 0 .
19. If z x iy is a root of equation z 2 3 i z 4 3i 0 , show that it
leads to a pair of equation given by xx 3 y1 y 4 0
x2 y 1 31 y 0
sin 5 5 sin 3 10 sin
20. Show that tan 5 .
cos5 5 cos3 10 cos
4t 4t 3
21. Show that tan 4 where t tan . Hence find the root of
1 6t 2 t 4
the equation t 4 4t 3 6t 2 4t 1 0 correct to 3 significant figure.
5t 10t 3 t 5
22. Show that tan 5 , where t tan . Hence solve the
1 10t 2 5t 4
equation t 5 10t 4 10t 3 20t 2 5t 2 0 , correct to 3 significant
figure.
235
23. Simplify the following;
a) cos i sin cos i sin
3 3 6 6
3 3 2 2
2 0.5
b)
cos i sin cos i sin
7 7 7 7
cos 2 i sin 2
c)
cos i sin
cos 4 i sin 4 cos 2 i sin 2 2
d)
cos8 i sin 8
236
b) z i z i
c) z 3 z 3
34. Describe the locus of the complex numbers,
a) Arg z 1
4
z 1
b) Arg
z 1 4
z 2i
35. Find the values of z at which the circularly argument Arg
z2 4
z 2i
intersect the line 2.
z2
zi
36. Given that z x iy , show that if is purely imaginary, then the
z2
5
locus of the points Px, y is the circle of radius .
2
z 2i
37. Find the least and greatest value of the complex number 2 if
z2
z 2i
Arg
z 2i 4
38. Solve for z and w in the following system of simultaneous equations;
iz w 2i
a)
iz iw 1
2 z 3iw 1 i
b)
iz w 3 i
237
41. Prove that ;
n
(1 cos i sin ) n (1 cos i sin ) n 2 n1 cosn cos
2 2
2
42. Given that, arg( z 1) and arg( z 1) , find the complex
6 3
number Z .
z
43. The complex number z satisfies 2 i . Find the real and
z2
imaginary parts of z , and modulus and argument of z .
44. Find the complex number z which satisfies the equation z.( z 1) 7 i
45. Solve the equation z 4 2 2 3i 0 , give your answer in the form rei
where r 0 and
46. If n is an integer and z cos i sin ,
1
(a) show that z
n
n
2 cos n and z n 1n 2i sin n
z z
(b) Hence show that
1 1 1 1
cos4 sin 2 cos 2 cos 4 cos 6
16 32 16 32
47. The complex number satisfies the relationship
z
arg( z 2) arg( z 2) show on argand diagram that the locus of
4
z isa circular arch and state the coordinate of its centre and the length its
radius.
48. Prove that the solution of the equation
cos i sin cos2 i sin 2 cosn i sin n 1 is
4m 4m
cos i sin where m is any integer.
nn 1 nn 1
49. If 3 x iy a ib show that 4a 2 b 2 x y .
a
b
1 iz a ib
50. If a 2 b 2 c 2 1 , 1 a z b ic , prove that .
1 iz 1 c
51. Express 3 i and 3 i in the form of rei , where r 0 and
238
Chapter Five
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Introduction
The subject of differential equations constitutes a large and very important branch
of mathematics. Differential equations occur in connection with numerous
problems encountered in almost all branches of science and technology. Problems
whose mathematical formulations give rise to differential equations are those
involving rates of change of one or more quantities with respect to other quantities.
Rates of change are expressed by derivatives, and therefore the mathematical
formulations involve derivatives, hence the name “differential equations”. In
order to obtain useful information from a differential equation, one solves the
equation or one obtains information about the solution to the equation.
Many of the basic laws of the physical sciences and, more recently, of the
biological social sciences and engineering are formulated in terms differential
equations.
In this section, we define and show how some differential equations arise and how
their solutions are obtained.
239
ORDER OF THE DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
The order of a Differential Equation is the highest derivative that appears in the
equation.
dy
(i ) xy 0, This is 1st order D.E
dx
d2y dy
(ii) 2 4 6 y 0, This is 2 nd order D.E
dx dx
3
d2y dy
(iii) 2 7 2 y 0, This is 2 nd order D.E
dx dx
240
(a) y Ax
(b) y Ax 2 Bx
(c) y Ae 2 x Be 2 x
(d) y A cos3x B sin 3 x
(e) y A cos x B sin x e x
(f) y Ae x Be 2 x 3
Solution
(a ) y Ax.......... .......... ....( i )
dy
A.......... .......... ........( ii)
dx
Substitute equation (ii) into equation (i)
dy
yx
dx
dy y
dx x
241
d2y dy
x2 2
2x 2 y
dx dx
2
d y dy
x 2 2 2x 2 y 0
dx dx
(e) y A cos x B sin x e x .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ......( i)
y A sin x B cos x e x A cos x B sin x e x .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ......( ii)
y A cos x B sin x e x A sin x B cos x e x A sin x B cos x e x A cos x B sin x e x
y A cos x B sin x e A sin x B cos x e A sin x B cos x e A cos x B sin x e
x x x x
242
( f ) y Ae x Be 2 x 3.......... .......... .........( i )
y Ae x 2 Be 2 x .......... .......... .......... .......( ii)
y Ae x 4 Be 2 x .......... .......... .......... ......( iii)
Subtract equation (ii) from equaion (iii)
y y 6 Be 2 x
y y
Be 2 x .......... .......... .......... .......... (iv)
6
Substitute equation (iv) into equation (ii)
y y
y Ae x 2
6
y y
y Ae x
3
y 2 y
Ae x .......... .......... .......... .......... ..( v)
3
Substitute equation (iv) and (v ) into equation (i)
y 2 y y y
y 3
3 6
6 y 2 y 2 y y y 18
3 y 3 y 6 y 18
Example 2
Form a D.E whose solution is a function ( x a) y a .
2 2 2
Solution
243
x a 2 y 2 a 2 .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .....( i)
2x a 2 y
dy
0
dx
dy
xa y 0
dx
dy
a x y .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ..(ii)
dx
2
dy
2
dy
x x y dx y x y dx
2
2 2
dy dy dy
y y x 2 xy y
2 2
dx dx dx
dy
y 2 x 2 2 xy
dx
dy y x2 2
dx 2 xy
Alternative
( x a) 2 y 2 a 2
x 2 2ax a 2 y 2 a 2
x 2 2ax y 2 0
x2 y2
2a
x
Differentiate both sides
dy
x 2 x 2 y x 2 y 2
dx
0
x2
dy
x 2 x 2 y x 2 y 2 0
dx
dy
2 x 2 2 xy x 2 y 2 0
dx
dy y x 2
2
dx 2 xy
244
Example 3
Form a D.E whose solution is a function y x 2 Ae 2 x Be 3 x .
Solution
y x 2 Ae 2 x Be 3 x .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ....( i )
y 2 x 2 Ae 2 x 3Be 3 x .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .........( ii)
y 2 4 Ae 2 x 9 Be 3 x .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... (iii)
From equation (i)
y x 2 Be 3 x Ae 2 x .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ....( iv)
Substitute equation (iv) into equation (ii)
y 2 x 2 y x 2 Be 3 x 3Be 3 x
y 2 x 2 y 2 x 2 Be 3 x .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......( v)
Substitute equation (iv) into equation (iii)
y 2 4 y x 2 Be 3 x 9 Be 3 x
y 2 4 y 4 x 2 5 Be 3 x .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......( vi)
Substitute equation (v) into equation (vi)
y 2 4 y 4 x 2 5 y 2 x 2 y 2 x 2
y 5 y 6 y 6 x 2 10x 2
Example 4
Show that x 2 y 2 64 is solution of a D.E xdx ydy 0
Solution
x 2 y 2 64
dy
2x 2 y 0
dx
xdx ydy 0
Example 5
dy
Show that x 3 3 xy 2 1 is an implicit solution of the D.E 2 xy x2 y2 0
dx
Solution
x 3 3xy 2 1
dy
3x 2 3 y 2 6 xy 0
dx
dy
2 xy x2 y2 0
dx
245
Example 6
Show that e x and e 2 x are independent solution of the D.E y y 2 y 0 .
Solution
Let y1 Ae x and y 2 Be 2 x
General solution, y y1 y 2 Ae x Be 2 x
y Ae x Be 2 x .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .(i )
y Ae x 2 Be 2 x .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ........( ii)
y Ae x 4 Be 2 x .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......( iii)
From equation (i)
y Be 2 x Ae x .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .........( iv)
Substitute equation (iv) into equation (ii)
y y Be 2 x 2 Be 2 x
y y 3Be 2 x .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... (v)
Substitute equation (iv) into equation (iii)
y y Be 2 x 4 Be 2 x
y y 3Be 2 x .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... (vi)
Substitute equation (vi) into equation (v)
y y y y
y y 2 y 0
246
Ordinary Differential Equation (ODE) is divided into two categories, which are;
Example 7
Find the general solution of the following D.E
(i) x 3 dy y 6
dx
dy
(ii) tan y
dx
dy
(iii) x y xy
dx
dy
(iv) y ( y 1)
dx
Solution
247
(i ) x 3
dy
y6
dx
dy dx
y6 x3
Integrate both sides
1 1
y 6 dy x 3 dx
In y 6 InA x 3
y 6 A x 3
y A x 3 6
dy
(ii) tan y
dx
dy
dx
tan y
cot ydy dx
In sin y x c
dy
(iii) x y xy
dx
dy 1 x
dx
y x
1 1
y dy x 1dx
Iny Inx x c
In y x x c
y
x e x c
y xe x c
248
dy
(iv) y ( y 1)
dx
1
y ( y 1)
dy dx
1
y ( y 1)
dy dx
1 A B
Partial
y ( y 1) y y 1
1 A y 1 By
y ( y 1) y ( y 1)
1 A y 1 By
A 1, B 1
1 1 1
Therefore,
y ( y 1) y 1 y
Now,
1 1
y 1 y dy dx
In y 1 Iny x c
y 1
In x c
y
y 1
e xc
y
y ye x c 1
Example 8
Find the general solution of the following D.E
dy
(i) x 2 y2 y
dx
dy x
(ii) 1 x
2
dx y
Solution
249
dy
(i ) x 2 y2 y
dx
dy dx
2
y y x
2
In ( y 1) Iny x 1 c
y 1
In x 1 c
y
dy x
(ii) 1 x 2
dx y
x
ydy 1 x 2 dx
Integrate both sides
y2
1 x2 B
2
y 2 2 1 x 2 2B
y2 2 1 x2 C
Example 9
dy
A family of parabola has a differential equation 2 x 3 , find the equation
dx
of the member of the family which passes through ( 4,5)
Solution
250
dy
2x 3
dx
dy 2 x 3dx
y x 2 3x c
The equation pass through 4,5
5 4 2 3(4) c
c 1
y x 2 3x 1
Example 10
dy
Show that all solutions of the D.E y are of the form y ce λx , where c is
dx
any constant.
Solution
dy
y
dx
1
y dy dx
Iny x A
y e x A
y e x e A let e A c
y ce x
Example 11
Solve the following Differential Equations
dy
(i) ( x y) 2
dx
dy x y 1
(ii)
dx x y 1
251
Solution
dy
(i ) ( x y ) 2 .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ..(i )
dx
Let z x y.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......( ii)
dz dy dy dz
1 , 1.......... .......... .......... ......( iii)
dx dx dx dx
Substitute equation (ii) and (iii) into equation (i)
dz
1 z 2
dx
dz
z 2 1 (This is separable D.E)
dx
dz
z 2 1 dx
Integrate both sides
tan 1 z x c
z tan x c
x y tan x c
y tan x c x
dy x y 1
(ii) .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ..(i )
dx x y 1
Let z x y.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......( ii)
dz dy dy dz
1 , 1.......... .......... .......... ......( iii)
dx dx dx dx
Substitute equation (ii) and (iii) into equation (i)
dz z 1
1
dx z 1
dz z 1
1
dx z 1
dz 2z
dx z 1
z 1
2 z dz dx
1 1
2
1 dz dx
z
1
z Inz x B but z x y
2
x y In ( x y ) 2 x 2 B
x y In ( x y ) 2 x A
252
2
Example 12
Solve the following Differential Equations
2
(i) 5 6 0
dy dy
dx dx
2
(ii) 2
dy dy
1 0
dx dx
Solution
2
dy dy
(i ) 5 6 0
dx dx
dy
Let p
dx
p 5p 6 0
2
p 3, p 2
dy
But p
dx
Consider
dy
3
dx
dy 3dx
y 3 x c1
dy
Also, 2
dx
dy 2dx
y 2 x c2
y 3 x c1 , y 2 x c2
253
2
dy dy
(ii) 2 1 0
dx dx
dy
Let p
dx
2 p p 1 0
2
p 1, p 1 2
dy
But p
dx
Consider
dy
1
dx
dy dx
y x c1
dy
Also, 12
dx
dy 1
2 dx
y 1 2 x c2
y x c1 , y 1 2 x c2
NB:
How to check/determine if the D.E is Homogeneous
Approximate by using the following assumptions
x L
y L
dx dL
dy dL
254
Example 13
Solve the following Differential Equations
dy
(i) x 2 3 x 2 xy
dx
dy
(ii) xy x2 y2
dx
Solution
dy
(i ) x 2 3 x 2 xy.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... (i )
dx
Let y ux.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .....( ii)
dy du
u x .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .........( iii)
dx dx
Substitute equation (ii) and equation (iii) into equation (i)
du
x 2 u x 3 x 2 xux
dx
du
x 2 u x 3 x 2 ux2
dx
du
ux 3u
dx
du
x 3
dx
1
du 3 x dx
y
u 3Inx c but u
x
y
3Inx c
x
y 3xInx cx
255
dy
(ii) xy x 2 y 2 .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... (i )
dx
Let y ux.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .....( ii)
dy du
u x .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .........( iii)
dx dx
Substitute equation (ii) and equation (iii) into equation (i)
du
ux 2 u x x 2 xux
dx
du
ux 2 u x x 2 u 2 x 2
dx
du
u 2 ux 1 u 2
dx
du
ux 1 2u 2
dx
u 1
1 2u 2 du x dx
Integrate both sides
1
In 1 2u 2 InAx
4
2y2
In1 2 4 InAx
x
2y2
In1 2 In Ax
4
x
x2 2 y2 B
4
x2 x
x x 2y2 B
2 2
Example 14
Solve the following D.E
dy y 2
(a) x y
dx x
dy
(b) x 3 x2 y 2 y3
dx
Solution
256
dy y 2
(a) x y.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... (i )
dx x
dy du
Let y ux, ux .......... .......... .......... ...(ii)
dx dx
Substitute equation (ii) into equation (i)
du u x 2 2
x u x ux
dx x
du u 2 x 2
ux x 2 ux
dx x
1
u du x dx
2
u 1 InAx
1
y
InAx
x
x
InAx
y
x
y
InAx
dy
(b) x 3 x 2 y 2 y 3 .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... (i )
dx
dy du
Let y ux, u x .......... .......... .......... ...( ii)
dx dx
Substitute equation (ii) into equation (i)
du
x 3 u x ux3 2u 3 x 3
dx
du
ux u 2u 3
dx
du
x 2u 3
dx
1
u du 2 x dx
3
u 2
2 InAx
2
u 2 4 InAx
2
y
4 InAx
x
257
2
x
4 InAx
y
x2
y2
4 InAx
Example 15
dy
Solve ( x y ) y
dx
Solution
dy
( x y) y
dx
dy y
.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ......( i )
dx x y
dy du
Let y ux, u x .......... .......... .......... .......... ....( ii)
dx dx
du ux
ux
dx x ux
du u
ux
dx 1 u
du u 2
x
dx 1 u
1 u 1
u 2 du x dx
2 1 1
u u du x dx
u 1 Inu InAx
1 Ax y
In but u
u u x
x Ax 2
In
y y
x y
In 2
y Ax
258
Example 16
dy x y
Solve
dx y x
Solution
dy x y
.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .(i )
dx y x
dy du
Let y ux, u x .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ........( ii)
dx dx
Substitute equation (ii) into equation (i)
du x ux
ux
dx ux x
du 1
ux u
dx u
du 1
x
dx u
1
udu x dx
1 2
u InAx
2
2
y
2 InAx
x
y 2 2 x 2 In ( Ax )
Example 17
dy y y
Solve tan
dx x x
Solution
259
dy y y
tan .......... .......... .......... .......... ...(i )
dx x x
dy du
Let y ux, u x .......... .......... ........( ii)
dx dx
du
ux u tan u
dx
du
x tan u
dx
1 1
tan u du x dx
1
cotudu x dx
In sin u InAx
sin u Ax
y
sin Ax
x
y x sin 1 ( Ax )
Example 18
Solve the following Differential Equations
dy x y 1
(i)
dx x y 1
(ii) x y
dy
x y2
dx
260
Solution
dy x y 1
(i ) .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ...(i )
dx x y 1
dy dY
Let x X h, y Y k and .......... .......... .(ii)
dx dX
Substitute equation (ii) into equation (i)
dY X h Y k 1
dX X h Y k 1
dY X Y h k 1
.......... .......... .......... .......... .....( iii)
dX X Y h k 1
Let and solve
h k 1 0
h k 1 0
h 1, k 0
Then equation (iii) change to
dY X Y
This is homogeneous D.E .......... .......( iv)
dX X Y
dY dU
Let Y UX , U X .......... .......... .......... ...( v)
dX dX
Substitute equation (v) into equation (iv)
dU X UX
UX
dX X UX
dU 1 U
UX
dX 1U
dU 1 U
X U
dX 1 U
dU 1 2U U 2
X
dX 1U
1U 1
1 2U U 2 dU X dX
1
In 1 2U U 2 InAX
2
In 1 2U U 2 2 InAX
Y2
In1 2 2 In AX
Y 2
X X
X 2 XY Y 2
2
C
2
2
X X
261
X 2 2 XY Y 2 C.......... .......... .......... .......... ...( vi)
But X x h, Y y k and h 1, k 0
i.e. X x 1, Y y.......... .......... .......... .......... ..( vii)
Substitute equation (vii) into equation (vi)
x 1 2 x 1 y y 2 C
2
(ii) x y
dy
x y2
dx
dy x y 2
.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ......( i )
dx xy
dy dY
Let x X h, y Y k and .......... .......... .(ii)
dx dX
Substitute equation (ii) into equation (i)
dY X h Y k 2
dX X h Y k
dY X Y h k 2
.......... .......... .......... .......... .....( iii)
dX X Y h k
Let and solve
h k 2 0
h k 0
h 1, k 1
Then equation (iii) change to
dY X Y
This is homogeneous D.E .......... .......( iv)
dX X Y
262
dY dU
Let Y UX , U X .......... .......... .......... ...( v)
dX dX
Substitute equation (v) into equation (iv)
dU X UX
UX
dX X UX
dU 1 U
UX
dX 1 U
dU 1 U
X U
dX 1 U
dU 1 2U U 2
X
dX 1U
1U 1
1 2U U 2 dU X dX
1
In 1 2U U 2 InAX
2
In 1 2U U 2 2 InAX
Y Y2
In1 2 2 In AX
2
X X
X 2 2 XY Y 2 C
2
2
X X
X 2 2 XY Y 2 C.......... .......... .......... .......... ...( vi)
But X x h, Y y k and h 1, k 1
i.e. X x 1, Y y 1.......... .......... .......... .......... ..( vii)
Substitute equation (vii) into equation (vi)
x 12 2x 1 y 1 y 12 C
x 2 y 2 4 x 2 xy 2 C
Example 19
dy 2 x y 1
2
Solve
dx x 2
Solution
263
dy 2 x y 1
2
dX X h2
dY 2 X Y 2h k 1
2
UX
dX X
2 U
dU
UX
2
dX
dU
UX 4 4U U 2
dX
dU
X U 2 3U 4
dX
264
1 1
U 3U 4
2
dU dX
X
1 1
U 3 2 7 dU X dX
2 4
1 1
4
7 1 U dU X dX .......... .......... .......... .......... .........( v)
2 3 2
7 2
Let 2
7
U 32 tan , U 32 2
7
tan
dU 2
7
sec2 d
1 1
4
7 1 tan 2
2
7
sec2 d
X
dX
1
2
7 d X dX
2
7
InX c but tan 1 2
7
U 32
2
7
tan 1 2
7
U 32 InX C but U
Y
X
Y 3
2
tan 1 2
InX C but X x h x 2, Y y k y 3
7
7
X 2
y 3 3
2
tan 1 2
In ( x 2) C
7
7
x 2 2
Integrating factor first order Differential Equations are categorized into two
types,
265
Example 20
Solve the following D.E
dy
(a) x 2 2 xy x
dx
dy
(b) cos x y sin x 2 x 1
dx
dy
(c) tan x y sec2 x cos x
dx
1 dy y
(d) sin x sec2 x
dx 1 x2
Solution
dy
(a) x 2 2 xy x
dx
This is exact D.E
d 2
dx
x y x
d x y xdx
2
x2
x2 y c
2
1 c
y 2
2 x
dy
(b) cos x y sin x 2 x 1
dx
This is Exact D.E
d
y cos x 2 x 1
dx
d y cos x 2 x 1dx
y cos x x 2 x c
x2 x c
y
cos x
266
dy
(c) tan x y sec2 x cos x
dx
d
y tan x cos x
dx
d y tan x cos xdx
y tan x sin x c
sin x c
y
tan x
dy y
(d ) sin 1 x sec2 x
dx 1 x 2
d
dx
y sin 1 x sec2 x
d y sin x sec
1 2
xdx
y sin 1 x tan x c
tan x c
y
sin 1 x
Example 21
x dy 1
Solve In( y 1)
y 1 dx x( x 1)
Solution
x dy 1
In ( y 1) .......... .......... (i )
y 1 dx x( x 1)
x dy 1
In ( y 1)
y 1 dx x( x 1)
d
xIn( y 1) 1
dx x( x 1)
d xIn( y 1) x( x 1) dx
1
267
1
xIn( y 1) dx.......... .......... .......... ..(ii)
x( x 1)
1
Consider dx then partialize
x( x 1)
1 A B
x( x 1) x x 1
1 A( x 1) Bx
A 1, B 1
1 1 1
x( x 1) dx x x 1 dx
1
x( x 1) dx Inx In ( x 1) c let c InA
1 x
x( x 1) dx InA x 1 .......... .......... ......( iii)
Substitute equation (iii) into equation (ii)
x
xIn( y 1) InA
x 1
x
In ( y 1) x InA
x 1
Ax
( y 1) x
x 1
Example 22
x dy
Solve Iny sec x tan x
y dx
Solution
x dy
Iny sec x tan x
y dx
x dy
Iny sec x tan x
y dx
d
xIny sec x tan x
dx
d xIny sec x tan xdx
xIny sec x c
268
(ii) Inexact Integrating Factor First Order D.E
dy
py q( x)......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .(i )
dx
Let h( x) be an integrating factor (I.F) which make inexact D.E to be exact D.E
Multiply equation (i) by h( x) throughout
dy
h( x) h( x) py h( x)q ( x)......... .......... .......... ...( ii)
dx
d
yh( x) q( x)
dx
dy
h( x) yh( x) h( x)q ( x)......... .......... .......... ...( iii)
dx
Equate equations (ii) and (iii)
ph( x) h( x)
h( x)
p
h( x )
Integrate both sides w.r.t x
h( x)
pdx h( x) dx
pdx Inh( x) c let c 0
269
Example 23
dy y e x
(a)
dx x x
dy
(b) (1 x 2 ) y tan 1 x
dx
Solution
dy y e x
(a) .......... .......... .......... .......... ....( i )
dx x x
This is an Integrating Factor D.E
1
dx
I .F e e x e Inx x
Pdx
xy e x c
270
dy
(b) (1 x 2 ) y tan 1 x
dx
tan 1 x
dy
y
This is an integrating factor D.E .......... ......( i)
dx 1 x 2 1 x 2
I .F e e 1 x e tan x
1
Pdx 2
dx 1
1
I .F e tan x
Multiply equation (i) by Integrating Factor (I.F)
e tan 1 x dy ye tan x
1
tan 1 x e tan 1
x
dx 1 x 2 1 x2
1
d tan 1 x tan 1 x e tan x
ye
dx 1 x2
ye tan 1 x
tan x e dx.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ...(ii)
1 tan 1 x
1 x2
Consider
tan x e
dx
1 tan 1 x
1 x2
Let u tan 1 x, du 11x 2 dx, dx (1 x 2 )du
tan x e 1 tan 1 x
ueu
(1 x 2 )du ueu du Apply Integration by Part
1 x2
dx
1 x2
tan x e 1 tan 1 x
dx ueu du u 1e u tan 1 x 1 e tan x .......... .......... ...( iii)
1
1 x 2
Example 24
dx
Solution
271
x 1 dy y e x 1 x 2
dx
e x 1 x .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ...( i )
dy y
dx 1 x
1
dx
I .F e e 1 x e In (1 x ) e In (1 x ) (1 x) 1
Pdx 1 1
.......... .........( ii)
1 x
Multiply equation (i) by Integrating factor (IF)
1 dy y
ex
1 x dx 1 x 2
d y x
e
dx 1 x
y
d 1 x e dx
x
y
ex C
1 x
y x 1 e x C
Example 25
Solve the following D.E
dy
(a) 2 y xy 2
dx
dy 3 y
(b) 3 2x4 y 4
dx x
Solution
272
dy
(a) 2 y xy 2 .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... (i )
dx
dz dy dy dz
Let z y1 2 , z y 1 , y 2 , y 2 .......... .....( ii)
dx dx dx dx
Substitute equation (ii) into equation (i)
dz
y2 2 y xy 2
dx
dz
2 y 1 x but z y 1
dx
2 z x This is an Integrating Factor D.E .......... .......... .......( iii)
dz
dx
I .F e e
Pdx 2 dx
e 2 x
Multiply equation (iii) by I.F
dz
e 2 x 2 ze 2 x xe 2 x
dx
d
dx
ze2 x xe2 x
d ze xe
2 x 2 x
dx
1 2 x 1 2 x
ze2 x xe e c
2 4
1 1
z x ce 2 x
2 4
1 1
y 1 x ce 2 x
2 4
273
dy 3 y
(b) 3 2 x 4 y 4 .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... (i )
dx x
dz dy dy y 4 dz
Let z y1 4 , z y 3 , 3 y 4 , .......... .....( ii)
dx dx dx 3 dx
Substitute equation (ii) into equation (i)
y 4 dz 3 y
2x4 y4
3 dx x
dz 9 y 3
6 x 4 but z y 3
dx x
6 x 4 This is an Integrating Factor D.E .......... .......... .......( iii)
dz 9 z
dx x
I .F e e x e 9 Inx 9
Pdx 9 dx 1
x
z 3 4
x C
x9 2
3
z x 5 Cx 9
2
3
y 3 x 5 Cx 9
2
Example 26
dy
Solve the differential equation x 3 x 2 y x 2 y 2 Inx .
dx
Solution
274
dy
x3 x 2 y x 2 y 2 Inx
dx
dy y y 2 Inx
This is Bernoulli's D.E .......... .......... .......... .......... .......( i)
dx x x
dz dy dy dz
Let z y1 n , z y1 2 , z y 1 , y 2 , y 2 .......... .....( ii)
dx dx dx dx
Substitute equation (ii) into equation (i)
dz y y 2 Inx
y2
dx x x
1
dz y Inx
but z y 1
dx x x
dz z
Inx
This is an integrating factor D.E .......... .......... .......... ......( iii)
dx x x
I .F e e x e Inx e Inx 1
Pdx 1 dx 1
z Inx
2 dx.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ......( iv)
x x
Inx 1
Consider 2
dx, let Inx, e x, d dx, dx xd
x x
dx 2 xd d d e d Integration by part
Inx
x 2
x x e
275
e
d e e 1 e 1 Inx 1x
dx 1 Inx .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ....( v)
Inx 1
x 2
x
Substitute equation (v) into equation (iv)
1 Inx
z 1
x x
z 1 Inx but z y 1
y 1 1 Inx
1
y c
1 Inx
Example 27
Solve the following D.E
d2y dy
(i) x 2
2x 0
2
dx dx
2
d2y dy
(ii) 2
dx
2
dx
Solution
276
d2y dy
(i ) x 2 2
2x 0
dx dx
dy dp d 2 y
Let p ,
dx dx dx 2
dp
x2 2 xp 0
dx
p 0 This is separable D.E
dp 2
dx x
dp 2
p
dx x
1 1
p dp 2 x dx
Inp 2 InAx
Inp In Ax
2
p Ax
2
dy
Bx 2
dx
dy B x
2
dx
B 3
y x c
3
2
d2y dy
(ii) 2
dx
2
dx
dy dp d 2 y
Let p ,
dx dx dx 2
2 p 2 This is separable D.E
dp
dx
1
p 2 dp 2 dx
p dp 2 dx
2
p 1 2 x c
1
2x c
p
1
p
2x c
dy 1
dx 2 x c
277
Example 28
d2y dy
Given that (1 x 2 ) 2
2 x 0 , show that y tan 1 x c
dx dx
Solution
d2y dy
(1 x 2 ) 2 2 x 0
dx dx
dy dp d 2 y
Let p ,
dx dx dx 2
dp
(1 x 2 ) 2 px 0
dx
dp
(1 x 2 ) 2 px
dx
1 2x
p dp 1 x 2 dx
InP In 1 x 2
InP In 1 x 2
1
1
p
1 x2
dy 1
dx 1 x 2
1
dy 1 x 2 dx
y tan 1 x c
Example 29 (i)
3
dy 2 dy
Solve the equation y 0
dx
2
dx
Solution
278
3
dy 2 dy
y 0
dx
2
dx
dy dp dy 2
Let p ,
dx dx dx 2
dp
yp3 0
dx
dp dp dp dy
yp3 but .
dx dx dy dx
dp dy
. yp3
dy dx
dp
p yp3
dy
dp
yp 2
dy
p dp ydy
2
p 1 12 y 2 C
1 1 2
y C
p 2
1
p
2 y C
1 2
1 dy
1
2 y C dx
2
dx 1
2
y 2 C dy
1 3
x y Cy D
6
6 x y 3 6Cy 6 D
279
d2y dy
Consider 2 0
dx 2 dx
dy dp d 2 y
Let p ,
dx dx dx 2
dp
Then 2p 0
dx
dp
2p
dx
dp
2dx
p
1
p dp 2 dx
Inp 2 x c
p e 2xc
e
dy 2xc
dx
dx
dy e
2xc
1 2xc D
y e
2
Exercise 5.1
Find the general solution of the following D.E
d2y dy
1. 2
4 0
dx dx
d 2 y 1 dy
2. 0
dx 2 5 dx
d2y dy
3. 2
7 0
dx dx
dy
4. y ( y 1)
dx
dy
5. x2 y2 y
dx
280
dy x
6. x 2 1
dx y
dy
7. e x y 2 1
dx
dy
8. cos ecx 3 x e x cos ecx
dx
d
9. 2 sin cos sin
dr
dx
10. et sin t
dt
dy
11. ex y2 4 0
dx
y dy
12. Inx
x dx
dy dy
13. x 3 2 y
dx dx
14. x 2 1
dy
y
dx
dx
15. Inx 1
dy
d2y dy
b) Second Order D.E of the form a 2
b cy 0
dx dx
d2y dy
Consider the D.E a 2
b cy 0
dx dx
Express the above equation into Auxilliary Quadratic Equation (A.Q.E)
am2 bm c 0.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ..( A.Q.E )
By using general formula, determine the general solution of the above equation
b b 2 4ac
m
2a
NATURE OF ROOTS
(a) If b 2 4ac 0 or b 2 4ac condition for equations to have two distinct roots
(b) If b 2 4ac 0 or b 2 4ac condition for equations to have two identical/equal roots
(c) If b 2 4ac 0 or b 2 4ac condition for equations to have two complex roots
281
(A) GENERAL SOLUTION OF A.Q.E WITH TWO DISTINCT ROOTS
d2y dy
Consider a D.E a b cy 0
dx 2 dx
d y b dy c
2
y 0.......... .......... .......... .......... ........( i )
dx 2 a dx a
Write its Auxilliary Quadratic Equation (A.Q.E)
am 2 bm c 0
Let and be two distinct roots of A.Q.E
b
Sum of roots .......... .......... .......... .......... .......( ii)
c b
c
Product of roots .......... .......... .......... ..........
a ........( iii)
a
Substitute equations (ii) and (iii) into equation (i)
d2y
y 0
dy
2
dx dx
2
d y dy dy
2
y 0
dx dx dx
d dy dy
y y 0.......... .......... .......... ........( iv)
dx dx dx
dy
Let u y .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ...(v)
dx
d
(u ) u 0
dx
du
u 0 (This is separable D.E)
dx
1
u du dx
Inu x C
u e x C
u e x e C let e C D
u De x .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... (vi)
Substitute equation (vi) into equation (v)
dy
De x y
dx
dy
y De x (This is an Integrating factor D.E)
dx
From I .F e , I .F e
dx
e x , I .F e x
pdx
282
dy
Multiply by I.F e αx to the D.E αy De βx
dx
dy
e αx αyeαx De βx e αx
dx
d
dx
yeαx De βxαx
d yeαx De βxαx dx
Integrate both sides w.r.t x
d ye De
αx βx αx
dx
1 1
yeαx e βxαx A let B
yeαx Be βx e αx A
Be βx e αx A
y
e αx
A
y Be βx αx
e
y Ae Be βx
αx
Example 30
Find the general solution of the following;
d 2 y dy
(i) 6y 0
dx 2 dx
d 2 y dy
(ii) 3 2y 0
dx 2 dx
d 2 y dy
(iii) 2 2 y0
dx dx
d 2 y dy
(iv) 6 2y 0
dx 2 dx
Solution
283
d 2 y dy
(i ) 6y 0
dx 2 dx
Write the Auxilliary Quadratic Equation (A.Q.E)
m2 m 6 0
m 3, m 2
Let 3, 2
From general solution of a D.E with two distinct roots
y Ae x Be x
y Ae 3 x Be 2 x
d2y dy
(ii) 2
3 2y 0
dx dx
Write the Auxilliary Quadratic Equation (A.Q.E)
m 2 3m 2 0
m 1, m 2
Let 1, 2
From general solution of a D.E with two distinct roots
y Ae x Be x
y Ae x Be 2 x
d 2 y dy
(iii) 2 y0
dx 2 dx
Write the Auxilliary Quadratic Equation (A.Q.E)
2m 2 m 1 0
m 1, m 1 2
Let 1, 1 2
From general solution of a D.E with two distinct roots
y Ae x Be x
y Ae x Be 0.5 x
d 2 y dy
(iv) 6 2y 0
dx 2 dx
Write the Auxilliary Quadratic Equation (A.Q.E)
6m 2 m 2 0
m 12 , m 2 3
Let 1 2 , 2 3
From general solution of a D.E with two distinct roots
y Ae x Be x
y Ae Be
1 2
2x 3x
284
(B) GENERAL SOLUTION OF A.Q.E WITH TWO EQUAL ROOTS
d2y dy
Consider a D.E a 2 b cy 0
dx dx
d y b dy c
2
y 0.......... .......... .......... .......... ........( i )
dx 2 a dx a
Write its Auxilliary Quadratic Equation (A.Q.E)
am2 bm c 0
Let and be two equal roots of A.Q.E (i.e p)
b
Sum of roots .......... .......... ..........b .......... .......( ii)
c
a
c
Product of roots .......... .......... .......... .......... ........( iii)
a
Substitute equations (ii) and (iii) into equation (i)
d2y
y 0
dy
2
dx dx
2
d y dy dy
2
y 0
dx dx dx
d dy dy
y y 0 but p
dx dx dx
d dy dy
py p py 0.......... .......... .......... ........( iv)
dx dx dx
dy
Let u py .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ...(v)
dx
d
(u ) pu 0
dx
du
pu 0 (This is separable D.E)
dx
1
u du pdx
Inu px C
u e pxC
u e px e C let e C A
u Ae px .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... (vi)
Substitute equation (vi) into equation (v)
dy
Ae px py
dx
285
dy
py Ae px (This is an Integrating factor D.E)
dx
From I .F e , I .F e
pdx pdx
e px , I .F e px
dy
Multiply by I.F e px to the D.E py Ae px
dx
dy
e px pye px Ae px e px
dx
d
dx
ye px A
d ye px Adx
Integrate both sides w.r.t x
d ye Adx
px
Ax B
y
e px
y Ax B e px
The general solution of A.Q.E with two identical roots y Ax B e px
Example 31
Find the general solution of the following differential equations;
d2y dy
(i) 2
4 4y 0
dx dx
d2y dy
(ii) 2
10 25 y 0
dx dx
d2y dy
(iii) 9 2
6 y 0
dx dx
Solution
286
d2y dy
(i ) 2
4 4y 0
dx dx
Write the Auxilliary Quadratic Equation (A.Q.E)
m 2 4m 4 0
m2
Let p 2
From general solution of a D.E with two identical roots
y Ax B e px
y Ax B e 2 x
d2y dy
(ii) 2
10 25 y 0
dx dx
Write the Auxilliary Quadratic Equation (A.Q.E)
m 2 10m 25 0
m 5
Let p 5
From general solution of a D.E with two identical roots
y Ax B e px
y Ax B e 5 x
d2y dy
(iii) 9 2
6 y 0
dx dx
Write the Auxilliary Quadratic Equation (A.Q.E)
9m 2 6m 1 0
m 13
Let p 1 3
From general solution of a D.E with two identical roots
y Ax B e px
y Ax B e
1
3x
287
Exercise 5.2
d2y
1. Find the general solution of the 4 1 0
dx 2
d2y
2. Find the general solution of the 3 2 2 0
dx
d2y dy
3. Find the general solution of the 2 2 7 3 0
dx dx
d 2 y dy
4. Find the general solution of the 2 15 0
dx2 dx
d2y dy
5. Find the general solution of the 2
18 81 0
dx dx
d2y dy
6. Find the general solution of the 2
2 3 30
dx dx
d2y dy
7. Find the general solution of the 2
0.2 0.01 0
dx dx
d 2 y 1 dy 1
8. Find the general solution of the 0
dx2 2 dx 16
288
(C) GENERAL SOLUTION OF A.Q.E WITH COMPLEX ROOTS
d2y dy
Consider a D.E a 2
b cy 0
dx dx
Write its Auxilliary Quadratic Equation (A.Q.E)
am2 bm c 0
If the A.Q.E has complex roots, m p iq
Let and be two equal roots of A.Q.E
Then m1 p iq and m2 p iq
From general solution for two distinct roots y Cex De x
y Ce p iq x De p iq x
y Ce px e iqx De px e iqx
y Ce iqx De iqx e px
But from Euler's form e iqx cos qx i sin qx and e iqx cos qx i sin qx
y C cos qx iC sin qx D cos qx iD sin qxe px
Combine like terms
y (C D) cos qx (iC iD) sin qxe px let C D A and iC iD B
y A cos qx B sin qxe px
The general solution of A.Q.E with complex roots y A cos qx B sin qxe px
Example 32
Solve the following D.E
2
(i) d 2y 2 dy 4 y 0
dx dx
2
(ii) d 2y 2 dy 2 y 0
dx dx
2
(iii) 2 d 2y 3 dy 5 y 0
dx dx
Solution
289
d2y dy
(i ) 2
2 4y 0
dx dx
Write the Auxilliary Quadratic Equation (A.Q.E)
m 2 2m 4 0
2 12 2 2i 3
m 1 i 3
2 2
Let p 1, q 3
From general solution of a D.E with complex roots
y A cos qx B sin qxe px
y y A cos 3 x B sin 3 x e x
d2y dy
(ii) 2
2 2y 0
dx dx
Write the Auxilliary Quadratic Equation (A.Q.E)
m 2 2m 2 0
2 8 2 2i
m 1 i
2 2
Let p 1, q 1
From general solution of a D.E with complex roots
y A cos qx B sin qxe px
y y A cos x B sin x e x
d2y dy
(iii) 2 2
3 5y 0
dx dx
Write the Auxilliary Quadratic Equation (A.Q.E)
2m 2 3m 5 0
3 31 3 i 31 3 31
m i
4 4 4 4
3 31
Let p , q
4 4
From general solution of a D.E with complex roots
y A cos qx B sin qxe px
31 4 x
3
31
y y A cos x B sin x e
4 4
290
2
c) Second Order D.E of the form, a d 2y b dy cy g ( x)
dx dx
2
The second order D.E of the form a d 2y b dy cy g ( x) it has two parts
dx dx
which are complimentary part and particular integral part (The L.H.S part is
called complimentary part and the R.H.S is called Particular integral part)
These type of D.E is solved by separating the complimentary part and particular
2
part (i.e. a d 2y b dy cy 0 and let y kg ( x) )
dx dx
The solution obtained from complimentary part is called Complimentary
function and solution obtained from particular integral part is called Particular
Integral function
NB: How to let the particular integral part from different functions
291
9 (i ) pxeax (i ) y kxeax
(ii) px 2 e ax (ii) y kx 2 e ax
(...) px n e ax (...) y kx n e ax
Example 33
Find the general solution of the following D.E
(a) y 3 y 2 y x 1 (b) y 2 y y x 2 (c) y 2 y 2 y e
2 x
Solution
(a) y 3 y 2 y x 1.......... .......... .......... ......( i )
Consider complimentary part
y 3 y 2 y 0
Write its Auxilliary Quadratic Equation (A.Q.E)
m 2 3m 2 0
m 1, m 2
Let 1, 2
From general solution of D.E with two distinct roots
y Aex Be x
yc. f Ae x Be 2 x Complimentary solution
Also consider Particular Integral Part
y Cx D.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .(ii)
y C.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......( iii)
y 0.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ........( iv)
Substitute equations (ii), (iii) and (iv) into equation (i)
0 3C 2Cx D x 1
Equate L.H.S and R.H.S to obtain the values of C and D
C 1 2 and D 1 4
y P.I 1 2 x 1 4 Particular Integral Solution
Therefore, y yc. f y P.I General Solution
y Ae x Be 2 x 1 2 x 1 4
292
(b) y 2 y y x 2 2.......... .......... .......... ......( i )
Consider complimentary part
y 2 y y 0
Write its Auxilliary Quadratic Equation (A.Q.E)
m 2 2m 1 0
m 1
Let p 1
From general solution of D.E with two equal roots
y Ax B e px
yc. f Ax B e x Complimentary solution
Also consider Particular Integral Part
y Cx 2 Dx H .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .(ii)
y 2Cx D.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ........( iii)
y 2C.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .....( iv)
Substitute equations (ii),(iii) and (iv) into equaton (i)
2C 22Cx D Cx 2 Dx H x 2 2
Equate L.H.S and R.H.S
C 1, D 4 and H 8
y P. I x 2 4 x 8
Therefore; y yC .F y P.I
y Ax B e x x 2 4 x 8
293
(c) y 2 y 2 y e x .......... .......... .......... ......( i )
Consider complimentary part
y 2 y 2 y 0
Write its Auxilliary Quadratic Equation (A.Q.E)
m 2 2m 2 0
2 4 8 2 4 2 2i
m 1 i
2 2 2
Let p 1, q 1
From general solution of D.E with complex roots
y A cos qx B sin qxe px
yc. f A cos x B sin x e x Complimentary solution
Also consider Particular Integral Part
y ke x .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .(ii)
y ke x .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......( iii)
y ke x .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ........( iv)
Substitute equations (ii), (iii) and (iv) into equation (i)
ke x 2ke x 2ke x e x
Equate L.H.S and R.H.S to obtain the value k
k 15
Particular Integral Solution
y P.I 1 5 e x
Therefore, y yc. f y P.I General Solution
y A cos x B sin x e x 1 5 e x
Example 34
Solve the following D.E
(a) y 3 y 10 y cos x
(b) y y 20 y sinh x
(c) y 4 y cos x sin x
Solution
294
(a) y 3 y 10 y cos x.......... .......... .......... ......( i )
Consider complimentary part
y 3 y 10 y 0
Write its Auxilliary Quadratic Equation (A.Q.E)
m 2 3m 10 0
m 5, m 2
Let 5, 2
From general solution of D.E with two distinct roots
y Aex Be x
yc. f Ae 5 x Be 2 x Complimentary solution
Also consider Particular Integral Part
y C cos x D sin x.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .(ii)
y C sin x D cos x.......... .......... .......... .......... ........( iii)
y C cos x D sin x.......... .......... .......... .......... ........( iv)
Substitute equations (ii), (iii) and (iv) into equation (i)
C cos x D sin x 3 C sin x D cos x 10C cos x D sin x cos x
11C 3D cos x 3C 11D sin x cos x
Equate L.H.S and R.H.S to obtain the values of C and D
11C 3D 1
3C 11D 0
C 11130 and D 3130
y P.I 130
11
cos x 130
3
sin x Particular Integral Solution
Therefore, y yc. f y P.I General Solution
y Ae 5 x Be 2 x 130
11
cos x 130
3
sin x
295
(b) y y 20 y sinh x.......... .......... .......... ......( i )
Consider complimentary part
y y 20 y 0
Write its Auxilliary Quadratic Equation (A.Q.E)
m 2 m 20 0
m 5, m 4
Let 5, 4
From general solution of D.E with two distinct roots
y Aex Be x
yc. f Ae 5 x Be 4 x Complimentary solution
Also consider Particular Integral Part
y C sinh x D cosh x.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .(ii)
y C sinh x D cosh x.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... (iii)
y C sinh x D cosh x.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... (iv)
Substitute equations (ii), (iii) and (iv) into equation (i)
C sinh x D cosh x C sinh x D cosh x 20C sinh x D cosh x sinh x
18C sinh x 18D cosh x sinh x
Equate L.H.S and R.H.S to obtain the values of C and D
18C 1
18D 0
C 181 and D 0
y P.I 181 sinh x Particular Integral Solution
Therefore, y yc. f y P.I General Solution
y Ae 5 x Be 4 x 181 sinh x
296
(c) y 4 y cos x sin x.......... .......... .......... ......( i )
Consider complimentary part
y 4 y 0
Write its Auxilliary Quadratic Equation (A.Q.E)
m2 4 0
m 2, m 2
Let 2, 2
From general solution of D.E with two distinct roots
y Ae x Be x
y c. f Ae 2 x Be 2 x Complimentary solution
Also consider Particular Integral Part
y C cos x D sin x.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .(ii)
y C sin x D cos x.......... .......... .......... .......... ........( iii)
y C cos x D sin x.......... .......... .......... .......... ........( iv)
Substitute equations (ii), (iii) and (iv) into equation (i)
C cos x D sin x 4C cos x D sin x cos x sin x
5C cos x 5 D sin x cos x sin x
Equate L.H.S and R.H.S to obtain the values of C and D
5C 1
5 D 1
C 15 and D 15
y P. I 15 cos x 15 sin x Particular Integral Solution
Therefore, y y c. f y P. I General Solution
y Ae 2 x Be 2 x 15 cos x 15 sin x
Example 35
Find the general solution of the following D.E
(a) y y e
x
(b) y 2 y y 6e x
(c) y 2 y 2 y cos x
Solution
297
(a) y y e x .......... .......... .......... ......( i )
Consider complimentary part
y y 0
Write its Auxilliary Quadratic Equation (A.Q.E)
m2 1 0
m 1, m 1
Let 1, 1
From general solution of D.E with two distinct roots
y Aex Be x
yc. f Ae x Be x Complimentary solution
Also consider Particular Integral Part, since e x is contained then,
y kxex .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .(ii)
y kxex ke x .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......( iii)
y kxex 2ke x .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ........( iv)
Substitute equations (ii), (iii) and (iv) into equation (i)
kxex 2ke x kxex e x
2ke x e x
Equate L.H.S and R.H.S to obtain the value k
k 1
2
298
(b) y 2 y y 6e x .......... .......... .......... ......( i )
Consider complimentary part
y 2 y y 0
Write its Auxilliary Quadratic Equation (A.Q.E)
m 2 2m 1 0
m 1
Let p 1
From general solution of D.E with two distinct roots
y Ax B e px
yc. f Ax B e x Complimentary solution
Also consider Particular Integral Part, since e x and xe x is contained then,
y kx 2 e x .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .........( ii)
y kx 2 e x 2kxex .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......( iii)
y kx 2 e x 4kxex 2ke x .......... .......... .......... .......... ........( iv)
Substitute equations (ii), (iii) and (iv) into equation (i)
kx e
2 x
4kxex 2ke x 2 kx 2 e x 2kxex kx 2 e x 6e x
2ke x 6e x
Equate L.H.S and R.H.S to obtain the value k
k 3
y P.I 3 x 2 e x Particular Integral Solution
Therefore, y yc. f y P.I General Solution
y Ax B e x 3 x 2 e x
299
(c) y 2 y 2 y cos x.......... .......... .......... ......( i )
Consider complimentary part
y 2 y 2 y 0
Write its Auxilliary Quadratic Equation (A.Q.E)
m 2 2m 2 0
2 4 8 2 4 2 2i
m 1 i
2 2 2
Let p 1, q 1
From general solution of D.E with complex roots
y A cos qx B sin qxe px
yc. f A cos x B sin x e x Complimentary solution
Also consider Particular Integral Part
y A cos x B sin x.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .(ii)
y A sin x B cos x.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......( iii)
y A cos x B sin x.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ........( iv)
Substitute equations (ii), (iii) and (iv) into equation (i)
A cos x B sin x 2 A sin x B cos x 2 A cos x B sin x cos x
A 2 B cos x 2 A B sin x cos x
Equate L.H.S and R.H.S to obtain the values of A and B
A 2B 1
2 A B 0
A 15 , B 2
5
300
Example 36
2
Solve d 2y 3 dy 2 y cosh 4 x sinh 4 x
dx dx
Solution
d2y dy
3 2 y cosh 4 x sinh 4 x.......... .......... ....( i )
dx 2 dx
Consider the Complimentary Function Part
d2y dy
3 2y 0
dx 2 dx
Write the A.Q.E
m 2 3m 2 0
m 1, m 2
1, 2
From, y Aex Be x
yc. f Ae x Be 2 x
Consider the Particular Integral Part
y A cosh 4 x B sinh 4 x
y 4 A sinh 4 x 4 B cosh 4 x
y 16 A cosh 4 x 16B sinh 4 x
Substitute y, y and y into equation (i)
16 A cosh 4 x 16B sinh 4 x 34 A sinh 4 x 4 B cosh 4 x 2 A cosh 4 x B sinh 4 x cosh 4 x sinh 4 x
Equate L.H.S and R.H.S
18 A 12B 1
12 A 18B 1
A 16 , B 16
y P.I 16 cosh 4 x 16 sinh 4 x
The general solution, y yc. f y P.I
y Ae x Be 2 x 16 cosh 4 x 16 sinh 4 x
Example 37
Find the solution of d2y
7
dy
10 y 40 x 2 0 , given that x 0 ,
dx 2 dx
y 6 0 and dy 13 .
dx
Solution
301
d2y dy
2
7 10 y 40x 2 0
dx dx
d2y dy
7 10 y 40x 2.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ....( i )
dx 2 dx
Consider Complimentary Part
d2y dy
7 10 y 0
dx 2 dx
Write its A.Q.E
m 2 7m 10 0
m 5, m 2
Let 5, 2
From general solution with two distinct roots, y Aex Be x
yc. f Ae 5 x Be 2 x
Consider Particular Integral Part
y Cx D
y C
y 0
Substitute y, y and y into equation (i)
0 7C 10Cx D 40x 2
Equate then solve
10C 40
7C 10D 2
C 4, D 3
y P. I 4 x 3
Therefore the general solution is given as, y yc. f y P.I
y Ae 5 x Be 2 x 4 x 3.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ....( ii)
But given initial condition x 0, y 6 0 and dy
dx 13
6 A B 3
A B 3.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .....( iii)
dy
5 Ae 5 x 2 Be 2 x 4
dx
13 5 A 2 B 4
5 A 2 B 9.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ...( iv)
Solve equation (iii) and (iv) simulteneously
A B 3
5 A 2 B 9
A 1, B 2
Substitute the values of A and B into equation (ii)
y e 5 x 2e 2 x 4 x 3
302
Example 38
d2y dy
Solve the differential equation 2
3 2 y e2x
dx dx
Solution
d2y dy
2
3 2 y e 2 x .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ........( i )
dx dx
Consider the Complimentary Part
d2y dy
2
3 2y 0
dx dx
Write its A.Q.E
m 2 3m 2 0
m 2, m 1
From, y Aex Be x
yc. f Ae x Be 2 x .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ....( ii)
Consider the Particular Integral Part, in which e 2 x is contained
y kxe2 x
y 2kxe2 x ke2 x
y 4kxe2 x 4ke2 x
Substitute y, y and y into equation (i)
4kxe 2x
4ke2 x 32kxe2 x ke2 x 2kxe2 x e 2 x
4kxe 2x
4ke2 x 6kxe2 x 3ke2 x 2kxe2 x e 2 x
ke2 x e 2 x
k 1
y P.I xe2 x .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .....( iii)
General solution y yc. f y P.I Ae x Be 2 x xe2 x
y Ae x Be 2 x xe2 x
303
5.3 SUPERPOSITION DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
d2y dy
Are Differential Equation of the form a 2
b cy f ( x) g ( x) where
dx dx
f ( x) and g ( x) are different functions or same functions of different size.
Procedures
d2y dy
Consider the Differential Equation a 2
b cy f ( x) g ( x) subdivide
dx dx
the particular integral part as follows;
d2y dy
(a) a 2
b cy f ( x)......... .......... .......... .......... ...(i )
dx dx
2
d y dy
(b) a 2 b cy g ( x)......... .......... .......... .......... ...(ii)
dx dx
Solve equation (i) and equation (ii) and then combine the solutions together
Example 39
(a) y 8 y 16 y 8 sin 2 x 3e 4 x
(b) y 4 y 8 x 2 2e 3 x
(c) y 4 y sin 2 x 3 cos3 x
(d) y y 2 y x e x
Solution
304
( a ) y 8 y 16 y 8 sin 2 x 3e 4 x .......... .......... .......... .(i )
Consider complimentary part
y 8 y 16 y 0
Write its A.Q.E
m 2 8m 16 0
m4 p
From, y ( Ax B )e Px
y c. f ( Ax B )e 4 x .......... .......... .......... .......... .....( ii)
Consider particular part
y P. I 8 sin 2 x 3e 4 x
By superposition method
y 8 y 16 y 8 sin 2 x.......... .......... .......... .......... .(iii)
y 8 y 16 y 3e 4 x .......... .......... .......... .......... ......( iv)
Consider equation (iii), y 8 y 16 y 8 sin 2 x
Its particular part
y1 A sin 2 x B cos 2 x
y1 2 A cos 2 x 2 B sin 2 x
y1 4 A sin 2 x 4 B cos 2 x
Substitute y1 , y1 and y1 into equation (iii)
4 A sin 2 x 4 B cos 2 x 82 A cos 2 x 2 B sin 2 x 16 A sin 2 x B cos 2 x 8 sin 2 x
Equate the coefficients of sin 2 x and cos 2 x
12 A
12 16
A16 BB 8 8
16 A
16 12
A12 BB0
A 76 , B 8
7
k 3
2
y 2 52 e 3 x .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ..( vi)
General particular integral, y P. I y1 y 2 2 x 2 1 52 e 3 x
General solution, y y c. f y P. I Ae 2 x Be 2 x 2 x 2 1 52 e 3 x
y Ae 2 x Be 2 x 2 x 2 1 52 e 3 x
306
5.4 EXACTNESS DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Are differential equations of the form Mdx Ndy 0 where M and N are
f ( x, y )
Example 40
Solve the following D.E,
(a) ( y 3 6 xy 2 )dx (3xy 2 6 x 2 y )dy 0
dy 2 xy 3 2
(b)
dx 3x 2 y 2 e y
(c) (2 y 2 ye xy )dx (4 xy xe xy 2 y )dy 0
dy
(d) y e x x 0
dx
dy
(e) (cos y )e x cos y ( x sin y )e x cos y 0
dx
Solution
307
(a ) ( y 3 6 xy 2 )dx (3xy 2 6 x 2 y )dy 0
The given equation is in the form of Mdx Ndy 0
M N
If its an Exactness D.E must satisfy
y x
M
Let M y 3 6 xy 2 , 3 y 2 12xy
y
N
N 3 xy 2 6 x 2 y 3 y 2 12xy
x
M N
Since 3 y 2 12xy its an exactness D.
y x
(y 6 xy 2 ) dx 0dy 0
3
xy 3 3 x 2 y 2 c 0
dy 2 xy3 2
(b)
dx 3x 2 y 2 e y
2 xy
2 dx 3x 2 y 2 e y dy 0
3
The given equation is in the form of Mdx Ndy 0
M N
If its an Exactness D.E must satisfy
y x
M
Let M 2 xy3 2, 6 xy 2
y
N
N 3x 2 y 2 e y 6 xy 2
x
M N
Since 6 xy 2 its an exactness D.E
y x
Then integrate Mdx Ndy 0
(2 xy 2) dx e y dy 0
3
x2 y3 2x e y c
308
(c) (2 y 2 ye xy )dx (4 xy xe xy 2 y )dy 0
The given equation is in the form of Mdx Ndy 0
M N
If its an Exactness D.E must satisfy
y x
M
Let M 2 y 2 ye xy , 4 y xyexy e xy
y
N
N 4 xy xe xy 2 y, 4 y xyexy e xy
x
M N
Since 4 y xyexy e xy its an exactness D.E
y x
Then integrate Mdx Ndy 0
(2 y ye xy )dx 2 ydy 0
2
y 2 2 x e xy 1 c
dy
(d ) y e x x 0
dx
y e x dx xdy 0
The given equation is in the form of Mdx Ndy 0
M N
If its an Exactness D.E must satisfy
y x
M
Let M y e x , 1
y
N
N x, 1
x
M N
Since 1 its an exactness D.E
y x
Then integrate Mdx Ndy 0
xy e x c
309
(e) cos y e x cos y x sin y e x cos y
dy
0
dx
cos y e x cos y dx x sin y e x cos y dy 0
The given equation is in the form of Mdx Ndy 0
M N
If its an Exactness D.E must satisfy
y x
M
Let M cos y e x cos y , sin y e x cos y x cos y sin y e x cos y
y
N
N x sin y e x cos y , sin y e x cos y x cos y sin y e x cos y
x
M N
Since sin y e x cos y x cos y sin y e x cos y its an exactness D.E
y x
Then integrate Mdx Ndy 0
cos2 y e x cos y c 0
Example 41
Solution
310
( xy 2 x 2 y )dx ( x y ) x 2 dy 0.......... .......... .......... .......... ....( i )
M N
Let the equation be Mdx Ndy 0 if its exact
y x
M
M xy 2 x 2 y, 2 xy x 2
y
N
N ( x y) x 2 x 3 x 2 y 3x 2 2 xy
x
M N
But
y x
2 xy x 2 3x 2 2 xy
3
Substitute the value in equation (i) then solve
( xy 2 3x 2 y )dx ( x y ) x 2 dy 0
( xy 3x 2 y )dx (0dy 0
2
1 2 2
x y x 3 y C 0 but y (2) 1
2
1 2
(2) (1) 2 (2) 3 (1) C 0, C 6
2
1 2 2
x y x3 y 6 0
2
x 2 y 2 2 x 3 y 12 0
311
The equation which connects the above data is given by x A sin(wt )
where x Angula displacement, A Amplitude, w Angula velocity and Phase difference
Consider x A sin(wt )
dx
Aw cos(wt )......... .......... .......... .......... (i )
dt
d 2x
w 2 A sin(wt )......... .......... .......... .....( ii)
dt 2
Substitute equation (i) into equation (ii)
d 2x
w2 x
dt 2
d 2x
w2 x 0
dt 2
NOTE:
From x A sin(wt )
dx
wA cos(wt )
dt
dx
wA 1 sin 2 ( wt )
dt
dx
dt
w A 2 1 sin 2 ( wt )
dx
w A 2 A 2 sin 2 ( wt )
dt
312
dx
w A 2 x 2 This is separable D.E
dt
1
A2 x 2 dx wdt
-1
dx w dt
A x2
2
x
cos wt
A
cos ( wt )
x
A
x A cos(wt )
Example 42
d 2x
Solve the differential equation 36x 0 .
dt 2
Solution
d 2x d 2x
Consider 2 36x 0 compare with 2
w2 x 0
dt dt
w 36
2
w 6
w6
From x A sinwt or x A coswt
x A sin6t or x A cos6t
313
Alternatively
d 2x
36x 0
dt 2
m 2 36 0
m 2 36
m 6i
p 0, q 6
From x e p cos qt sin qt
x cos 6t sin 6t
314
(A) RATE OF GROWTH/DECAY
“The rate of population is directly proportional to the number of inhabitants
present per time (t)”
Let N Number of inhabitant present at the given time .
N 0 Initial population
t Time taken
dN
N0
dt
kN 0 This is separable D.E
dN
dt
dN
kdt
N0
Integrate from t 0 0 to t and also N 0 to N
N t
1
N N 0 dN k t dt
0 0
Example 43
At the start of an experiment, there are 10 bacteria. If the bacteria follow an
exponential growth pattern with rate k 0.02 , what will be the population after
5 hours?
Solution
315
Initial population P0 10
Growth rate k 0.02
Required population P after 5 hours
From, P P0 e kt
P 10e ( 0.025) 11.05 11
The population of bacteria after 5 hours are 11
Example 44
Suppose that the population of a colony of bacteria increases exponentially. At
the start of an experiment, there 600 bacteria, and one hour later, the population
has increased to 640 . How long will it take for the population to reach 1000?
Solution
Data given
Initial population P0 600
Population after t 1 is 640
From, P P0 e kt
640 600e k
16
k In
15
Required time t ?, for population to reach P 1000
P P0 e kt
16
tIn
1000 600e 15
In 1000 600
t 7.915
In 1615
The population will reach 1000 after 7.915 hours
316
(B) NEWTON’S LAW OF COOLING
The law state that “The rate of change of the temperature of an object is directly
proportional to the difference between its own temperature and surrounding
(ambient) temperature”
Newton’s Law makes a statement about an instantaneous rate of change of the
temperature. We will see that when we translate this verbal statement into a
differential equation, we arrive at a differential equation. The solution to this
equation will then be a function that tracks the complete records of the
temperature over time.
Let Temperature of hot body
R Room temperature
d
R
dt
d
k R This is separable D.E
dt
2 t
1
R d k 0 dt
1
In R 12 kt t0
In 2 R In 1 R kt
In 2 R kt
1 R
2 R 1 R e kt
Example 45
The brewing pot temperature of coffee is 180 C and the room temperature is
70 C . After 5 minutes, the temperature of the coffee is 160 C .
(a) Find an exponential equation to represent this situation.
(b) How long will it take for the coffee to reach a serving temperature of
150 C ?
Solution
317
(a) From, 2 R 1 R e kt
Initial temperature,1 180
Room temperature, R 70
After t 5 min, 2 160
Now, 2 R 1 R e kt
2 70 110 e kt
160 70 110 e 5 k
k 15 In 119 0.04
2 70 110 e 0.04t
Example 46
A body initially at 80 c cools to 64 c in 5 min and 52 c in 10 min , what
will be the temperature after 15min and what is the temperature of the
surrounding?
Solution
318
2 R 1 R e kt
2 64 C , 1 80 C in 5 min 2 R 1 R e kt
64 R 80 R e 5 k
64 R
e 5 k .......... .......... .......... ..(i )
80 R
2 52 C , 1 80 C in 10 min
52 R 80 R e 10 k
52 R 80 R e 10 k
52 R
80 R
2
e 5 k .......... .......... .......... .(ii)
34
2 16 64e
3 In
2 43 C
The temperature after 15 min is 43 C
Example 47
The temperature ' y ' degree of a body, t minutes after being placed in a certain
d 2 y dy
room satisfy the differential equation 6 0 by using substitution
dt 2 dt
dy
z . Find ' y ' in terms of t given that y 63 when t 0 and y 36 when
dt
319
t 6In 4 . Find after how many minutes the rate of cooling of the body will
have fallen below one degree per minute, give your answer correct to the
nearest minute.
Solution
d 2 y dy
6 2 0.......... .......... .....( i )
dt dt
dy dz d 2 y
z ,
dt dt dt 2
6 z 0 This separable D.E
dz
dt
1
6 dz dt
z
6 Inz t A
t
Inz B
6
t t t
B
ze 6
e 6
e Ce
B 6
t
dy
Ce 6
dt
t
dy C e
6
dt
t
y 6Ce D
6
When y 63, t 0
63 6C D.......... .......... .......... ......( i )
When y 36, t 6 In 4
72 3C 2 D.......... .......... .......... ......( ii)
Solve equation (i) and equation (ii) simulteneously
63 6C D
72 3C 2 D
C 6, D 27
t
Then from y 6Ce 6
D
t
y 36e 6
27
320
t
y 36e 6
27
t
dy dy
6e 6 but is rate of cooling must be negative
dt dt
t
dy dy
6e 6 given that 1
dt dt
t
dy
6e 6
1
dt
t
6e 6
1
1
t 6 In
6
t 10.75
The rate of cooling of the body will have fallen below
one degree per minute after 10 minutes
Example 48
According to Newton’s law of cooling, the rate at which the temperature of a
body falls is proportional to the amount by which its temperature exceeds that
of its surrounding, suppose the temperature of an object falls from 200 C to
100 C in 4 minutes in surrounding temperature of 10 C . Prove that, after 't '
minutes the temperature 'T ' degree of the body is given by T 10 190e kt .
Solution
d
R
dt
d
k R
dt
2 t
1
R d 0 kdt
1
In R 1
2
k t 0
t
R
In 2 kt
1 R
1 200 C 2 100 C in t 4 min and R 10 C
100 10
In 4k
200 10
1 9
k In
4 19
321
Required 2 T after time t
T 10
In kt
200 10
T 10 190e kt
Example 49
For a postmortem, a doctor requires to know approximately the time of death of
the diseased. He recorded the first temperature at 10 : 00 a.m to be 93.4 F .
After 2 hours, he finds the temperature to be 91.4 F . If the room temperature
(which is constant) is 72 F . Estimate the time of death, assuming normal
temperature of human body to be 98.04 F
Solution
The first temperature at 10 : 00 a.m 1 93.4 F
After 2 hours, the temperature 2 91.4 F
If room temperature, R 72 F
R
From Newton' s Law of Cooling, In 2 kt
1 R
1 R 1 91.4 72
k In 2 In 0.049
t 1 R 2 93.4 72
Estimate the time of death when 2 98.04 F
1 R 1 98.04 72
t In 2 In 4hrs
k 1 R 0.049 93.4 72
t 4hrs
The time of death 10 : 00 a.m (4hrs) 6 : 00 a.m
The approximate time of death is 6 : 00 a.m
Example 50
Just before midday the body on an apparent homicide victim is found in a room
that is kept at a constant temperature of 70 F . At 12 : 00 noon the temperature
of a body is 80 F and at 1 : 00 pm it is 75 F . Assume that the temperature of
the body at the time of death was 98.6 F and that it has cooled in accordance
with Newton’s law of cooling. What was the time of death?
Solution
322
Room temperature R 70 F
At 12 : 00 noon the temperature of a body is 1 80 F
At 1 : 00 pm the temperature of a body is 2 75 F
Time taken for a body to cool from 80 F to 75 F is one hour
R
From, In 2 kt
1 R
75 70
In k 1
80 70
k In 1 2 .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .........( i )
We need time when 3 98.6 F
From, In 3 R kt
1 R
98.6 70
In In 12 t
80 70
t 1.516 1.5 hrs death time was 1 : 30hrs before noon
Time required 12 : 00 a.m 1 : 30 10 : 30a.m
The time of death was 10 : 30a.m
Example 51
Suppose the initial temperature of the body was Q1 and after time, 't ' the
temperature of the body is Q2 . Prove that T A Be kt , where T is the
temperature of the body after time 't ' , A is the temperature of the surrounding
(constant) and B is the temperature difference between the body and the
surrounding.
Solution
From Newton' s law of cooling;
d
R
dt
d
k R
dt
2 t
1
R d 0 kdt
1
323
In R ktt0
2
1
In 2 R In 1 R kt
R
In 2 kt
1 R
2 R
e kt
1 R
2 R 1 R e kt
2 R 1 R e kt
But 2 T temperature after time ' t '
R A surrounding temperature
1 R B temperature difference
T A Be kt
324
Let x be amount of solute (salt) present
dx
rate amount of solute (salt) present
dt
x
amount of solute (salt) present in a given volu me
v
dx x
dt v
dx x
a
dt v
x2 t
1 a
x xdx v 0 dt
1
x a
In 2 t
x1 v
a
t
x2 x1e v
a
t
x2 x1e v
Example 52
There 100 litres of brine in a tank containing 70kg of dissolved salt. Fresh
water runs in the tank at a rate of 3 litres per minute , the mixture is kept
uniform and runs out at the same rate. How many kilogram of salt are there in
the tank at the end of one hour. Find time for the amount of salt to reduce to
10kg .
Solution
325
Let x be amount of solute (salt) present
dx
rate amount of solute (salt) present
dt
v 100 litres
x1 70kg
dx
a 3litres / min
dt
x2 ? after 1hr 60 min
x a
From In 2 t
x1 v
a 3
t 60
x2 x1e v
70e 1000
58.47kg
58.47kg are there in the tank at the end of 1hr.
t ? when x2 10kg
3
t
10 70e 1000
t 10.8hrs
The amount of salt will reduce to 10kg after 10.8hrs
Example 53
There 10 litres of brine in a tank containing 7 kg of dissolved salt. Fresh water
runs in the tank at a rate of 3 litres per minute , the mixture is kept uniform and
runs out at the same rate. How many kilogram of salt are there in the tank at the
end of one hour
Solution
Let x be amount of salt present
dx
rate of salt present
dt
v 100 litres, x1 7 kg
x2 ? after 1hr 60 min
x a
From In 2 t
x1 v
a 3
t 60
x2 x1e v
7e 100
1.157
1.157kg of salt remain after one hour.
326
(D) RATE OF CHANGE
A rate of change is a rate that describes how one quantity changes in relation to
another quantity.
To measure a reaction rate, we usually monitor either a product or a reactant for
its change. Any physical characteristic related to the quantity or concentration
of a product or reactant can be monitored.
Example 54
The volume of solid cube increases uniformly at k 3 m 3 / sec . Find an expression
for the rate of increase of its surface area when the area of the face is b 2 square
meters.
Solution
dV
Rate of volume k m sec
3 3
dt
Face area b 2 m 2
dA
Required rate of area
dt
Let b Length width height of a cube
From, Volume V b 3
dV db dV
3b 2 k 3 m sec
3
but
dt dt dt
db
k 3 3b 2
dt
3
db k m
sec .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .(i )
dt 3b 2
Total cube faces area A 6b 2
dA db
12b .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ..(ii)
dt dt
Substitute equation (i) into equation (ii)
dA k3
12b 2
dt 3b
dA 4k 3
m2
sec
dt b
327
GENERAL EXAMPLES
Example 55
d2y
Solve 8x 3
dx 2
Solution
d2y
8x 3
dx 2
d dy
8x 3
dx dx
dy
d 8 x 3dx
dx
dy
d dx 8 x 3dx
dy
4 x 2 3x A
dx
dy 4 x 3 x A dx
2
4 3 3 2
y x x Ax B
3 2
Example 56
Solution
ydy (1 y 2 x 2 )dx 0
dy
dx
y 1 x 2 y 1 This is Bernoulli's D.E .......... .......... .......( i )
dz dy dy 1 dz
Let z y1 n , z y 2 , 2y , .......... .......... .(ii)
dx dx dx 2 y dx
Substitute equation (ii) into equation (i)
1 dz
2 y dx
y 1 x 2 y 1
dz
dx
2 y2 2 1 x2
dz
dx
2 z 2 1 x 2 This is Integrating Factor D.E .......... ........( iii)
328
I .F e e
Pdx 2 dx
e2x
e2x
dz
dx
2 ze 2 x 2 1 x 2 e 2 x This is an Exact D.E
d
dx
ze 2 x 2 1 x 2 e 2 x
d ze 2 1 x e
2x 2 2x
dx
ze 2 x 2 e 2 x dx x 2 e 2 x dx
ze 2 x 2e 2 x x 2 e 2 x xe2 x 2C
z 2 x 2 x 2Ce 2 x
y 2 2 x 2 x 2Ce 2 x
Example 57
Solution
dy 3 x 2 4 x 4
This is separable D.E
dx 2y 4
y 4 y x 2x 4x C
2 3 2
Example 58
2
Show that the general solution of equation 9 d 2x 6 dx x 50 sin t can be
dt dt
1
t 4
expressed in form x ( At B)e 3
5 cos(t ) where tan .
3
Solution
329
d 2x dx
9 2
6 x 50 sin t.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ...( i )
dt dt
Consider complimentary part
d 2x dx
9 2
6 x0
dt dt
Write its A.Q.E
9m 2 6m 1 0
1
m p
3
From, x At B e pt
xc. f At B e
13 t
.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......( ii)
Consider Particular Integral Part
x A cost B sin t
x A sin t B cost
x A cost B sin t
Substitute x, x and x into equation (i)
9 A cost B sin t 6 A sin t B cost A cost B sin t 50 sin t
Equate coeficientof cost and sin t
4 A 3B 0.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ....( iii)
3 A 4 B 25.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ...( iv)
Solve equations (iii) and (iv) simulteneously
4 A 3 B 0
3 A 4 B 25
A 3, B 4
x P. I 3 cost 4 sin t.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ....( v)
Consider equation (v) express x P. I 3 cost 4 sin t in the form R cost
3 cost 4 sin t R cost
3 cost 4 sin t R cost cos R sin t sin
Equate coefficient of cost and sin t
4 R sin .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .........( vi)
3 R cos .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .........( vii)
Divide equation (vi) by equation (vii)
4
tan
3
Square equation (vi) and (vii) then add
25 R 2 sin 2 cos2
R 25
2
R5
330
Therefore, x P. I 3 cost 4 sin t 5 cost where tan
4
3
The general solution is x At B e 5 cost where tan
13 t 4
3
Example 59
Solve the D.E, x dy y 4 xy , given that y (e) 9e .
dx
Solution
dy
x y 4 xy , y (e) 9e (This is homogeneous D.E)...... .......... .....(i)
dx
dy du
Let y ux, ux .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .....( ii)
dx dx
Substitute equation (ii) into equation (i)
du
x u x ux 4 ux
2
dx
du
x u x ux 4 x u
dx
du
ux u4 u
dx
du
x 4 u
dx
1 4
du dx
u x
1 1
u 2 du 4 x dx
2 u 4 InAx
2 InAx
y
x
y 4 xInAx
2
9e 4eInA Ine
2
InA Ine
9 2
4
3
InA Ine
2
3
InA 1
2
1
InA
2
2
1
y 4 x Inx
2
331
Example 60
Given that x B cos(wt ) , form a D.E in which w is a parameter not to be
eliminated.
Solution
x B cos(wt )
dx
Bw sin( wt )
dt
d 2x
Bw 2 cos(wt )
dt 2
d 2x
w 2 B cos(wt )
dt 2
d 2x
w2 x
dt 2
d 2x
2 w2 x 0
dt
Example 61
Solve y 3 y 2 y 60e 2 x cos3x
Solution
y 3 y 2 y 60e 2 x cos3x.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... (i )
Consider complimentary part
y 3 y 2 y 0
Write its A.Q.E
m 2 -3m 2 0
m 1, m 2
yc. f Ae x Be 2 x .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .........( ii)
Consider Particular Integral
y Ae 2 x cos3x Be 2 x sin 3x
y 2 Ae 2 x cos3x 3 Ae 2 x sin 3x 2 Be 2 x sin 3x 3Be 2 x cos3x
y 5 A 12B e 2 x cos3x 12 A 5B e 2 x sin 3x
Substitute y, y and y into equation (i)
5 A 12B e 2 x cos3x 12 A 5B e 2 x sin 3x 32 Ae 2 x cos3x 3 Ae 2 x sin 3x 2 Be 2 x sin 3x 3Be 2 x cos3x
2Ae 2 x cos3x Be 2 x sin 3x 60e 2 x cos3x
Equate coefficients of e 2 x cos3x and e 2 x sin 3x
3 A B 20
7 A 3B 0
A 30, B 70
y P. I 30e 2 x cos3x 70e 2 x sin 3x.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ...(iii)
General solution, y yc. f y P.I Ae x Be 2 x 30e 2 x cos3x 70e 2 x sin 3x
y Ae x Be 2 x 30e 2 x cos3x 70e 2 x sin 3x
332
Example 62
Solve the differential equation dy x y 1x y 1dx .
Solution
Given that dy x y 1 x y 1dx
1 z 1 z 1
dz
dx
dz
1 z 2 1
dx
dz dz
z 2 , 2 dx
dx z
z dz dx
2
z 1 x c
1
z but z x y
xc
1
x y
xc
x y x c 1 0
Example 63
Determine the differential equations whose set of independent solutions is
e , xe , x e .
x x 2 x
Solution
333
Let
y1 e x
y2 xe x
y3 x 2 e x
Now, y y1 y2 y3 e x xe x x 2 e x
y ae x bxex bx2 e x .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ......( i )
y a b e x b 2c xe x cx 2 e x .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .....( ii)
y a 2b 2c e x b 4c xe x cx 2 e x .......... .......... .......... .......... ....( iii)
y a 3b 6c e x b 6c xe x cx 2 e x .......... .......... .......... .......... ....( iv)
Subtract equation (ii) from equation (iii)
y y b 2c e x 2cxe x .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......( v)
Multiply equation (v) then subtract from equation (iv)
y 3 y y ae x bxex cx 2 e x but ae x bxex cx 2 e x y
y 3 y y y
y 3 y 3 y y 0
Example 64
dy y 1
Find the general solution of the D.E Inx .
dx x x 1 x 2
Solution
dy y 1
Inx
dx x x 1 x 2
d
yInx 1
dx x 1x 2
d yInx
1
dx
x 1x 2
d yInx x 1x 2 dx Express in partial fractions then integrate
1
1 1
yInx dx dx
x 1 x2
yInx In x 1 In x 2 c
x 1
yInx In c
x 2
334
Example 65
Form a D.E which represent the family of the curve x 2 y 2 2 xy
dy
0
dx
Solution
x 2
y 2 2 xy
dy
dx
0
dy y 2 x 2 1 y x
.......... .......... .......... ..(i )
dx 2 xy 2 x y
y dy du
Let y ux, u , u x .......... .......... ..(ii)
x dx dx
Substitute equation (ii) into equation (i)
du 1 1
ux u
dx 2 u
du u 1 u 2 1
x
dx 2 2u 2 u
2u 1
u 1
du dx
2
x
In u 1 In Ax
2
In u 2 1 In Ax
1
1 y
u 2 1 but u
Ax x
2
y 1
1
x Ax
2
y 1
2
1
x Ax
x
y2 x2
A
Example 66
Form a D.E which represent the family of the curve x 2 y 2 2 xy
dy
0
dx
Solution
335
x 2
y 2 2 xy
dy
dx
0
x 2
y2 dx 2 xydy 0 compare with Mdx Ndy 0
M N
If its exact D.E then
y x
M
M x2 y2 , 2y
y
N
N 2 xy, 2y
x
M N
Since the D.E is exact
y x
x
y 2 dx 0
2
x3
y2x c 0
3
x 3 3 y 2 x 3c 0
Alternative
x 2 dy
y 2 2 xy
dx
0
dy x2 y2 1 x y
.......... .......... .......... ..(i )
dx 2 xy 2 y x
y dy du
Let y ux, u , ux .......... .......... ..(ii)
x dx dx
Substitute equation (ii) into equation (i)
du 11 1 u
ux u
dx 2u 2u 2
du 3u 1 3u 2 1
x
dx 2 2u 2u
2u 1
3u 2 1 du x dx
1
3
In u 2 1 In Ax
In 3
u
1 In Ax
2 1
3
u 1 Ax
2 1
but u
y
x
336
2 3
y 1
1
x Ax
y2 1
2
1 3
x Bx
y x x3 D
2
Example 67
Determine whether the equation cos y y cos x dx sin x x sin y dy 0 is
exact. If it is, solve the equation.
Solution
cos y y cos x dx sin x x sin y dy 0 compare with Mdx Ndy 0
M N
If its exact D.E then
y x
M
M cos y y cos x, cos x sin y
y
N
N sin x x sin y, cos x sin y
x
M N
Since the D.E is exact
y x
337
dy x y 1
g)
dx x y 1
2
dy dy
h) 5 6 0
dx dx
2
dy dy
i) x 2 3xy 2 y 2 0
dx dx
2. Solve the following D.E;
dy
a) xy x2 y2
dx
dy x y
b)
dx x y
dy
c) x y x2 y2
dx
d) xdy ydx x 2 y 2 dx
dy
e) x y ( Iny Inx 1)
dx
dy
f) x 2 xy y 2
dx
dy
g) ( x 2 y 2 ) 2 xy
dx
dy
h) y 2 x y
dx
dy
i) x 2 x2 y2
dx
338
dy y
b) x sec2 x
dx x
dy 1
c) y 2 2 xy 2
dx x
dy
d) x 2 y x 2
dx
y Ax B e 2 x
5
j)
4
k) y Ae x Be 2 x x 3
3 4
l) y e x ( Ax B ) sin 2 x cos 2 x
5 5
2
2 d y dy
B
13. Show that y Ax , is a solution of the D.E x 2
x y 0.
x dx dx
14. Given that x A sin(wt ) or x A cos(wt ) , show that
d 2x
2
w 2 x 0 hence solve the following D.E.
dt
d 2x
(a) 4x 0
dt 2
d 2x
(b) 9x 0
dt 2
d 2x
(c) 81x
dt 2
d 2x
(d) 100x
dt 2
dt 2 1
(e) 2
d x 36x
dt 2 1
(f) 2 0
d x 49x
d 2x
(g) 3x 0
dt 2
d 2x
(h) 5 x
dt 2
d 2x
(i) 4x 4 0
dt 2
341
d2y
(j) 9 y 18 0
d 2
d 2
(k) 2 6 0
dt 2
15. Exact D.E are equations of the form Mdx Ndy 0 where M and
N are functions of x and y . Show that Exact D.E must satisfies the
condition M N , hence solve the following exact D.E;
y x
(a) (2 x 3 y )dx (3 x y 1)dy 0
3
16. Describes the principle of super position hence solve the following
D.E, y 4 y 8 x 2 2e 3 x
342
22. Determine the differential equations whose set of independent solution
is;
(a) e x , e x
(b) e x , xe x , x 2 e x
23. Solve the following differential equations;
(a) 1 x 2
dy
2 xy x 2
dx
d2y dy
(b) 2
3 2 y e4x
dx dx
(c) (5 x 4 3x 2 y 2 2 xy 3 )dx (2 x 3 y 3x 2 y 2 5 y 4 )dy 0
24. The population of a country doubles in 50 years. In how many years
will it be tripled under the assumption that the rate of increase of the
population is proportional to the number of inhabitants?
25. Use the substitution z 2 x 3 y to solve 2 x 3 y 3
dy
2x 2 y 1
dx
given that y 1 when x 1.
26. By substitution x X 1 and y Y 3 reduce the differential equation
dy 4 x y 7
to a homogeneous equation and hence find the
dx 2 x y 1
general solution in terms of x and y.
27. A spring with mass 4 kg has a natural length of 1m . A force of 25.6N
its required to maintain it compressed to a length of 0.9m and then
released, find
(a) The differential equation relating the given data.
(b) The position of mass at any time t.
(c) The position of the mass using the initial conditions x(0) 1 and
v (0) 0 where v is velocity.
28. A spring with mass of 2 kg has a damping constant c 14 and a force
F 6N , that is needed to stretch it by a length of 0.5m , find
(a) The differential equation relating the information.
(b) The general solution representing the position of the mass at any
time t.
29. A terrorist after along hiding in a certain country, was caught by the
soldiers. The body checkups showed that the terrorist’s body
temperature was 25 c . After 30min his body temperature dropped to
22 c while the room temperature was constantly at 15 c , knowing
that the normal body temperature is 37 c , how long will it take for
the terrorist to die?
343
30. 100g Of sugarcane in water is converted into dextrose at the rate
which is directly proportional to the amount unconverted. Find the
differential equation expressing the rate of conversion after time t in
minutes.
31. Suppose the initial temperature of the body was and after time t the
body temperature is R . Prove that T A Be kt where T is
temperature of the body after time t , A is temperature difference
between the body and surrounding.
32. Water at temperature 100 c cools in 10 minutes to 88 c in a room of
temperature 25 c . Find the temperature of water after 20 minutes.
33. A tank of volume 0.5Litre is filled with brine containing 36kg of
dissolved salt. Water runs in and out of the tank at the rate of
15 103 litres per second and the mixture is kept constant by stirring.
How much salt will be in the tank after one hour? (Give your answer
correct to two significant figures).
34. Solve the D.E 1 e x y dx e x y 1 x y dy 0 .
2
35. Solve the differential equation dy x y 1
dx 2 x 2 y
36. Solve the initial value problem y 8 y 16 y 0 ; y (1) 3 ,
y (1) 2
37. Solve the initial value problem y 2 y 10 y 0 ; y (0) 4 , y (0) 1
38. Find the particular solution of y 0 given that
y0 3, y1 4, y2 6 .
39. Solve D.E, y xydx x xy 2 dy 0 .
dy tan y
2e x
2
40. Solve sec2 y
dx x
344
dy
b) xy x2 y2
dx
dy
c) x 2 x 2 xy y 2
dx
2 dy
d) 3 x y2
dx
e) x 2 y 2
dy
dx
xy
345
Chapter Six
COORDINATE GEOMETRY II
Introduction
fig 6. 1
346
TYPES OF CONIC SECTIONS
Conic sections are categorized into three types depending on the value of
constant or eccentricity
fig 6. 2
Note: Some terms I didn’t label because of space and smartness of the
curves
347
6.1 PARABOLA
Parabola is a conic sections whose eccentricity is one ( e 1 )
fig 6. 3
SP
e but e 1
MP
SP
1
MP
SP MP
fig 6. 4
348
SP
From the figure above e but e 1
MP
SP MP
x a 2 y 2 xa
Square both sides
x a 2 y 2 x a 2
x 2 2ax a 2 y 2 x 2 2ax a 2
y 2 4ax
(e) y 2 kx
(f) y 2 8 x 0
(g) 2 y 2 10x 0
(h) y 2 7 x 0
2
(i) y 2
x
(j) y
x y
x 0
Solution
In each case compare with the standard equation of the form y 2 4ax to obtain the value of " a"
(a) y 2 4 x the value of a 1
Vertex, V (0,0)
Focus S (a,0), S (1,0)
Equation of directrix x a, x 1
349
(b) y 2 12 x the value of a 3
Vertex, V (0,0)
Focus S ( a,0), S (3,0)
Equation of directrix x a, x 3
Vertex, V (0,0)
Focus S ( a,0), S ( 34 ,0)
Equation of directrix x a, x 34
( d ) y 2 x the value of a 1
4
Vertex, V (0,0)
Focus S ( a,0), S ( 14 ,0)
Equation of directrix x a, x 14
Vertex, V (0,0)
Focus S ( a,0), S ( k4 ,0)
Equation of directrix x a, x k4
( f ) y 2 8 x 0, y 2 8 x the value of a 2
Vertex, V (0,0)
Focus S ( a,0), S ( 2,0)
Equation of directrix x a, x 2
( g ) 2 y 2 10 x 0, y 2 5 x the value of a 5
4
Vertex, V (0,0)
Focus S ( a,0), S ( 54 ,0)
Equation of directrix x a, x 54
Vertex, V (0,0)
7
Focus S (a,0), S ( 4 ,0)
Equation of directrix x a, x 4
7
350
y2
(i ) 2, y 2 2 x the value of a 12
x
Vertex, V (0,0)
Focus S (a,0), S ( 12 ,0)
Equation of directrix x a, x 12
( j ) y x y x 0, y 2 x 0, y 2 x the value of a 1
4
Vertex, V (0,0)
Focus S (a,0), S ( 14 ,0)
Equation of directrix x a, x 14
Example 2
Find the coordinates of the vertex, focus and the equation of directrix of each of
the following;
(a) y x
(b) y 2 x 0
(c) y 6 x 0
Solution
In each case compare with the standard equation of the form y 2 4ax to obtain the value of " a"
(a) y x , y 2 x the value of a 14
Vertex, V (0,0)
Focus S (a,0), S ( 14 ,0)
Equation of directrix x a, x 14
351
(c) y 6 x 0 , y 6 x , y 2 6 x the value of a 3
2
Vertex, V (0,0)
Focus S (a,0), S ( 32 ,0)
Equation of directrix x a, x 32
Example 3
Find the equation of the parabola whose;
(a) focus is S 1,0 and equation of directrix is x 1
(b) focus is S 2,0 and vertex at origin
(c) Vertex is at origin and equation of directrix is x 3
(d) Equation of directrix is x 4k and vertex at origin
Solution
(a) focus is S 1,0 and equation of directrix is x 1
If the focus is S (1,0) and directrix equation is x 1 implies the vertex is at origin
and open right hand side, i.e. y 2 4ax
From S (a,0) S (1,0) mean that a 1
The equation of the parabola is y 2 4 x
352
(ii) Standard equations of the parabola which open leftward
Consider the parabola along y 2 4ax whose focus is S ( a,0) and directrix
xa
fig 6. 5
SP
From the figure above e but e 1
MP
SP MP
x a 2 y 2 xa
Square both sides
x a 2 y 2 x a 2
x 2 2ax a 2 y 2 x 2 2ax a 2
y 2 4ax
Example 4
Find the coordinates of the vertex, focus and the equation of directrix of each of
the following;
(a) y 2 16x
(b) y 2 0.5 x
(c) y 3x
2
353
(d) y x 0
2
(e) y kx 0
2
(f) y 2 8 x 0
(g) 0.5 y 2 4 x 0
(h) y 7 x 0
2
y2
(i) 20
x
Solution
In each case compare with the standard equation of the form y 2 4ax to obtain the value of " a"
(a) y 2 16x the value of a 4
Vertex, V (0,0)
Focus S (a,0), S (4,0)
Equation of directrix x a, x 4
Vertex, V (0,0)
Focus S ( a,0), S ( 18 ,0)
Equation of directrix x a, x 1
8
354
(c) y 2 3 x the value of a 3
4
Vertex, V (0,0)
Focus S (a,0), S ( 34 ,0)
Equation of directrix x a, x 3
4
(d ) y 2 x 0, y 2 x the value of a 1
4
Vertex, V (0,0)
Focus S (a,0), S ( 14 ,0)
Equation of directrix x a, x 1
4
Vertex, V (0,0)
Focus S (a,0), S ( k4 ,0)
Equation of directrix x a, x k
4
( f ) y 2 8 x 0, y 2 8 x the value of a 2
Vertex, V (0,0)
Focus S (a,0), S (2,0)
Equation of directrix x a, x 2
Vertex, V (0,0)
Focus S (a,0), S ( 4
7
,0)
Equation of directrix x a, x 4
7
355
y2 y2
(i ) 2 0, 2, y 2 2 x the value of a 1
2
x x
Vertex, V (0,0)
Focus S (a,0), S ( 12 ,0)
Equation of directrix x a, x 1
2
Example 5
Find the equation of the parabola whose;
(a) focus is S 8,0 and equation of directrix is x 8
(b) focus is S 6,0 and vertex at origin
(c) Vertex is at origin and equation of directrix is x 0.8
(d) Equation of directrix is x 10k and vertex at origin
Solution
(a) focus is S 8,0 and equation of directrix is x 8
If the focus is S (1,0) and directrix equation is x 1 implies the vertex is at origin
and open L.H.S , i.e. y 2 4ax
From S (a,0) S (8,0) mean that a 8
The equation of the parabola is y 2 32x
356
(iii) Standard equations of the parabola which open upward
Consider the parabola along y axis whose focus is S (0, b) and directrix
y b
fig 6. 6
SP
From the figure above e but e 1
MP
SP MP
x 2 y b y b
2
x 2 y 2 2by b 2 y 2 2by b 2
x 2 4by
Example 6
Find the coordinates of the vertex, focus and the equation of directrix of each of
the following;
(a) x 2 20 y
(b) x 13 y 0
2
357
(c) x 5 y
2
(d) x 4
y
(e) x 2 y x 2 y 0
Solution
In each case compare with the standard equation of the form x 2 4by to obtain the value of "b"
(a) x 2 20 y the value of b 5
Vertex, V (0,0)
Focus S (0, b), S (0,5)
Equation of directrix y b, y 5
x2
(d ) 4, x 2 4 y the value of b 1
y
Vertex, V (0,0)
Focus S (0, b), S (0,1)
Equation of directrix y b, y 1
(e) x 2 y x 2 y 0, x 2 4 y 0, x 2 4 y the value of b 1
Vertex, V (0,0)
Focus S (0, b), S (0,1)
Equation of directrix y b, y 1
358
Example 7
Find the equation of the parabola whose;
(a) focus is S 0,3 and equation of directrix is y 3
(b) focus is S 0, 2 and vertex at origin
(c) Vertex is at origin and equation of directrix is y 5
Solution
(a) If the focus is S (0,3) and directrix equation is y 3 implies the vertex is at origin
and the parabola open upward, i.e. x 2 4by
From S (0, b) S (0,3) mean that b 3
The equation of the parabola is x 2 12 y
(b) The focus is S 0, 2 and the vertex is at origin
From S (0, b) S 0, 2 mean that b 2
The equation of the parabola is x 2 4 2 y
fig 6. 7
359
SP
From the figure above e but e 1
MP
SP MP
x 2 y b y b
2
x 2 y 2 2by b 2 y 2 2by b 2
x 2 4by
1. Focus is S (0,b)
2. Directrix is y b
3. Vertex is V (0,0)
Example 8
Find the coordinates of the vertex, focus and the equation of directrix of each of
the following;
(a) x 2 4 y
(b) x 2 0.2 y 0
x2
(c) 1 0
8y
x2 2 y
(d) 0
y
x2 y
(e) 2
y
Solution
360
In each case compare with the standard equation of the form x 2 4by to obtain the value of " b"
(a) x 2 4 y the value of b 1
Vertex, V (0,0)
Focus S (0,b), S (0,1)
Equation of directrix y b, y 1
x2 x2
(c ) 1 0, 1, x 2 y the value of b 14
y y
Vertex, V (0,0)
Focus S (0,b), S (0, 14 )
Equation of directrix y b, y 14
x2 2 y
(d ) 0, x 2 2 y the value of b 1
y 2
Vertex, V (0,0)
Focus S (0,b), S (0, 12 )
Equation of directrix y b, y 1
2
x2 y
( e) 2, x 2 3 y the value of b 3
4
y
Vertex, V (0,0)
Focus S (0,b), S (0, 34 )
Equation of directrix y b, y 3
4
Example 9
Find the equation of the parabola whose;
(a) focus is S 0,2 and equation of directrix is y 2
(b) focus is S 0,0.7 and vertex at origin
(c) Vertex is at origin and equation of directrix is y 4
Solution
361
(a) If the focus is S (0,2) and directrix equation is y 2 implies the vertex is at origin
and the parabola open downward, i.e. x 2 4by
From S (0,b) S (0,2) mean that b 2
The equation of the parabola is x 2 8 y
fig 6. 8
362
SP
From the figure above e but e 1
MP
SP MP
x (a h) 2 y k 2 xah
Square both sides
x (a h) 2 y k 2 x a h 2
x 2 2(a h) x (a h) 2 y k x 2 ax hx ax a 2 ah hx ah h 2
2
y k 2 4ax 4ah
y k 2 4ax h
Example 10
Find the coordinates of the vertex, focus and the equation of directrix of each of
the following;
(a) y 2 4x 3
2
(e) y 2 2 y 8 x 9 0
(f) y 2 4 x 8 0
Solution
363
(a ) y 2 4 x 3 by comparing with tran slated equation y k 4a x h
2 2
h 3, k 2 and a 1
Vertex, V h, k V 3,2
Focus, S a h, k S 4,2
Equation of directrix, x a h, x 2
h 4, k 1 and a 5
4
h 1, k 0 and a 3
Vertex, V h, k V 1,0
Focus, S a h, k S 4,0
Equation of directrix, x a h, x 2
h 0, k 2 and a 14
Vertex, V h, k V 0,2
Focus, S a h, k S 14 ,2
Equation of directrix, x a h, x 14
( e) y 2 2 y 8 x 9 0
y 2 2 y 8 x 9 (by completing the square)
y 12 8x 1 by comparing by translated equation y k 2 4ax h
h 1, k 1 and a 2
Vertex, V h, k V 1,1
Focus, S a h, k S 3,1
Equation of directrix, x a h, x 1
364
( f ) y 2 4x 8 0
y 2 4x 8
y 2 4 x 2 by comparing by translated equation y k 4ax h
2
h 2, k 0 and a 1
Vertex, V h, k V 2,0
Focus, S a h, k S 3,0
Equation of directrix, x a h, x 1
fig 6. 9
SP
From the figure above e but e 1
MP
SP MP
x (a h) 2 y k 2 xah
Square both sides
x (a h) 2 y k 2 x a h 2
x 2 2(a h) x (a h) 2 y k x 2 ax hx ax a 2 ah hx ah h 2
2
y k 2 4ax 4ah
y k 2 4ax h
365
Properties of the parabola y k 4ax h
2
1. Focus is S (a h, k )
2. Directrix is x a h
3. Vertex is ( h, k )
Example 11
Find the coordinates of the vertex, focus and the equation of directrix of each of
the following;
(a) y 3 24x 1 (d) y 2 x 0
2 2
Solution
(a) y 3 24x 1 by comparing with tran slated equation y k 4a x h
2 2
h 1, k 3 and a 6
Vertex, V h, k V 1,3
Focus, S a h, k S 5,3
Equation of directrix, x a h, x 7
h 4, k 1 and a 7
4
(c) y 2 12 12x
y 2 12x 1 by comparing with tran slated equation y k 4a x h
2
h 1, k 0 and a 3
Vertex, V h, k V 1,0
Focus, S a h, k S 2,0
Equation of directrix, x a h, x 4
366
(d ) y 2 x 0
2
h 0, k 2 and a 14
Vertex, V h, k V 0,2
Focus, S a h, k S 14 ,2
Equation of directrix, x a h, x 1
4
( e) y 2 2 y 8 x 7 0
y 2 2 y 8 x 7 (by completing the square)
y 12 8x 1 by comparing by translated equation y k 2 4ax h
h 1, k 1 and a 2
Vertex, V h, k V 1,1
Focus, S a h, k S 1,1
Equation of directrix, x a h, x 3
( f ) y 2 6 x 18 0
y 2 6x 3 by comparing by translated equation y k 4ax h
2
h 3, k 0 and a 3
2
fig 6. 10
367
SP
From the figure above e but e 1
MP
SP MP
x h 2 y (b k ) 2 ybk
Square both sides
x h 2 y (b k ) 2 y b k 2
x h 2 y 2 2(b k ) y (b k ) 2 y b k 2
x h 2 y 2 2by 2ky b 2 2bk k 2 y 2 by ky by b 2 bk ky bk k 2
x h 2 2by 2bk 2by 2bk
x h 2 4by 4bk
x h2 4b y k
1. Focus is S (h, b k )
2. Directrix is y b k
3. Vertex is ( h, k )
Example 12
Find the coordinates of the vertex, focus and the equation of directrix of each of
the following;
(a) x 12 4 y 3
(b) x 1 1.2 y 2
2
(c) x 2 64 y 1
(d) x 6 y
2
(e) x 2 2 x 8 y 7 0
(f) x 2 4 y 12 0
Solution
(a) x 1 4x 3 by comparing with tran slated equation x h 4b y k
2 2
h 1, k 3 and b 1
Vertex, V h, k V 1,3
Focus, S h, b k S 1,4
Equation of directrix, y b k , y 2
368
(b) x 1 1.2 y 2 by comparing with tran slated equation x h 4b y k
2 2
h 0, k 1 and b 16
Vertex, V h, k V 0,1
Focus, S h, b k S 0,17
Equation of directrix, y b k , y 15
f x 2 4 y 12 0
x 2 4 y 12
x 2 4 y 3 by comparing with tran slated equation x h 4b y k
2
h 0, k 3 and b 1
Vertex, V h, k V 0,3
Focus, S h, b k S 0,4
Equation of directrix y b k , y 2
369
(iv) Translated equation of the parabola which open downward
Consider the parabola whose focus is S ( h,b k ) and its vertex is V ( h, k ) as
shown in the figure below
fig 6. 11
SP
From the figure above e but e 1
MP
SP MP
x h 2 y (b k ) 2 y bk
Square both sides
x h 2 y (b k ) 2 y b k 2
x h 2 y 2 2(b k ) y (b k ) 2 y b k 2
x h 2 y 2 2by 2ky b 2 2bk k 2 y 2 by ky by b 2 bk ky bk k 2
x h 2 2by 2bk 2by 2bk
x h 2 4by 4bk
x h2 4b y k
Properties of the parabola x h2 4b y k
1. Focus is S ( h,b k )
2. Directrix is y b k
3. Vertex is ( h, k )
Example 13
Find the coordinates of the vertex, focus and the equation of directrix of each of
the following;
(a) x 5 10 y 6 (d) x 0.5 y
2 2
(c) 2 x y 3
2
(f) x 2 y 2 0
2 1
Solution
370
(a) x 5 10 y 6 by comparing with tran slated equation x h 4b y k
2 2
h 5, k 6 and b 52
Vertex, V h, k V 5,6
Focus, S h,b k S 5, 72
Equation of directrix, y b k , y 172
h 1, k 2 and b 12
Vertex, V h, k V 1,2
Focus, S h,b k S 1,1.5
Equation of directrix, y b k , y 2.5
(c ) 2 x 2 y 3
2 x 2 y 3
x 2 12 y 3 by comparing with tran slated equation x h 4b y k
2
h 0, k 3 and b 18
Vertex, V h, k V 0,3
Focus, S h,b k S 0, 158
Equation of directrix, y b k , y 258
h 0.5, k 0 and b 14
Vertex, V h, k V 0.5,0
Focus, S h,b k S 12 , 14
Equation of directrix, y b k , y 14
( e) x 2 6 x 4 y 5 0
x 2 6 x 4 y 5 (by completing the square)
x 32 4 y 4
x 32 4 y 1 by comparing with tran slated equation x h 2 4b y k
h 3, k 1 and b 1
Vertex, V h, k V 3,1
Focus, S h,b k S 3,0
Equation of directrix, y b k , y 2
371
( f ) x 2 2 y 12 0
x 2 2 y 12
x 2 2 y 14 by comparing with tran slated equation x h 4b y k
2
h 0, k 14 and b 12
Vertex, V h, k V 0, 14
Focus, S h,b k S 0, 14
Equation of directrix, y b k , y 3
4
fig 6. 12
SP
From the figure above e but e 1
MP
SP MP
ax by c
x u 2 y v 2
a2 b2
Square both sides
x u 2 y v 2 ax 2 by 2 c
2
a b
372
Example 14
Find the equation of the parabola whose focus is 3,0 and directrix is
3x 4 y 1 .
Solution
SP
From the figure above e but e 1
MP
SP MP
3x 4 y 1
x 32 y 2
32 4 2
Square both sides
x 32 y 2 3x 4 y 1
2
25
2 2
25 x 3 y 3 x 4 y 1
2
25 x y 6 x 9 9 x 2 16 y 2 24xy 6 x 8 y 1
2 2
Example 15
Find the equation of the parabola whose focus is 4,2 and directrix is y x .
Solution
SP
e, SP e MP but e 1
MP
SP MP
SP x 42 y 22 .......... .......... ...(i)
x y
MP .......... .......... .......... .......... ..(ii)
2
x y
x 42 y 22
2
2 x 4 y 2 x y
2 2
2
x 2 y 2 16x 8 y 2 xy 40 0
373
(d) Parametric Equation of the parabola
Parametric equations are set of equations in terms of a parameter that represent
a relation.
Each value of the parameter, when evaluated in the parametric equations,
corresponds to a point along the curve of the relation.
To convert equations from parametric form into a single relation, the parameter
needs to be eliminated by solving simultaneous equations.
Consider a line y mx c is a tangent to a parabola y 2 4ax , a tangent satisfies
the parabola at point of contact.
Substitute y mx c into y 2 4ax
mx c 2 4ax
m 2 x 2 2mcx c 2 4ax
m 2 x 2 2mc 4a x c 2 0
By using general quadratic equation
2mc 4a 2mc 4a 2 4m 2 c 2
x
2m 2
Condition for tangent to touch the curve discri min ant 0
2mc 4a
x since a mc
2m 2
2a 4a a
2
1 1
x 2 a let t (Parameter)
m
2
2m m m
x at 2 .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .........( i )
a a a a 2a 1
Again from y mx c m 2 2a 2at
m m m m m m
y 2at.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ........( ii)
374
Example 16
Write the parametric equations of the parabola y 2 12x
Solution
Compare equation y 2 12x with y 2 4ax
4ax 12x
a3
x at 2 3t 2
y 2at 6t
The parametric equations are x 3t 2 and y 6t
Example 17
Write the parametric equations of the parabola x 2 20 y .
Solution
Compare equation x 2 20 y with x 2 4by
4by 20 y
b5
x bt 2 5t 2
y 2bt 10t
The parametric equations are x 5t 2 and y 10t
Example 18
Write the parametric equations of the parabola y 12 16x 2
Solution
Compare equation y 1 16x 2 with y k 4a x h
2 2
16x 2 4ax h
a 4, h 2.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .........( i )
y 12 y k 2
k 1.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .........( ii)
x at 2 h 4t 2 2
y 2at k 8t 1
The parametric equations are x 4t 2 2 and y 8t 1
375
Example 19
Find the focus and directrix equation of the parabola represented by x 2t 2 and
y 4t
Solution
x 2t 2 .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ...( i )
y 4t.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ....( ii)
y
From equation (ii) t .......... .......... .......... ....( iii)
4
Substitute equation (iii) into equation (i)
2
y
x 2
4
y 2 8 x compare with y 2 4ax
a2
Focus, a,0 2,0
Directrix, x a, x 2
Focus is 2,0 and directrix x 2
fig 6. 13
376
Substitute y mx c into y 2 4ax
mx c 2 4ax
m 2 x 2 2mcx c 2 4ax
m 2 x 2 2mc 4a x c 2 0
By using general quadratic equation
2mc 4a 2mc 4a 2 4m 2 c 2
x
2m 2
Condition for tangent to touch the curve discriminat 0
2mc 4a 2 4m 2 c 2 0
4m 2 c 2 16amc 16a 2 4m 2 c 2 0
y 2 4by 4c 0
Condition for tangent b 2 4ac
(4b) 2 4(4c)
16b 2 16c
Condition for tangency b2 c
377
(a) Equation of tangent in Cartesian form
Consider the tangent to the parabola y 2 4ax at point Px1 , y1
fig 6. 14
2ax y1 y 2ax1 0
Example 20
Find the equation of a tangent to the parabola y 2 4 x at the point 1,2 .
Solution
The slope of tangent is equal to the slope of parabola at point of contact
dy dy 2 dy
y 2 4 x, 2 y 4, let m
dx dx y dx
378
Alternative
Required the equation of tangent t o the parabola y 2 4 x at 1,2
From, 2ax y1 y 2ax1 0
x1 , y1 1,2 also from y 2 4 x the value of a 1
Therefore, 2(1) x 2 y 2(1)(1) 0
2x 2 y 2 0
The equation of tangent is x y 1 0
Example 21
Find the equation of a tangent to the parabola y 2 3x at the point 3,3 .
Solution
The slope of tangent is equal to the slope of parabola at point of contact
dy dy 3 dy
y 2 3x, 2 y 3, let m
dx dx 2 y dx
3
Slope of tangent at 3,3, m
1
23 2
Equation of tangent , from y mx x0 y0
y
1
x 3 3
2
The equation of tangent is x 2 y 3 0
Example 22
Find the equation of a tangent to the parabola x 2 12 y at the point 6,3 .
Solution
The slope of tangent is equal to the slope of parabola at point of contact
dy dy x dy
x 2 12 y, 2 x 12 , let m
dx dx 6 dx
6
Slope of tangent at 6,3, m 1
6
Equation of tangent , from y mx x0 y0
y 1x 6 3
The equation of tangent is x y 9 0
379
Example 23
1
Find the equation of a tangent to the parabola x 2 y at the point 2,8 .
2
Solution
The slope of tangent is equal to the slope of parabola at point of contact
1 1 dy dy dy
x 2 y, 2 x , 4 x let m
2 2 dx dx dx
Slope of tangent at 2,8, m 42 8
Equation of tangent , from y mx x0 y0
y 8x 2 8
The equation of tangent is 8 x y 8 0
Example 24
Find the point of contact of a tangent y x 1 to the parabola y 2 4 x .
Solution
The tangent y x 1 share the the point at point of contact y 2 4 x
Substitute y x 1 into y 2 4 x
x 12 4 x
x 2 2x 1 0
x 1
When x 1, y x 1 2
The point of contact is 1,2
Example 25
Find the equation of a tangent to the parabola y 1 9x 1 at the point
2
2,2 .
Solution
The slope of tangent is equal to the slope of parabola at point of contact
y x 2 2
9
2
The equation of tangent is 9 x 2 y 22 0
380
(b) Equation of tangent in parametric form
Consider the tangent to the parabola y 2 4ax at point Pat 2 ,2at
fig 6. 15
Example 26
Find the equation of a tangent to the parabola y 2 4 x at the point t 2 ,2t .
Solution
The slope of tangent is equal to the slope of parabola at point of contact
dy dy 2 dy
y 2 4 x, 2 y 4, let m
dx dx y dx
y x t 2 2t
1
t
The equation of tangent is x ty t 2 0
381
Alternative
From general parametric equation, x ty at 2 0
Consider y 2 4 x, a 1
x ty t 2 0
fig 6. 16
382
Example 27
Find the equation of normal to the parabola given by y 2 8x at point 4,2 .
Solution
, at 4,2 the slope
dy 4 dy
Consider y 2 8 x, m1 2
dx y dx
Slope of tangent is the same as slope of the parabola at point of contact i.e. m1 2
But tangen t line is perpendicular with normal line m1m2 1
1 1
m2
m1 2
y
1
x 4 2
2
The equation of normal is x 2 y 6 0
Example 28
Find the equation of normal to the parabola given by y 2 2x at point 2,2 .
Solution
, at 2,2 let
dy 1 dy 1
Consider y 2 2 x, m1
dx y dx 2
1
Slope of tangent is the same as slope of the parabola at point of contact i.e. m1
2
But tangen t line is perpendicular with normal line m1m2 1
1
m2 2
m1
Equation of normal having m2 2, x0 , y0 2,2
From, y m x x0 y0
y 2x 2 2
The equation of normal is 2 x y 6 0
383
Example 29
Find the equation of normal to the parabola given by y 2 x at point
9,3 .
Solution
, at 9,3 the slope
dy 1 dy 1
Consider y 2 x, m1
dx 2y dx 6
1
Slope of tangent is the same as slope of the parabola at point of contact i.e. m1
6
But tangen t line is perpendicular with normal line m1m2 1
1
m2 6
m1
Equation of normal having m2 1, x0 , y0 9,3
From, y m x x0 y0
y 6x 9 3
The equation of normal is 6 x y 57 0
Example 30
1
Find the equation of normal to the parabola given by x 2 y at point 1,2 .
2
Solution
4 x, at 1,2 the slope
1 dy dy
Consider x 2 y, m1 4
2 dx dx
Slope of tangent is the same as slope of the parabola at point of contact i.e. m1 4
But tangen t line is perpendicular with normal line m1m2 1
1 1
m2
m1 4
y
1
x 1 2
4
The equation of normal is x 4 y 9 0
384
Equation of normal in parametric form
Normal and tangent are perpendicular to each other therefore from the slope of tangent
we can apply the perpendicularity condition m1m2 1 to determine the slope of normal
dy dy 2a 2a 1
From y 2 4ax, 2 y 4a, at P (at 2 ,2at) m1 , m1
dx dx y 2at t
1
Slope of tangent is m1 and let the slope of normal be m2
t
1
From m1m2 1, m1 m2 1, m2 t
t
Equation of the normal
m2 t , ( x1 , y1 )
From y m( x x1 ) y1
y t ( x at 2 ) 2at
y tx at 3 2at
tx y at 3 2at 0
6.2 ELLIPSE
Ellipse is a conic section whose eccentricity is less than one, e 1 .
Consider the figures below show Ellipse along x-axis and y-axis.
fig 6. 17
SP
From the figure above e where e 1
MP
385
EQUATIONS OF AN ELLIPSE
(a) Standard Equation of an Ellipse
(b) Translated Equation of an Ellipse
(c) General Equation of an Ellipse
fig 6. 18 fig 6. 19
SP
From the figure above e where e 1
MP
SP e MP
a s ex1 a .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .....( i )
SP e MP
a s ex1 a .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .....( ii)
Add equation (i) and equation (ii)
2a 2ex1
a
x1 .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ...( iii)
e
Subtract equation (i) from equation (ii)
2s 2ae
s ae.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ......( iv)
a
Therefore, foci are S ae,0 and directrices are x
e
386
CASE I: EQUATION OF AN ELLIPSE ALONG X-AXIS
Consider the figure below
fig 6. 20
SP
From the figure above e where e 1
MP
SP e MP, SP e 2 MP 2
2
By distance formula
2
x ae2 y 2 e 2 x a
e
x 2aex a e y e 2 x 2 2aex a 2
2 2 2 2
x 2 a 2e2 y 2 e2 x 2 a 2
x 2 e2 x 2 y 2 a 2 a 2e2
1 e x
2 2
y 2 1 e2 a 2
Divide by 1 e 2 a 2
throughout
x2 y2
1
a 2 1 e2 a 2
Let b 2 1 e 2 a 2 where a b
x2 y2
1
a2 b2
x2 y2
Standard equation of Ellipse along x-axis 1
a 2 b2
387
Properties
(i) The equation is along x-axis
(ii) a b
2
(iii) a 1 e b
2
2
Example 31
x2 y2
Find the eccentricity, foci and equation of directrices of an ellipse 1
9 4
Solution
x2 y2 x2 y2
1 compare with 2 2 1
9 4 a b
a 9, a 3
2
b 2 4, b 2
Since a b then a 2 1 e 2 b 2 the Ellipse is along x - axis
b2 4 5
e 1 2
1
a 9 3
5
Eccentricity is
3
Example 32
x2 y2
Find the eccentricity, foci and equation of directrices of an ellipse 1
5 3
Solution
388
x2 y2 x2 y2
1 compare with 2 2 1
5 3 a b
a 5, a 5
2
b 2 3, b 3
Since a b then a 2 1 e 2 b 2 an Ellipse is along x - axis
b2 3 2
e 1 2
1
a 5 5
2
Eccentricity is
5
Foci are ae,0 ae,0 2 ,0
a 5 2
Equations of directrices are x
e 2
Example 33
Find the eccentricity, foci and equation of directrices of an ellipse
9 x 2 16 y 2 144
Solution
9 x 2 16 y 2 144
x2 y2 x2 y2
1 compare with 2 2 1
16 9 a b
a 16, a 4
2
b 2 9, b 3
Since a b then a 2 1 e 2 b 2 the Ellipse is along x - axis
b2 9 7
e 1 2
1
a 16 4
7
Eccentricity is
4
389
Example 34
Find the eccentricity, foci and equation of directrices of an ellipse
x 2 16 y 2 16
Solution
x 2 16 y 2 16
x2 y2 x2 y2
1 compare with 2 2 1
16 1 a b
a 16, a 4
2
b 2 1, b 1
Since a b then a 2 1 e 2 b 2 the Ellipse is along x - axis
b2 1 15
e 1 2
1
a 16 4
15
Eccentricity is
4
Foci are ae,0 ae,0 15,0
a 16 15
Equations of directrices are x
e 15
Example 35
Find the eccentricity, foci and equation of directrices of an ellipse
7 x 2 11y 2 77
Solution
390
7 x 2 11y 2 77
x2 y2 x2 y2
1 compare with 2 2 1
11 7 a b
a 11, a 11
2
b 2 7, b 7
Since a b then a 2 1 e 2 b 2 the Ellipse is along x - axis
b2 7 2
e 1 2 1
a 11 11
2 11
Eccentricity is
11
Foci are ae,0 ae,0 2,0
a 11
Equations of directrices are x 5.5
e 2
Example 36
Find the standard equation of Ellipse whose foci are 2 7 ,0 and e 2 7
16
.
Solution
Foci 2 7 ,0 are in the form of ae,0
ae 2 7
7
a 2 e 2 28 but e 2
16
28
a2 64
e2
a 2 64.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ..(i )
From b 2 a 2 1 e 2
b 2 641 167 36
b 2 36.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ..(ii)
x2 y2
From the general standard equation 1
a2 b2
x2 y2
The standard equation of the Ellipse is 1
64 36
391
Example 37
Find the standard equation of Ellipse whose foci are 5 ,0 and the
9
directrices are x .
5
Solution
Foci 5 ,0 are in the form ae,0
ae 5.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .....( i )
9 a
Directrices, x are in the form x
5 e
a 9
.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ......( ii)
e 5
Multiply equation (i) and (ii)
a 9
ae 5
e 5
a 2 9.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ........( iii)
Divide equation (i ) by equation (ii)
ae 5
a 9
e 5
5
e 2 .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .........( iv)
9
From b 2 a 2 1 e 2
5
b 2 91 4
9
b 4.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... (v)
2
x2 y2
From the general standard equation 1
a 2 b2
x2 y2
The standard equation of the Ellipse is 1
9 4
392
CASE II: EQUATION OF AN ELLIPSE ALONG Y-AXIS
Consider the figure below
fig 6. 21
SP
From the figure above e where e 1
MP
SP e MP, SP 2
e 2 MP
2
By distance formula
2
b
x y be e y
2 2 2
e
x 2 y 2 2aey b 2 e 2 e 2 y 2 2bey b 2
x 2 y 2 b 2e2 e2 y 2 b 2
x 2 e2 x 2 y 2 b 2 b 2e2
x 2 1 e2 y 2 1 e2 b2
Divide by 1 e b 2 2
throughout
x2 y2
1
1 e2 b2 b2
Let a 2 1 e 2 b 2 where a b
x2 y2
1
a2 b2 x2 y2
Standard equation of Ellipse along x-axis 1
a 2 b2
Properties
(i) The equation is along x-axis
(ii) b a
(iii) b 2 1 e 2 a 2
393
(iv) Foci, s0,be
b
(v) Directrices, y
e
(vi) Vertices, 0,b along major axis and a,0 along minor axis.
Example 38
x2 y2
Find the eccentricity, foci and equation of directrices of an ellipse 1
9 25
Solution
x2 y2 x2 y2
1 compare with 2 2 1
9 25 a b
a 9, a 3
2
b 2 25, b 5
Since b a then b 2 1 e 2 a 2 the Ellipse is along y - axis
a2 9 4
e 1 2
1
b 25 5
4
Eccentricity is
5
b 25
Equations of directrices are y
e 4
Example 39
x2 y2
Find the eccentricity, foci and equation of directrices of an ellipse 1
4 16
Solution
394
x2 y2 x2 y2
1 compare with 2 2 1
4 16 a b
a 4, a 2
2
b 2 16, b 4
Since b a then b 2 1 e 2 a 2 the Ellipse is along y - axis
a2 4 3
e 1 2
1
b 16 4
3
Eccentricity is
4
Foci are 0,be 0, 3
b 16 3
Equations of directrices are y
e 3
Example 40
Find the eccentricity, foci and equation of directrices of an ellipse 2 x 2 y 2 4
Solution
2x 2 y 2 4
x2 y2 x2 y2
1 compare with 2 2 1
2 4 a b
a 2, a 2
2
b 2 4, b 2
Since b a then b 2 1 e 2 a 2 the Ellipse is along y - axis
2
a 2 2
e 1 2
1
b 4 2
2
Eccentricity is
2
Foci are 0,be 0, 2
b
Equations of directrices are y 2 2
e
395
Example 41
2 2
Find the eccentricity, foci and equation of directrices of an ellipse x y 12
1 1
4 3
Solution
x2 y2
12
1 1
4 3
x2 y2 x2 y2
1 compare with 2 2 1
3 4 a b
a 3, a 3
2
b 2 4, b 2
Since b a then b 2 1 e 2 a 2 the Ellipse is along y - axis
a2 3 1
e 1 2
1
b 4 2
1
Eccentricity is
2
Foci are 0,be 0,1
b
Equations of directrices are y 4
e
Example 42
2 2
Find the eccentricity, foci and equation of directrices of an ellipse x y 4
2 3
Solution
x2 y2
4
2 3
x2 y2 x2 y2
1 compare with 2 2 1
8 12 a b
a 8, a 2 2
2
b 2 12, b 2 3
396
Example 43
Find the eccentricity, foci and equation of directrices of an ellipse y2
x2 9
4
Solution
y2
x2 9
4
x2 y2 x2 y2
1 compare with 2 2 1
9 36 a b
a 2 9, a 3
b 2 36, b 6
Since b a then b 2 1 e 2 a 2 the Ellipse is along y - axis
a2 9 3
e 1 2
1
b 36 2
3
Eccentricity is
2
Foci are 0,be 0,3 3
b
Equations of directrices are y 4 3
e
Example 44
Find the standard equation of Ellipse whose foci are 0, 6 and e2
6 .
11
Solution
Foci 0, 6 are in the form of 0,be
be 6
6
b 2 e 2 6 but e 2
11
6
b2 11
e2
b 2 11.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .(i )
From a 2 b 2 1 e 2
6
a 2 111 5
11
a 5.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ..(ii)
2
x2 y2
From the general standard equation 1
a 2 b2
x2 y2
The standard equation of the Ellipse is 1
5 11
397
Example 45
Find the standard equation of Ellipse whose foci are 0, 15 and the
directrices are y 16 .
15
Solution
Foci 0, 15 are in the form 0,be
be 15.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .....( i )
16 b
Directrices, y are in the form y
15 e
b 16
.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ......( ii)
e 15
Multiply equation (i) and (ii)
b 16
be 15
e 15
b 2 16.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ........( iii)
Divide equation (i ) by equation (ii)
be 15 15
, e2 .......... .......... .......... .......... (iv)
b
e
16
15
16
From a 2 b 2 1 e 2
15
a 2 161 1
16
a 1.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... (v)
2
x2 y2
From the general standard equation 1
a 2 b2
x2 y2
The standard equation of the Ellipse is 1
1 16
Example 46
Find the standard equation of the ellipse along y-axis and passing through the
points 3,2 and 1,6 .
Solution
398
x2 y2
1 where b a
a2 b2
b 2 x 2 a 2 y 2 a 2b 2
The ellipse pass through 3,2 and 1,6
At point 3,2 , 9b 2 4a 2 a 2 b 2 .......... .......... ........( i )
At point 1,6 , b 2 36a 2 a 2 b 2 .......... .......... .......( ii)
Subtract equations (i) and (ii)
8b 2 32a 2 0
b 2 4a 2 .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ...( iii)
Substitute equation (iii) into equation (i)
9 4a 2 4a 2 a 2 4a 2
40a 4a , 10a a 4 , a 2 a 2 10 0
2 4 2
a 0 or a 10 but a 0
2 2 2
399
SP
From the figure above e where e 1
MP
SP e MP, SP e 2 MP 2
2
By distance formula
2
a
x ae h y k
2 2
e x h
2
e
x 2 2 xae h ae h y k ex a eh
2 2 2
x 2 2hx a 2 e 2 h 2 y k e 2 x 2 2e 2 hx a 2 e 2 h 2
2
1 e x 2hx h y k 1 e a
2 2 2 2 2 2
1 e x h y k 1 e a
2 2 2 2 2
Divide by 1 e a throughout 2 2
x h 2 y k 2 1
a2 1 e a 2 2
Let b 2 1 e a 2 2
where a b
x h 2 y k 2 1
a2 b2
x h2 y k 2 1
a2 b2
Properties
(i) The equation is symmetric about y k
(ii) a b
(iii) a 2 1 e 2 b 2
(iv) Foci, s ae h, k
a
(v) Directrices, x h
e
(vi) Vertices, a h, k along major axis and h,b k along minor axis
400
Example 47
Find the eccentricity, foci and equation of directrices of an ellipse
x 32
y 22 1
144 121
Solution
x 32 y 22 1 compare with
x h 2 y k 2 1
144 121 a2 b2
a 144, a 12
2
b 2 121, b 11
h 3, k 2
The centre of an ellipse is 3,2
Since a b then a 2 1 e 2 b 2 an Ellipse is symmetric about a line y k 2
b2 121 23
e 1 2
1
a 144 12
23
Eccentricity is
12
Foci are ae h, k 23 3,2
a 144
Equations of directrices are x h 3
e 23
Example 48
Find the eccentricity, foci and equation of directrices of an ellipse
x 12 y 12 1
3 2
Solution
401
Example 49
Find the centre, eccentricity, foci and equations of directrices of an ellipse
3x 2 4 y 2 12
2 2
Solution
3x 2 4 y 2 12
2 2
b 2 3, b 3
h 2, k 2
The centre of an ellipse is 2,2
Since a b then a 2 1 e 2 b 2 an Ellipse is symmetric about a line y k 2
b2 3 1
e 1 2
1
a 4 2
1
Eccentricity is
2
a
Equations of directrices are x h 4 2,2
e
402
Example 50
Find the centre, eccentricity, foci and equation of directrices of an ellipse
4 x 2 25 y 2 24x 50 y 39 0
Solution
4 x 2 25 y 2 24x 50 y 39 0
4 x 2 24x 25 y 2 50 y 39
4 x 2 6 x 25 y 2 2 y 39 (by completing the square)
4x 3 25 y 1 100
2 2
b 2 4, b 2
h 3, k 1
The centre of an ellipse is 3,1
Since a b then a 2 1 e 2 b 2
b2 4 21
e 1 2
1
a 25 5
21
Eccentricity is
5
Foci are ae h, k 21 3,1
a 25
Equations of directrices are x h 3
e 21
403
CASE II: Translated Equation of Ellipse is an ellipse whose centre is at h, k .
Consider an ellipse whose centre is translated from standard 0,0 to h, k
along a line x h as shown below,
fig 6. 22
SP
From the figure above e where e 1
MP
SP e MP, SP e 2 MP 2
2
By distance formula
2
b
x h y be k
2 2
e y k
2
e
x h 2 y 2 2 ybe k be k 2 ye b ke2
x h 2 y 2 2bye 2ky b 2 e 2 2bek k 2 y 2 e 2 2bye 2 ye2 k b 2 2bek k 2 e 2
x h 2 y 2 2ky b 2 e 2 k 2 y 2 e 2 2 ye2 k b 2 k 2 e 2
x h 2 1 e 2 y 2 2ky k 2 1 e 2 b 2
x h 2 1 e 2 y k 2 1 e 2 b 2
Divide by 1 e 2 b 2 throughout
x h 2
y k 2 1
1 e b
2 2
b2
Let a 2 1 e 2 b 2 where a b
x h 2 y k 2
1
a2 b2
x h2 y k 2 1
The equation of translated Ellipse is
a2 b2
404
Properties
(i) The equation is symmetric about x h
(ii) b a
(iii) b 2 1 e 2 a 2
(iv) Foci, sh,be k
b
(v) Directrices, y k
e
(vi) Vertices, h,b k along major axis and a h, k along minor axis.
Example 51
Find the centre, eccentricity, foci and equation of directrices of an ellipse
x 12 y 22 1
36 64
Solution
x 12 y 22 1 compare with
x h y k
2
2
1
36 64 a2 b2
a 36,
2
a6
b 2 64, b 8
h 1, k 2
The centre of an Ellipse is 1,2
Since b a then b 2 1 e 2 a 2
a2 36 7
e 1 2
1
b 64 4
7
Eccentricity is
4
Foci are h,be k 1, 3 2
b 32 7
Equations of directrices are y k 2
e 7
405
Example 52
Find the centre, eccentricity, foci and equation of directrices of an ellipse
9x 2 4 y 3 36
2 2
Solution
9x 2 4 y 3 36
2 2
Foci are h,be k 2, 5 3
b 9 5
Equations of directrices are y k 3
e 5
Example 53
Find the centre, eccentricity, foci and equation of directrices of an ellipse
49x 2 36 y 2 392x 980 0
Solution
406
49x 2 36 y 2 392x 980 0
49x 2 392x 36 y 2 980
49 x 2 8 x 36 y 2 980
By completing the square
49 x 4 36 y 2 1764
2
b 2 49, b 7
h 4, k 0
The centre of an Ellipse is 4,0
Since b a then b 2 1 e 2 a 2
a2 36 13
e 1 2
1
b 49 7
13
Eccentricity is
7
Foci are h,be k 4, 3 2
b
Equations of directrices are y k 13
e
fig 6. 23
407
SP
From, e, SP e MP
MP
x p 2 y q e ax 2by 2c
a b
Square both sides
x p y q e ax2 by 2 c
2 2
2
a b
2 2
2
a b x p y q e 2 ax by c
2
fig 6. 24
408
CONDITION FOR TANGENCY TO AN ELLIPSE
x2 y2
Consider a line y mx c is a tangent to an Ellipse 2 2 1 the condition is
a b
obtained by substituting the line into an Ellipse and keep the discriminant equal
to zero.
x2 y2
Take a line y mx c substitute into 2 2 1
a b
x 2
mx c 1
2
2
a b2
b 2 x 2 a 2 mx c a 2 b 2
2
a m
2 2
b 2 x 2 2a 2 mc x a 2 c 2 a 2 b 2 0
x
2a 2 mc 2a mc 4a m b a c
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
a 2b 2
2a m b 2 2 2
Discriminant 0
2a mc
2 2
4 a 2 m 2 b 2 a 2 c 2 a 2b 2 0
4a 4 m 2 c 2 4a 2 a 2 m 2 b 2 c 2 b 2
a 2m 2c 2 a 2m 2 b 2 c 2 b 2
b 2 c 2 a 2b 2 m 2 b 4 0
c2 a 2m2 b2
c 2 a 2m2 b2
Condition for tangency to an Ellipse is
fig 6. 25
409
x2 y2
Consider a tangent and normal to an Ellipse 1 at given point P x1 , y1
a2 b2
The slope of tangent is the same as the slope of Ellipse at point of contact
2 x 2 y dy
0
a 2 b 2 dx
b2 x
2 The general slope of an Ellipse
dy
dx a y
b 2 x1
At point Px1 , y1 , 2 slope of tangent slope of Ellipse
dy
dx a y1
b 2 x1
Slope of tangent m
a 2 y1
b 2 x1
Eqution of tangent w ith slope m , x1 , y1
a 2 y1
b 2 x1 y y1
2
a y1 x x1
b 2 x1 x x1 a 2 y1 y y1
b 2 x1 x b 2 x1 a 2 y1 y a 2 y1
2 2
a 2 y1 y b 2 x1 x a 2 y1 b 2 x1
2 2
Divide by a 2 b 2 throughout
2 2 2 2
x1 x y1 y x1 y x y
2
2 2 12 but 12 12 1
a b a b a b
xx yy
12 12 1
a b
x1 x y1 y
The equation of tangent in Cartesian form is 1
a2 b2
Example 54
x2 y2
Find the equation of the tangent to the Ellipse 1 at point 2,3 .
6 27
Solution
410
x2 y2 2 x 2 y dy dy 9x
Consider 1, 0,
6 27 6 27 dx dx 2y
At point 2,3,
dy
m 3
dx
Equation of tangent having m 3, and passing through 2,3
From, y mx x0 y0
y 3x 2 3
The equation of tangent is 3x y 9 0
Alternative
x2 y2
Given that , 1 , a 2 6, b 2 27 and x1 , y1 2,3
6 27
xx yy
From general tangent equation, 12 12 1
a b
2x 3y
1
6 27
x y
1, 3 x y 9
3 9
The equation of tangent is 3x y 9 0
Example 55
x2 y2
Find the equation of the tangent to the Ellipse 1 at point 2,1 .
8 2
Solution
x2 y2 2 x 2 y dy dy x
Consider 1, 0,
8 2 8 2 dx dx 4y
At point 2,1,
dy 1
m
dx 2
Equation of tangent having m , and passing through 2,1
1
2
From, y m x x0 y0
y x 2 1
1
2
The equation of tangent is x 2 y 3 0
411
Example 56
Show that the condition for the line ax by c 0 to be a tangent to the Ellipse
x2 y2
1 is c2 a4 b4
a2 b2
Solution
At tangenc y point the line and the Ellipse share the same coordinates
ax c
ax by c 0, y .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......( i )
b
x2 y2
2
2 1, b 2 x 2 a 2 y 2 a 2 b 2 .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ........( ii)
a b
Substitute equation (i) into equation (ii)
ax c
2
b x a
2 2 2
a b
2 2
b
b 4 x 2 a 2 ax c a 2 b 4
2
b 4 x 2 a 4 x 2 2a 3 cx a 2 c 2 a 2 b 4
a 4
b 4 x 2 2a 3cx a 2 c 2 b 4 0
2a 3 c 4a c 4a b a c
6 2 4 4 2 2
b4
x
2a b 4 4
a c a b c b
4 2 4 4 2 4
a 4 c 2 a 4 c 2 a 4b 4 b 4 c 2 b8
0 a 4b 4 b 4 c 2 b 8
b 4 c 2 a 4b 4 b8
c2 a4 b4
The condition is c 2 a 4 b 4
412
(b) Parametric Equation of a Tangent
Consider the figure below which show tangent line of an Ellipse
fig 6. 26
dx
x a cos , a sin .......... .......... .......... ........( i )
d
dy
y b sin , b cos .......... .......... .......... .......... (ii)
d
Combine equation (i) and equation (ii) by chain rule
dy dy d
dx d dx
dy b cos b
cot .......... .......... .......... ...(iii)
dx a sin a
b
Slope of tangent cot
a
Equation of tangent in parametric form
b cos y b sin
a sin x a cos
b cos x a cos a sin y b sin
bx cos ab cos2 ay sin ab sin 2
ab cos2 sin 2 ay sin bx cos
ay sin bx cos ab divide by ab throughout
x y
cos sin 1
a b
x y
The equation of tangent in parametric form is given by cos sin 1
a b
413
EQUATION OF NORMAL TO AN ELLIPSE
fig 6. 27
Example 57
x2 y2
Find the equation of the normal to the Ellipse 1 at point 2,1 .
8 2
Solution
414
x2 y2 2 x 2 y dy dy x
Consider 1, 0,
8 2 8 2 dx dx 4y
At point 2,1,
dy 1
m1
dx 2
Normal line is perpendicular to the tangent line, i.e. m1m2 1
1
m2 2
m1
Equation of normal having m 2, and passing through 2,1
From, y mx x0 y0
y 2x 2 1
The equation of tangent is 2 x y 5 0
fig 6. 28
415
6.2.3 CIRCLES OF AN ELLIPSE
There are two circles generated to an Ellipse which are
(a) Director circle
Director circle is a circle formed after joining points of intersections of
perpendicular tangents.
x2 y2
Consider the tangent y mx c to Ellipse 1
a2 b2
Condition for tangency is given by c 2 a 2 m 2 b 2 , c a 2 m 2 b 2
Substitute c a 2 m 2 b 2 into y mx c then formulate an equation in term of ' m'
y mx a 2 m 2 b 2
y mx a 2 m 2 b 2 (square both sides)
y mx 2 a 2 m 2 b 2
x
a 2 m 2 2 xym y 2 b 2 0.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ..(i )
2
416
(b) Auxiliary circle
Auxiliary circle is the circle whose radius is equal to semi-major axis, i.e. r a
fig 6. 29
fig 6. 30
fig 6. 31
x2 y2 x2 y2
The equations of above Ellipse are 1 and 1
a2 b2 A2 B 2
From the figure above A a B b
417
6.3 HYPERBOLA
Hyperbola is the conic section whose eccentricity is greater than one, e 1.
Equations of Hyperbola
(a) Standard equation of Hyperbola
(b) Translated equation of Hyperbola
(c) General equation of Hyperbola
(a) Standard equation of Hyperbola
CASE I: EQUATION OF HYPERBOLA ALONG X-AXIS
Consider a standard hyperbola below along x-axis
fig 6. 32
SP
From the figure above e where e 1
MP
SP e MP, SP e 2 MP 2
2
By distance formula
2
x ae2 y 2 e 2 x a
e
x 2aex a e y e 2 x 2 2aex a 2
2 2 2 2
x 2 a 2e2 y 2 e2 x 2 a 2
a 2e 2 a 2 y 2 e2 x 2 x 2
e 2
1 a 2 y 2 e2 1 x 2
e 2
1x
y e2 2 2
1a 2
Divide by e 1a 2 2
throughout
2 2
x y
2 1
a2 e 1 a 2
Let b e 1 a 2
2
2
2 2
x y
2 1
a 2
b x2 y2
Standard equation of Hyperbola along x-axis 1
a2 b2
418
Properties
(i) The equation is symmetric about x-axis
(ii) a 2 e 2 1 b 2
(iii)Foci, s ae,0
a
(iv) Directrices, x
e
Example 58
Find the eccentricity, foci and equation of directrices of the hyperbola
x2 y2
1
9 4
Solution
x2 y2 x2 y2
1 compare with 2 2 1
9 4 a b
a 9, a 3
2
b 2 4, b 2
From a 2 e 2 1 b 2 the hyperbola is along x - axis
b2 4 13
e 1 2
1
a 9 3
13
Eccentricity is
3
Foci are ae,0 ae,0 13,0
a 9 13
Equations of directrices are x
e 13
Example 59
Find the eccentricity, foci and equation of directrices of the hyperbola
x2 y2
1
5 3
Solution
419
x2 y2 x2 y2
1 compare with 2 2 1
5 3 a b
a 5, a 5
2
b 2 3, b 3
From, a 2 e 2 1 b 2 the hyperbola is along x - axis
2
b 3 8
e 1 1
a2 5 5
2 2
Eccentricity is
5
Foci are ae,0 ae,0 2 2 ,0
a 5 2
Equations of directrices are x
e 4
Example 60
Find the eccentricity, foci and equation of directrices of the hyperbola
9 x 2 16 y 2 144
Solution
9 x 2 16 y 2 144
x2 y2 x2 y2
1 compare with 2 2 1
16 9 a b
a 16, a 4
2
b 2 9, b 3
From a 2 e 2 1 b 2 the hyperbola is along x - axis
2
b 9 5
e 1 1
a2 16 4
5
Eccentricity is
4
a 16
Equations of directrices are x
e 5
420
Example 61
Find the eccentricity, foci and equation of directrices of the hyperbola
x 2 16 y 2 16
Solution
x 2 16 y 2 16
x2 y2 x2 y2
1 compare with 2 2 1
16 1 a b
a 16, a 4
2
b 2 1, b 1
From a 2 e 2 1 b 2 the hyperbola is along x - axis
b2 1 17
e 1 2
1
a 16 4
17
Eccentricity is
4
Foci are ae,0 ae,0 17 ,0
a 16 17
Equations of directrices are x
e 17
Example 62
Find the eccentricity, foci and equation of directrices of the hyperbola
7 x 2 11y 2 77
Solution
421
7 x 2 11y 2 77
x2 y2 x2 y2
1 compare with 2 2 1
11 7 a b
a 11, a 11
2
b 2 7, b 7
From a 2 e 2 1 b 2 the hyperbola is along x - axis
b2 7 18 3 2
e 1 2
1
a 11 11 11
3 22
Eccentricity is
11
Foci are ae,0 ae,0 3 2 ,0
a 11 2
Equations of directrices are x
e 6
Example 63
Find the eccentricity, foci and equation of directrices of the hyperbola
x2 y2
1
9 25
Solution
x2 y2 x2 y2
1 compare with 2 2 1
9 25 a b
a 9, a 3
2
b 2 25, b 5
From a 2 e 2 1 b 2
b2 25 34
e 1 2
1
a 9 3
34
Eccentricity is
3
Foci are ae,0 34 ,0
a 9
Equations of directrices are x
e 34
422
Example 64
Find the eccentricity, foci and equation of directrices of the hyperbola
x2 y2
1
4 16
Solution
x2 y2 x2 y2
1 compare with 2 2 1
4 16 a b
a 4, a 2
2
b 2 16, b 4
From a 2 e 2 1 b 2
b2 16
e 1 2
1 5
a 4
Eccentricity is 5
Foci are ae,0 2 5 ,0
a 2 5
Equations of directrices are x
e 5
Example 65
Find the eccentricity, foci and equation of directrices of an ellipse 2 x 2 y 2 4
Solution
423
Example 66
Find the eccentricity, foci and equation of directrices of the hyperbola
x2 y2
12
1 1
4 3
Solution
x2 y2
12
1 1
4 3
2
x y2 x2 y2
1 compare with 2 2 1
3 4 a b
a 3, a 3
2
b 2 4, b 2
From a 2 e 2 1 b 2
b2 4 7
e 1 2
1
a 3 3
7
Eccentricity is
3
Foci are ae,0 7 ,0
a 3 7
Equations of directrices are x
e 7
Example 67
Find the eccentricity, foci and equation of directrices of the hyperbola
x2 y2
4
2 3
Solution
424
x2 y2
4
2 3
x2 y2 x2 y2
1 compare with 2 2 1
8 12 a b
a 8, a 2 2
2
b 2 12, b 2 3
From a 2 e 2 1 b 2
b2 12 5
e 1 2 1
a 8 2
5
Eccentricity is
2
Foci are ae,0 2 5 ,0
a 4 5
Equations of directrices are x
e 5
Example 68
Find the eccentricity, foci and equation of directrices of the hyperbola
y2
x 4.
2
4
Solution
425
Example 69
Find the eccentricity, foci and equation of directrices of the hyperbola
x 2 y 2 16
Solution
x 2 y 2 16
x2 y2 x2 y2
1 compare with 2 2 1
16 16 a b
a 16, a 4
2
b 2 16, b4
From a 2 e 2 1 b 2
b2 16
e 1 2 1 2
a 16
Eccentricity is 2
Foci are ae,0 4 2 ,0
a
Equations of directrices are x 2 2
e
426
CASE II: EQUATION OF HYPERBOLA ALONG Y-AXIS
fig 6. 33
SP
From the figure above e where e 1
MP
SP e MP, SP e 2 MP 2
2
By distance formula
2
b
x y be e y
2 2 2
e
x y 2aey b e e 2 y 2 2bey b 2
2 2 2 2
x 2 y 2 b 2e 2 e 2 y 2 b 2
x 2 b 2e 2 b 2 e 2 y 2 y 2
x 2 e2 1 b2 e2 1 y 2
e 1y x e 1b
2 2 2 2 2
y2 x2
1
b2 e2 1 b2
Let a 2 e 2 1 b 2
y2 x2
1
b2 a2 y2 x2
1
Standard equation of Hyperbola along y-axis b2 a2
427
Properties
(i) The equation is along x-axis
(ii) b 2 e 2 1 a 2
(iii)Foci, s0,be
b
(iv) Directrices, y
e
Example 70
Find the eccentricity, foci and equation of directrices of the hyperbola
y2 x2
1
49 9
Solution
y2 x2 y2 x2
1 compare with 2 2 1
49 9 b a
a 9, a 3
2
b 2 49, b 7
From b 2 e 2 1 a 2
a2 9 58
e 1 2 1
b 49 7
58
Eccentricity is
7
Foci are 0,be 0, 58
b 49
Equations of directrices are y
e 58
Example 71
Find the eccentricity, foci and equation of directrices of the hyperbola
y2 x2
1
169 196
Solution
428
y2 x2 y2 x2
1 compare with 2 2 1
169 196 b a
a 196, a 14
2
b 2 169, b 13
From b e 1 a 2
2 2
a2 196 365
e 1 2
1
b 169 13
365
Eccentricity is
13
Example 72
Find the eccentricity, foci and equation of directrices of the hyperbola
y 2 2 x 2 30
Solution
y 2 2 x 2 30
y 2 2 x 2 30
y2 x2 y2 x2
1 compare with 2 2 1
30 15 b a
a 15, a 15
2
b 2 30, b 30
From b 2 e 2 1 a 2
a2 15 3
e 1 2
1
b 30 2
3
Eccentricity is
2
Foci are 0,be 0,3 5
b
Equations of directrices are y 2 5
e
429
Example 73
Find the eccentricity, foci and equation of directrices of the hyperbola
y2 x2 1
Solution
y2 x2 1
y2 x2 y2 x2
1 compare with 2 2 1
1 1 b a
a 1, a 1
2
b 2 1, b 1
From b 2 e 2 1 a 2
a2 1
e 1 2
1 2
b 1
Eccentricity is 2
Example 74
Find the centre and vertices of the hyperbola
11x 2 25 y 2 22x 250 y 889 0 .
Solution
Consider 11x 2 25 y 2 22x 250 y 889 0
11x 2 22x 25 y 2 250 y 889
11 x 2 2 x 25 y 2 10 y 889
By completing the square
11 x 1 25 y 5 275
2 2
Vertices a h, k 5 1,5
430
Example 75
Find the standard form of the equation of the hyperbola whose vertices 0,6
and foci 0,7 .
Solution
Given that vertices 0,b 0,6 and foci 0,be 0,7
From the data above b 6 and be 7.......... .......... .......... ...(i )
7 7
e .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ...( ii)
b 6
a b 2 e 2 1 6 2 76 1 13.......... .......... .......... .......... .(iii)
2 2
y2 x2 y2 x2
1 therefore 1
b2 a2 36 13
y2 x2
The equation of the hyperbola is 1
36 13
fig 6. 34
431
SP
From the figure above e where e 1
MP
SP e MP, SP e 2 MP 2
2
By distance formula
2
a
x ae h y k 2 2
e x h
2
e
x 2 2 xae h ae h y k ex a eh
2 2 2
x 2 2hx a 2 e 2 h 2 y k e 2 x 2 2e 2 hx a 2 e 2 h 2
2
e 2
1a 2 y k e 2 1x 2 2hxe 2 1 e 2 1h 2
2
e 2
1a 2 y k e 2 1x 2 2hx h 2
2
e 2
1a 2 y k e 2 1 x h
2 2
e 2
1a 2 e 2 1 x h y k
2 2
x h 2 y k 2
1
a2 b2 x h2 y k 2
Translated equation of Hyperbola 1
a2 b2
Properties
(i) The equation is symmetric about y k
(ii) a e 1 b
2
2
2
(iii)Foci, s ae h, k
a
(iv) Directrices, x h
e
(v) Vertices, a h, k along major axis and h,b k along minor axis.
432
Example 76
Find the centre, eccentricity, foci and equation of directrices of the hyperbola
x 32 y 22 1
144 121
Solution
x 32 y 22 1 compare with
x h 2 y k 2 1
144 121 a2 b2
a 144, a 12
2
b 2 121, b 11
h 3, k 2
The centre of hyperbola is 3,2
Since a b then a 2 e 2 1 b 2
b2 121 265
e 1 2
1
a 144 12
265
Eccentricity is
12
Foci are ae h, k 265 3,2
a 144
Equations of directrices are x h 3
e 265
Example 77
Find the centre, eccentricity, foci and equation of directrices of the hyperbola
x 12 y 12 1
3 2
Solution
x 12 y 12 1 compare with
x h 2 y k 2 1
3 2 a2 b2
a 3, a 3
2
b 2 2, b 2
h 1, k 1
The centre of the hyperbola is 1,1
433
Since a b then a 2 e 2 1 b 2
b2 2 5
e 1 1
a2 3 3
5
Eccentricity is
3
Foci are ae h, k
15
1,1
3
a 3 15
Equations of directrices are x h 1
e 5
Example 78
Find the centre, eccentricity, foci and equations of directrices of the hyperbola
3x 2 4 y 2 12
2 2
Solution
3 x 2 4 y 2 12
2 2
b 2 3, b 3
h 2, k 2
The centre of the hyperbola 2,2
Since a b then a 2 e 2 1 b 2
b2 3 7
e 1 2
1
a 4 2
7
Eccentricity is
2
Foci are ae h, k 7 2,2
a 4
Equations of directrices are x h 2,2
e 7
434
Example 79
Find the centre, eccentricity, foci and equation of directrices of the hyperbola
4 x 2 25 y 2 24x 50 y 39 0
Solution
4 x 2 25 y 2 24x 50 y 39 0
4 x 2 24x 25 y 2 50 y 39
4 x 2 6 x 25 y 2 2 y 39 (by completing the square)
4 x 3 25 y 1 100
2 2
b 2 4, b 2
h 3, k 1
The centre of an ellipse is 3,1
Since a b then a 2 1 e 2 b 2
b2 4 21
e 1 2
1
a 25 5
21
Eccentricity is
5
Foci are ae h, k 21 3,1
a 25
Equations of directrices are x h 3
e 21
435
fig 6. 35
SP
From the figure above e where e 1
MP
SP e MP, SP e 2 MP 2
2
By distance formula
2
436
Properties
(i) The equation is symmetric about x h
(ii) b 2 e 2 1 a 2
(iii)Foci, sh,be k
b
(iv) Directrices, y k
e
Example 80
Find the centre, eccentricity, foci and equation of directrices of the hyperbola
y 22 x 12 1
64 36
Solution
y 22 x 12 1 compare with
y k 2 x h 2 1
64 36 b2 a2
a 36,
2
a6
b 2 64, b 8
h 1, k 2
The centre of the hyperbol is 1,2
Since b a then b 2 e 2 1 a 2
2
a 36 5
e 1 2
1
b 64 4
5
Eccentricity is
4
Foci are h,be k 1,10 2
b 32
Equations of directrices are y k 2
e 5
Example 81
Find the centre, eccentricity, foci and equation of directrices of the hyperbola
4 y 3 9x 2 36
2 2
Solution
4 y 3 9x 2 36
2 2
437
Since b a then b 2 e 2 1 a 2
a2 4 13
e 1 2
1
b 9 9
13
Eccentricity is
9
Foci are h,be k 2,
13
3
3
b 27 13
Equations of directrices are y k 3
e 13
SP
From, e, SP e MP
MP
x p 2 y q e ax 2by 2c
a b
Square both sides
x p y q e ax2 by 2 c
2 2
2
a b
2 2
2
a b x p y q e 2 ax by c
2
438
PARAMETRIC EQUATIONS OF THE HYPERBOLA
The parametric equations of the hyperbola are given as
x a sec and y b tan or x a cosh and y b sinh where is a parameter
2
a b2
b 2 x 2 a 2 mx c a 2 b 2
2
b 2
a 2 m 2 x 2 2a 2 mc x a 2 b 2 a 2 c 2 0
2a 2 mc 4a m c 4b a m a b
4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
a 2c 2
x
2b a m 2 2 2
439
EQUATIONS OF TANGENT AND NORMAL OF THE HYPERBOLA
(a) Cartesian Equation of a Tangent
Consider the figure below which show tangent line of the Hyperbola
fig 6. 36
x2 y2
Consider a tangent and normal to the Hyperbola 1 at given point P x1 , y1
a2 b2
The slope of tangent is the same as the slope of Hyperbola at point of contact
2 x 2 y dy
0
a 2 b 2 dx
dy b 2 x
The general slope of Hyperbola
dx a 2 y
dy b 2 x1
At point Px1 , y1 , slope of tangent slope of Hyperbola
dx a 2 y1
b 2 x1
Slope of tangent m 2
a y1
b 2 x1
Eqution of tangent w ith slope m , x1 , y1
a 2 y1
b 2 x1 y y1
a 2 y1 x x1
b 2 x1 x x1 a 2 y1 y y1
b 2 x1 x b 2 x1 a 2 y1 y a 2 y1
2 2
a 2 y1 y b 2 x1 x b 2 x1 a 2 y1
2 2
Divide by a 2 b 2 throughout
2 2 2 2
x1 x y1 y x1 y x y
2
2 2 12 but 12 12 1
a b a b a b
xx yy
12 12 1
a b
x1 x y1 y
The equation of tangent to the Hyperbola in Cartesian form is 1
Example 82 a2 b2
440
Show that the condition for the line ax by c 0 to be a tangent to the
x2 y2
hyperbola 2 2 1 is c2 a4 b4 .
a b
Solution
At tangenc y point the line and the Ellipse share the same coordinates
ax c
ax by c 0, y .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......( i )
b
x2 y2
2
2 1, b 2 x 2 a 2 y 2 a 2 b 2 .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ........( ii)
a b
Substitute equation (i) into equation (ii)
ax c
2
b x a
2 2 2
a b
2 2
b
b 4 x 2 a 2 ax c a 2 b 4
2
b 4 x 2 a 4 x 2 2a 3cx a 2 c 2 a 2 b 4
b 4
a 4 x 2 2a 3 cx a 2 c 2 b 4 0
2a 3 c 4a 6 c 2 4b 4 a 4 a 2 c 2 b 4
x
2a 4 b 4
If a line is a tangent t o the curve the discriminant 0
4a 6 c 2 4b 4 a 4 a 2 c 2 b 4 0
4a 6 c 2 4a 2 a 4 b 4 c 2 b 4 0
4a 6 c 2 4a 2 a 4 b 4 c 2 b 4
a 4 c 2 a 4 b 4 c 2 b 4
a 4 c 2 a 4 c 2 a 4b 4 b 4 c 2 b8
0 a 4b 4 b 4 c 2 b8
b 4 c 2 a 4b 4 b8
c2 a4 b4
The condition is c 2 a 4 b 4
441
(b) Parametric Equation of a Tangent
Consider the figure below which show tangent line of the Hyperbola
fig 6. 37
dx
x a sec , a sec tan .......... .......... .......... .......... ..(i )
d
dy
y b tan , b sec2 .......... .......... .......... .......... ........( ii)
d
Combine equation (i) and equation (ii) by chain rule
dy dy d
dx d dx
dy b sec2 b sec b
.......... .......... .......... .......( iii)
dx a sec tan a tan a sin
b
Slope of tangent
a sin
Equation of tangent in parametric form
b y b tan
a sin x a sec
b x a sec a sin y b tan
bx ab sec ay sin ab sin tan
bx cos ab ay sin cos ab sin 2
bx cos ay sin cos ab ab sin 2
bx cos ay sin cos ab 1 sin 2
bx cos ay sin cos ab cos2
bx ay sin ab cos
bx ay sin ab cos 0
The equation of tangent to the hyperbola in parametric form is
bx ay sin ab cos 0
442
6.3.2 EQUATION OF NORMAL TO THE HYPERBOLA
(c) Cartesian equation of normal
Consider a normal to the Hyperbola at point Px1 , y1
fig 6. 38
fig 6. 39
443
Normal line is perpendicular to a tangent line, by using m1m2 1
b
Slope of tangent
a sin
b a sin
m2 1, m2 slope of normal
a sin b
Equation of Normal in parametric form
a sin y b tan
b x a sec
a sin x a sec b y b tan
ax sin a 2 sin sec by b 2 tan
a 2
b 2 tan ax sin by
ax sin by a 2 b 2 tan
Equation of normal in parametric form is
ax sin by a 2 b 2 tan
fig 6. 40
VV a (a)2 2a 2
Length of transverse axis along x axis is 2a
444
Consider the Hyperbola below along y-axis
fig 6. 41
VV b (b)2 2b2
Length of transverse axis along y axis is 2b
fig 6. 42
445
Length of the Latus Rectum to the Hyperbola
We need to find the length of the Latus rectum from P to P
x2 y2
1 but x ae at point P and P
a2 b2
ae2 y 2 1
a2 b2
b 2 ae a 2 y 2 a 2 b 2
2
a 2b 2 e 2 a 2 y 2 a 2b 2
b 2e2 y 2 b 2
y 2 b 2 e 2 1 but b 2 a 2 e 2 1
y a e 1e 1
2 2 2 2
y a e 1
2 2 2 2
y a e 1
2 2 2
y a e 1
2
fig 6. 43
446
EQUATIONS OF ASYMPTOTES TO THE HYPERBOLA
x2 y2
Consider a line y mx c as a tangent t o the hyperbola 1
a2 b2
x 2 mx c
2
1
a2 b2
b 2 x 2 a 2 mx c a 2b 2
2
b 2 x 2 a 2 m 2 x 2 2mcx c 2 a 2b 2
b 2 x 2 a 2 m 2 x 2 2a 2 mcx a 2 c 2 a 2b 2
b 2
a 2 m 2 x 2 2a 2 mcx a 2 c 2 a 2b 2 0
x
2a 2 mc 2a mc 4b a m a c
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
a 2b 2
2b a m
2 2 2
Discriminant 0
a 2 mc
x
b2 a 2m2
For the line to be asymptote the denominator should be equal to zero
b2 a 2m2 0
b2
m2
a2
m The slopes of asymptotes.......... .......... .......... .......... (i )
b
a
From condition for tangency c 2 a 2 m 2 b 2
c2 a2m2 b2
b2
c 2 a 2 2 b 2
a
c2 b2 b2
c 0.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......( ii)
Substitute equations (i) and (ii) into y mx c
y x Equations of Asymptotes
b
a
b
The equations of asymptotes are y x
a
447
Example 83
2 2
Find the asymptotes of the hyperbola x y 1 .
25 16
Solution
x2 y2 x2 y2
1 compare with 2 2 1
25 16 a b
a 25, a 5
2
b 2 16, b 4
b
Asymptotes, y x
a
4
Asymptotes are y x
5
Example 84
Find the vertices and asymptotes of the hyperbola 9 y 2 16 x 2 144 .
Solution
9 y 2 16x 2 144
y2 x2 y2 x2
1 compare with 2 2 1
16 9 b a
a 9, a 3
2
b 2 16, b 4
b
Asymptotes, y x
a
4
Asymptotes are y x
3
448
Example 85
Find the asymptotes of the hyperbola 3 x 2 4 y 2 12 0 .
Solution
3x 2 4 y 2 12 0
3x 2 4 y 2 12
x2 y2
1
4 3
a 2 4, a 2
b 2 3, b 3
b 3
y x, y x
a 2
3
The equations of asymptotes y x
2
fig 6. 44
449
EQUATIONS OF ASYMPTOTES OF THE RECTANGULAR HYPERBOLA
b
From the general equations of asymptotes y x.......... .......... ...( i )
a
b b
i.e. y x, m1 .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ..(ii)
a a
b b
y x, m2 .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .........( iii)
a a
The Asymptotes for Rectangular Hyperbola are perpendicular
m1m2 1
b b
1
a a
b2 a2
a b.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......( iv)
Substitute equation (iv) into equation (i)
a
y x
a
y x or y x 0 and y x 0
The equations of asymptotes of rectangular hyperbola are y x
Example 86
Prove that the straight line lx my n touches rectangular hyperbola xy c 2 if
n 2 4mlc 2 .
Solution
450
Substitute a line lx my n into hyperbola xy c 2
n lx
x c
2
m
nx lx 2 mc 2
lx 2 nx mc 2 0
Check if it satisfy perfect square i.e. condition for tangency, b 2 4ac
b n
2 2
4ac 4mlc 2
But n 2 4mlc 2
The given line is a tangent t o the rectangular hyperbola
fig 6. 45
451
x y
From the figure above cos and sin
r r
x r cos .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ...(i )
y r sin .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ...(ii)
Divide equation (ii) by equation (i)
y
tan
x
y
tan 1 .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ......( iii)
x
Squre equations (i) and (ii) then add
x 2 y 2 r 2 cos2 sin 2
x2 y2 r 2
r x 2 y 2 .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......( iv)
Example 87
Change the Cartesian equation 4 x 2 9 y 2 36 into polar form.
Solution
Consider 4 x 2 9 y 2 36.......... .......... .......... .......... ..(i )
x r cos and y r sin .......... .......... .......... .......... .(ii)
Substitute equation (ii) into equation (i)
4r cos 9r cos 36
2 2
4r 2 cos2 9r 2 sin 2 36
Example 88
Change the Cartesian equation x 2 2 xy y 2 4 into polar form.
Solution
Consider x 2 2 xy y 2 4.......... .......... .......... .......... ..(i )
x r cos and y r sin .......... .......... .......... .......... .....( ii)
Substitute equation (ii) into equation (i)
r cos 2 2r 2 cos sin r cos 2 4
r 2 cos2 2r 2 cos sin r 2 sin 2 4
r 2 cos2 2 cos sin sin 2 4
r 2 cos sin 4
2
r cos sin 2
452
Example 89
Change the polar equation r 3 2 cos Cartesian form.
Solution
Consider r 3 2 cos .......... .......... .......... .......... ..(i )
x
cos .......... .......... ............ .......... .......... .......... .(ii)
r
Substitute equation (ii) into equation (i)
x
r 3 2
r
r 3r 2 x but r 2 x 2 y 2
2
x2 y 2 3 x2 y 2 2x
x2 2x y 2 3 x2 y 2
Example 90
4
Change the polar equation r Cartesian form.
1 2 sin
Solution
4
Consider r .......... .......... .......... .......... ..(i )
1 2 sin
sin ry .......... .......... ............ .......... .......... .......... .(ii)
Substitute equation (ii) into equation (i)
4
r
1 2 ry
4r
r , r 2 y 4 but r x 2 y 2
r 2y
x2 y2 2 y 4
x 2 3 y 2 16 y 16 0
453
variable and r as the dependent variable. We select several values of ,
calculate the corresponding value of r , then plot the points r , . Through
these points we draw a smooth curve.
454
(d) General curves of r a cosn and r a sinn where n is even and 2n
petals.
petals.
Recall: A negative "r" means we need to be on the opposite side of the origin.
455
Example 91
0 2 5 7 4 3 5 11 2
6 3 2 3 6 6 3 2 3 6
Example 92
Sketch the curve of r 2 2 sin
Solution
Table of values r 2 2 sin
0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300 330 360
0 2 5 7 4 3 5 11 2
6 3 2 3 6 6 3 2 3 6
456
Example 93
Sketch the curve of r 3cos2
Solution
Table of values r 3cos2
0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300 330 360
0 2 5 7 4 3 5 11 2
6 3 2 3 6 6 3 2 3 6
3 1.5 1.5 3 1.5 1.5 3 1.5 1.5 3 1.5 1.5 3
457
Example 94
Sketch the curve of r sin 1
Solution
Table of values r sin 1
Example 95
Sketch the curve of r 2.5
Solution
This means that radius is constant, no matter what value of angle takes.
458
Example 96
Sketch the curve of r 1 cos
Solution
Example 97
Sketch the curve of r 1 cos
Solution
Example 98
Sketch the curve of r 1 sin
Solution
459
Example 99
Sketch the curve of r 1 sin
Solution
Example 100
Sketch the curve of r 2 4 cos
Solution
Example 101
Sketch the curve of r 2 4 cos
Solution
460
Example 102
Sketch the curve of r 2 4sin
Solution
Example103
Sketch the curve of r 2 4 sin
Solution
Example 104
Sketch the curve of r cos2
Solution
461
Example 105
Sketch the curve of r cos3
Solution
Example 106
Sketch the curve of r cos4
Solution
Example 107
Sketch the curve of r cos5
462
Solution
Example 108
Sketch the curve of r sin 2
Solution
Example 109
Sketch the curve of r sin 3
Solution
Example 110
Sketch the curve of r sin 4
463
Solution
Example 111
Sketch the curve of r sin 5
Solution
Example 112
Sketch the curve of r sin 6
Solution
Example 113
Sketch the curve of r sin 7
Solution
464
Example 114
Sketch the curve of r sin 8
Solution
Parabolas are really common in our daily lives. Parabolas can be found in most
things we encounter everyday. Parabolas are formed when a football is kicked,
a baseball is hit, a basketball hoop is made, dolphins jump and much more. A
parabola forms when a comet shoots across the sky. Parabolas have helped
465
mankind in many ways. One example, is astronomy. Sometimes, parabolas are
used to determine the distance of the rocket ship traveling up in the sky. The
Eiffel Tower is known worldwide to be in the form of a parabola. Thousands of
people see the Eiffel Tower everyday, yet they don't notice the significance of
how the tower is formed. They do not realize that the parabola is actually really
important in the structure of the tower. The middle of The tower can be seen as
the "Axis of Symmetry" because that is where the middle of the tower is. The
bottom part of the Eiffel Tower seems as if it is showing a "negative parabola".
The Eiffel Tower was built and designed this way so it could support the wind
and so it would be more stable. Another significant item that helps us everyday
is Automobile Headlights. Without them, there would be tons of accidents daily
and we wouldn't be able to commute safely. When the headlights are turned on,
the light takes shape in a parabolic manner and it shines in front of the car while
moving. The headlights are in the form of a parabola and they also have a
vertex (the starting point) and the focus (the point of the light that leads the
rest). Parabolas are found everywhere and the shape has truly helped mankind.
Eyes
The part of the eye that can be compared to a circle, is the iris because the iris is
the overall part and the pupil is the center.
Roller Coasters
"The parabola is the form taken by the path of any object thrown in the air, and
is the mathematical curve used by engineers in designing some suspension
bridges. The properties of the parabola make it the ideal shape for the reflector
of an automobile headlight."
Have you ever wondered why the best roller coasters are parabolic? When on a
roller coaster, it feels like you're defeating or going against the force of gravity.
When a coaster falls from the peak of a parabola, it is rejecting air resistance. In
America, there are hundreds of theme parks and thousands of roller coasters.
People of all different ages ride roller coasters but only a few notice that most
roller coasters are in the form of a parabola.
The cups we use, the CD's and DVD's we watch, the caps we take off of our
juice and water bottles, the soccer balls we kick, the pizza we eat and the list
goes on and on. All these little things are just some of the objects that take a
circular shape. Parabolas and Circles are probably the two most common conics
because you can see these two shapes everywhere. Pizza, as significant as it
466
may seem, is actually a really great example of how a circle works in the conic
sections. The center of pizza is like the center of a circle because that’s the
point where everything meets/starts. The slices of pizzas can kind of be
visualized as the radius of the circle because they extend towards the edge of
the circle. Another example is "eyes". Our eyes are really important because
without them, we wouldn’t be able to see. Our eyes take the shape of a circle
and our pupils can be compared to the center of the circle.
Pizza
Pizza is not a really significant concept in the world, and that’s why, it makes a
great example. People nowadays, do not make an effort to relate math to the
real world when really, math has changed the world in so many ways. The
simple idea of a "pizza" taking the shape of a circle shows how important
conics really are in our daily lives.
Clocks
Clocks are really useful and important because they help us keep time. Before,
we used a sun dial to tell time but now we have the clock. But the clock has
always taken the form of a circle. The middle of the clock is the "center" of the
circle and the hands are the "radius".
Ellipses
Ellipses are seen everyday and all around the world. We don't notice the
importance of this conic, but it really has an impact on the world. There are
many items that are used daily that take the form of a parabola. There's
buildings, supplies, toys, foods and much more. Ellipses are actually really
important because planets take an elliptical path. This occurs in our universe.
Some foods that look like ellipses are lemons and eggs. Most of us eat eggs
everyday but we don't realize that the egg actually takes the form of an ellipse.
For example, an ellipse is formed when you tilt a glass of water. When the cup
is tilted, the water all goes to one side, making the water uneven, forming an
ellipse. Conics are really important because they help us daily.
Football
Many people play football...on a team or just for fun. The thing is that nobody
notices the importance of why the football is shaped this way. Because the
football is in the shape of an ellipse, it rotates and moves quicker. This makes it
easier and much more convenient when throwing the ball long distance.
467
Tycho Brahe Planetarium
The Tycho Brahe Planetarium is located in Copenhagen, Denmark. It is in
honor of Tycho Brahe, Danish astronomer. It was opened on November 1st,
1989. The building takes the form of an ellipse and it is clearly shown. Any
cylinder sliced at an angle will reveal an ellipse.
The Planets
The early Greek astronomers thought the planets moved in circular orbits
around an unmoving Earth. In the 17th century, Johannes Kepler eventually
discovered that each planet moves in an elliptical pattern around the sun. The
sun is the center of the "ellipse". Many people don't realize that we literally
travel in an ellipse.
Hyperbolas
A hyperbola is the mathematical shape that you obtain when vertically cutting a
double cone. The hyperbola has a few properties that allow it to play its part in
the real world. Many fields use this conic to help in design. Hyperbolas are the
least common conics in daily life. They aren't seen as much or as often as the
other 3 conics. Some examples are radios and satellites. Both of these use
hyperbolic functions. When scientists launch a satellite into space, they must
first use various mathematical equations to predict its path. By using
hyperbolas, scientists can make sure that the satellite gets to its proper
destination. There are many hyperbolic structures in real life.
Lamp Shade
When you turn on a lamp, you get a hyperbola. If the lamp is open from the top
and the bottom, the light comes out and form a hyperbola. The asymptotes can
be seen coming out from the top and the bottom.
468
General Examples
Example 115
Find equation of parabola when its vertex is at (0,0) and passes through (5,2)
and symmetry with respect to y axis .
Solution
Consider the sketch below;
469
Example 116
For what value of does the line x y 1 0 touch the parabola y 2 x .
Solution
Substitute y x 1 into y 2 x
x 12 x
x 2 2 x 1 x
x 2 2 x 1 0
If the line touches the parabola b 2 4ac
2 2 4
2 4 0
4
Example 117
Find the area of the triangle formed by the lines joining the vertex of the
parabola x 2 12 y to the ends of its latus rectum.
Solution
Consider the sketch below;
470
Example 118
If a parabolic reflector is 20cm in diameter and 5cm deep, find the locus.
Solution
Consider the sketch below;
Example 119
A cable used to support a swinging bridge approximates the shape of a
parabola. Determine the equation of the parabola if the length of the bridge is
100m and the vertical distance from where the cable is attached to the bridge to
the lowest point of the cable is 20m.
Solution
471
Consider x 2 4by.......... .......... .......... .......... ....( i )
But x, y 50,20 satisfies the equation (i)
502 80b
125
b
4
The locus of the reflectoris x 2 125y
Example 120
A satellite dish receiver is in a shape of parabola. A cross section of the dish
shows a diameter of 13 feet at a distance 2.5 feet from the vertex of the
parabola
(a) Write an equation for the parabola.
(b) Where the receiver should be placed?
Solution
Consider the figure below;
472
Example 121
Find the equation of the ellipse given that the centre is ( 4,1) , focus is (1,1)
and passing through (8,0) .
Solution
Consider
x h 2 y k 2 1.......... .......... .......... ...(i )
a2 b2
Centre h, k 4,1
Focus ae h, k 1,1
ae h 1
ae 3.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .(ii)
From a 2 1 e 2 b 2
a 2 ae b 2
2
Then,
x 42 y 12
1
a2 b2
x 42 y 12 1 this equation pass through 8,0
a2 a2 9
16 1
2 1
a 2
a 9
a 4 26a 2 144 0
a 2 18, a 2 8
When a 2 18, b 2 a 2 9 9
When a 2 8, b 2 a 2 9 1 invalid
Substitute equation a 2 18, b 2 9 into equation (i)
x 4
2
y 1
2
1
18 9
Example 122
4
Prove that the equation r represent translated parabola.
1 cos
Solution
473
4 x
Consider r but cos
1 cos r
4 4r
r
x rx
1
r
4r
r
rx
r x 4 but r x2 y2
x2 y2 x 4
x2 y2 4 x
x 2 y 2 4 x
2
x 2 y 2 16 8 x x 2
y 2 16 8 x
y 2 8x 2 the equation of translated parabola
Example 123
An arch is in form of a parabola with its axis vertical. The arch is 10m high and
5m wide at the base. How wide is it 2m from the vertex of parabola?
Solution
Consider the figure below;
2.52 4b(10), b 5
32
Then x 85 y
2
At y 2, x 2
5
474
REVISION EXERCISE 6.1
1. Find equation of the parabola whose focus is the point ( 4,0) and whose
directrix is x 4 , also find the length of the latus rectum.
2. Find equation of parabola when its vertex is at (0,0) and passes through
(5,2) and symmetry with respect to y axis .
3. Find equation of parabola whose focus is (3,0) and the directrix is
3x 4 y 1
4. Find equation of parabola whose focus is (1,1) and whose vertex is ( 2,1) .
5. Find equation of parabola whose focus is (0,5) and whose vertex is
( 2,3) .
6. Find the coordinates of focus, the equation of directrix and latus of the
parabola y 2 12x .
7. Find focus, vertex, length of latus rectum, equation of axis and the equation
of the directrix of the following,
(a) 3 y 2 4 x
59
(b) y 2 y 10 x 0
4
(c) 3 x 2 4 y
x2 1
8. (a) The parabola is given by y x , find
2 2
(i) Vertex and focus
(ii) The directrix and length of latus rectum
(b) Find the coordinates of the point of intersecting of the tangents at the
points (t1 , t 2 ) of parabola y 2 4ax .
476
x2 y2
11. The normal at point P (4 cos ,3 sin ) on the ellipse 1 meets the
16 9
x axis and y axis at A and B respectively. Show that the locus of
the midpoint of AB is another ellipse with the same eccentricity as the
given ellipse.
x2 y2
12. P is the point (a cos , b sin ) on the ellipse 2 2 1 the normal at P
a b
to the ellipse meets the x axis at Q . Show that the locus of the midpoint
2a 2 b 2 b
of PQ is an ellipse whose semi-axes are and .
2a 2
13. Find the equations to the normals at points (6,4) and (8,3) to the ellipse
x 2 4 y 2 100 . Prove that the line joining the origin to middle point of the
chord joining these two points is perpendicular to the line joining the origin
to the point of intersection of the normals.
14. The ellipse has its foci at points (1,0) and (7,0) when its eccentricity is
1
. Find the Cartesian equation.
2
15. Derive the formula for an ellipse lying along y axis .
x2 y2
16. Find the equation of tangent and normal to the ellipse 1 at the
8 16
point (2,3) .
17. Find the equation of tangent and normal given the parametric point
x2 y2
( a cos , b sin ) to the ellipse 2 2 1 .
a b
18. A man running a race course notices that the sum of the distance from the
two flag posts from him is always 10metres and the distance between the
flag posts is 8metres. Find the equation of the path raced by the man.
19. A rod of length 12cm moves with its ends always touching the coordinate
axes. Determine the equation of the locus of a point P on the rod which is
3cm from the end in contact with the x axis .
20. An arch is in the form of a semi ellipse. It is 8m wide and 2m high at the
centre. Find the height of the arch at point 1.5m from one end.
21. A rod AB of length 15m rests between two coordinate axes in such a way
that the end point A lies on y axis . A point P ( x, y ) is taken on the rod in
such a way AP 6cm . Show that the locus of P is an ellipse.
477
REVISION EXERCISE 6.3
1. Sketch the following hyperbolas and find their centre, transverse axis,
conjugate axis, value of c, vertices, directrices, foci, eccentricity and length
of latus rectum.
x2 y2
(i) 1
16 9
(ii) 16x 2 9 y 2 576
x2 y2
(iii) 1
9 27
(iv) 9 y 2 4 x 2 36
(v) 5 y 2 9 x 2 36
(vi) 3 x 2 y 2 4
2. (a) Prove that for a line to be tangent to a hyperbola is given b Prove that
for a line to be tangent to a hyperbola is given by ma c b
2 2
( x p) 2 ( y q) 2
(b) 1 is an equation of translated hyperbola.
a2 b2
3. (i) Find the coordinate of the foci, centre and equation of directrices from
the hyperbola 12x 2 5 y 2 48x 10 y 17 and sketch.
(ii) If 9 y 2 54 y 25x 2 200x 544 0 is an equation of hyperbola. Find
the centre, vertices, foci, directrices and equation of asymptotes and sketch
the graph.
4. (i) Find the equation of hyperbola where foci are (3,0) and vertices
(2,0) .
(ii) Find the equation of hyperbola when foci are (5,0) and transverse axis
is of length 8
5. (i) Find equation of hyperbola when foci are (0,13) and conjugate axis is
of length 24
(ii) Find the equation of hyperbola where foci are (3 5,0) and the latus
rectum is of length 8 .
(iii) Find equation of hyperbola if;
4
(a) Vertices are (7,0) and e
3
(b) Foci are (0, 10) and passing through ( 2,3)
478
6. Find the equation of hyperbola whose directrix is 2 x y 1 0 , focus (0,1)
3
and e
2
7. Show that the point ( a sec , b tan ) will satisfy the equation of hyperbola.
( x h) 2 ( y k ) 2 2b 2
8. Show that the latus rectum of the equation, 1 is
a2 b2 a
9. Find the equation of the chord joining the points ( a sec , b tan ) and
(sec , tan ) .
10. Show that the graph of hyperbola 9 x 2 4 y 2 18x 24 y 63 0 is an
x2 y2
image of the hyperbola of the form of 2 2 1 . Then find,
a b
(i) Vertex
(ii) Eccentricity
(iii) Focus
(iv) Length of the latus rectum
11. Show that the ellipse 16x 2 25 y 2 400 and the hyperbola
4 x 2 5 y 2 20 are orthogonal.
1 1
12. (a) Show that the point a(t 1/ t ), b(t 1/ t ) is in hyperbola
2 2
x2 y2
1
a2 b2
(b) The two foci of the hyperbola are (3,0) , (7,0) and eccentricity is 2 .
Find its equation.
13. (a) Show that the line 3 x 4 y 5 is a tangent to the hyperbola
x 2 4 y 2 5 and find the point of contact.
(b) Find the two equation of the tangents with slope 1 to the
hyperbola x 2 4 y 2 4 0 . Hence write their point of contact with the
hyperbola.
14. Show that the equation of the tangent at ( x1 , y1 ) to the hyperbola
x2 y2
1 is xx21 yy21 1 .
a2 b2 a b
15. Show that the equation of the tangent at ( a sec , b tan ) to the hyperbola
x2 y2
1 is bx ay sin ab cos 0
a2 b2
479
Chapter Seven
STATISTICS
Statistics is the branch of mathematics which deals with collecting, organizing
and analyzing data obtained from various experiments, or is a systematic study
of numerical information.
DATA
Data is the collection of facts
TYPES OF DATA
(i) Ungrouped data is the type of data in which each value is taken separately,
eg 3,5,9,15,20
(ii) Grouped data is the type of data in which data are categorized in classes, eg
Class Interval Frequency
09 9
1019 3
20 29 7
30 39 1
480
7.1 REPRESENTATION OF DATA
(a) Frequency Distribution Table
(b) Cumulative Frequency Distribution Table
(c) Frequency Polygon
(d) Frequency Histogram
(e) Cumulative Frequency Curve Or Ogive
481
(D) FREQUENCY HISTOGRAM
Frequency histogram is the bar graph which is drawn by using frequencies
against the given values or class mark, eg
482
(A) MEASURES OF CENTRAL TENDENCY
This is the value that describes a set of data by identifying the central values of
the given set of values.
These includes;
(i) Mean
(ii) Mode
(iii) Median
(i) Mean (Arithmetic Mean)
Arithmetic mean x is the average of the given data (values).
Mean ( x )
Sum of observations
X
Number of observation N
x
X
N
Mean ( x)
fx where x is ClassMark and f is frequency
f
x
f A d fA fd A f fd
f f f
A f fd
x
f f
Mean x A
fd
f
483
(c) Mean by coding method
Derivation of mean by coding method is shown as follows, consider the
assumed mean formula
Mean x A
fd .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .(i)
f
d
Let U where C is a class size
C
d UC.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ....( ii)
Substitute equation (ii) into equation (i)
Mean x A
fUC A C fU
f f
C fU
Mean x A
f
Mean Deviation
Mean Deviation is the arithmetic mean of the absolute deviations of all values
taken about any central value.
Mean Deviation
f xx
f
Example 1
Given the following distribution table,
Class Interval Frequency
7 14 17
15 22 12
23 30 24
31 38 43
39 46 31
47 54 14
55 62 22
Calculate the mean;
(a) By direct mean method
(b) By Assumed mean method
(c) By Coding method
484
Solution
Class Interval x f c. f fx d x A fd U Cd fU
A 34.5
f 163
fx 5831.5
fd 208
fU 26
(a ) Mean by direct method
x
fx 5831.5 35.78
f 163
x A
fd 34.5 208 35.78
f 163
485
(ii) Mode
Mode is a value which occurs most frequently in the given distribution.
Mode for Ungrouped data
Mode for ungrouped data is obtained by checking or inspecting data which
occurs mostly.
Mode for Grouped data
Consider the histogram below;
486
where
L Lower class boundary
D1 The difference between the frequency of modal class and the frequency of the
class before modal class
D2 The difference between the frequency of modal class and the frequency of the
class after modal class
C Class size
U Upper class boundary
Example 2
Calculate the mean and mode of the following distribution below,
Class interval Frequency
0 30 4
30 60 7
60 90 14
90120 11
120150 2
Solution
Class interval x f fx
0 30 15 4 60
30 60 45 7 315
60 90 75 14 1050
90120 105 11 1155
120150 135 2 270
487
f 38
fx 2850
Mean x
fx 2850 75
f 38
D1
Mode L C
D1 D2
Modal class 60 90
L 60, C 30
D1 14 7 7
D2 14 11 3
7
Mode 60 (30) 81
73
(iii) Median
Median is the middle value of the given distribution when arranged in
ascending or descending order.
N
fb
Median L 2
C
fw
488
Where,
L Lower class boundary of a median class
N Sum of the frequencies
f b Sum of frequency before the frequency of median class
f w Frequency within the median class
C Class size
Example 3
Given the following distribution table,
Class Interval Frequency
21 25 5
26 30 4
31 35 12
36 40 6
41 45 3
46 50 8
Calculate
(a) Mean by Coding method
(b) Mode
(c) Median
Solution
Class Interval x f c. f d x A u Cd fu
489
A 33
C 5
fu 22
f 38
(a ) Mean by coding method
C fu 5(22)
x A 33 35.89
f 38
D1
(b) Mode L C
D1 D2
Mode class is 31 35
L 31 0.5 30.5
D1 12 4 8
D2 12 6 6
C 5
D1 8
Mode L C 30.5 5 33.36
D1 D2 86
N fb
(c) Median L 2 C
f w
Median class is 31 35
L 31 0.5 30.5
N 38
f b 9
f w 12
fb 9
C 30.5 2
N 38
Median L 2
5 34.67
fw 12
490
Example 4
Find the mode and median of the following distribution below,
Class interval Frequency
10 20 3
20 30 2
30 40 10
40 50 4
50 60 5
60 70 2
Solution
f 26
D1
Mode L C
D1 D2
L 30, D1 8, D2 6, C 10
8
Mode 30 10 35.7
86
N
fb
Median L 2 C
fw
L 30, N 26, f b 5, f w 10
26 5
Median 30 2 10 38
10
Example 5
Find the mode and median of the following distribution below,
Class interval Frequency
4.0 4.2 3
4.3 4.5 8
4.6 4.8 11
4.9 5.1 13
5.2 5.4 12
5.5 5.7 5
5.8 6.0 1
491
Solution
Class interval f c. f
4.0 4.2 3 3
4.3 4.5 8 11
4.6 4.8 11 22
4.9 5.1 13 35
5.2 5.4 12 47
5.5 5.7 5 52
5.8 6.0 1 53
f 53, C 0.3
D1
Mode L C
1
D D 2
N
fb
Median L 2 C
fw
Median class 4.9 5.1
L 4.85, N 53, f b 22, f w 13
53 22
Median 4.85 2 0.3 4.95
13
492
Exercise 7.1
1. From the following distribution,
x 10 20 30 40 50
f 16 18 25 19 22
Find the mean,
(a) By direct method
(b) By assumed mean method
(c) By coding method
(a) Range
Range is the difference between maximum value and minimum value of data.
Range Maximum value Minimum value
493
(b) Variance
This is average of squared deviations of individual values from their arithmetic
mean.
Variance of data is denoted by Var ( x) or 2
n
where
x Individual data
x Mean
n Number of observations
Var ( x)
x x 2
Var ( x)
x 2 2 xx x 2
n
Var ( x)
x 2 x x x
2
Var ( x)
x 2
2x
x x 2
n n
Var ( x)
x2 2 x 2 x 2 .......... .......... .......... .......... .....( ii)
n
x x 2
1
Var ( x)
n
n
x2 x 2
Example 6
Given the following N 10, x 60 and x 2
1000, find
(a) Mean
(b) Variance
Solution
494
(a) Mean x
x 60 6
N 10
(b) Var ( x) 1
n x x
2 2
101 1000 6 2 64
Example 7
It is given that N 200, x 48 and 3 and its required to find the values of
x and x 2
Solution
Var ( x) 2
x 2
x x x 2
N
x N x x x 2 6 2 (200) 48(9600) 482 465696
2 2
x 2 465696
Example 8
The mean and variance of 7 observations are 8 and 16 respectively. If five of
the observations are 2,4,10,12 and 14 . Find the remaining two observations.
Solution
Let the two remaining observation be ' a ' and ' b'
16
7
495
x 8 2
112
2 82 4 82 10 82 12 82 14 82 a 82 b 82 112
108 a 8 b 8 112
2 2
a 82 b 82 4
a 2 b 2 16a b 124 0.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .........( ii)
Substitute equation (i) into equation (ii)
a 2 b 2 1614 124 0
a 2 b 2 100.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ........( iii)
Solve equation (i) and (ii) simulteneously
a b 14
2
a b 100
2
a 6 when b 8 or a 8 when b 6
Example 9
Given that x is the mean and 2 is the variance of n
observations x1 , x2 , x3 , ..., xn . Prove that the mean and variance of the
observations ax1 , ax2 , ax3 , ..., axn are ax and a 2 respectively where a 0 .
Solution
Given observations x1 , x2 , x3 , ..., xn
x1 x2 x3 , ..., xn
Mean x
n
Required mean of ax1,ax2 ,ax3 , ...,ax n
ax1 ax2 ax3 , ..., axn
Mean
n
x x x , ..., xn
Mean a 1 2 3
n
Mean ax
n
Required Variance of ax1 ,ax2 ,ax3 , ...,ax n
Var ( x)
ax ax 2
a x x
2 2
a 2 x x 2
a 2 2
n n n
Var ( x) a 2 2
496
Example 10
The mean and variance of 6 observations are 8 and 4 respectively. If each
observation is multiplied by 3, find the new mean and new variance of the
resulting observations.
Solution
Given that x 8, 2 4
New formula for mean and variance after multiplied by a constant number ' a 3'
New mean ax 3 8 24
New variance a 2 2 32 4 36
New mean 24 and new variance 36
Example 11
The mean and standard deviation of 20 observations are found to be 10 and 2
respectively. On rechecking, it was found that an observation 8 was incorrect.
Calculate the correct mean and standard deviation in each of the following
cases,
(a) If the wrong item was omitted.
(b) If it is replaced by 12.
Solution
n 20, x 10 and 2
From, x
x
n
x nx 20 10 200.......... .......... .......... .......... ........( i)
2 1n x 2 x 2
x 2
n 2 x 20 2 2 102 2080.......... .......... ......( ii)
2
Correctedmean
x 192 10.105
n 19
497
Required correctedvariance
Incorrect: x 20802
Correct: x 2080 8
2 2
2016
2
2 1n x 2 x 2
1
2016 192 3.98892
19 19
1.99723
The correctedmean 10.105 and correcdstandard deviation 1.99723
(b) When 8 is replaced by 12, the number of observations remain the same n 20
Required correctedmean
Incorrect: x 200
Correct : x 200 8 12 204
Correctedmean
x 204 10.2
n 20
Required correctedvariance
Incorrect: x 2080
2
Correct : x 2080 8
2 2
122 2160
498
From the above formula we can express the variance formula in another way as
shown below,
Var ( x)
f x x 2
f
Var ( x)
f x 2 xx x
2 2
f
Var ( x)
fx 2 fxx fx
2 2
f
Var ( x)
fx 2 x fx x f
2 2
f
Var ( x)
fx 2 x fx x f but x fx
2
2
f f f f
Var ( x)
fx 2 xx x
2
2
f
Var ( x)
fx 2 x x
2
2 2
f
Var ( x)
fx x but x fx
2
2
f f
fx fx
2
2
Var ( x)
f f
499
(ii ) Variance by assumed method
Consider variance by direct method below,
f x x .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ....(i)
2
Var ( x)
f
f x A A x
2
Var ( x)
f
f x A 2x A A x A x
2 2
Var ( x)
f
f x A 2 f x A A x f A x
2 2
Var ( x)
f
f x A 2 A x f x A A x f
2
Var ( x)
2
f f f
Var ( x)
f x A 2 A x f x A A x .......... .......... .......( ii)
2
2
f f
But x A
fd , where d x A, A x f x A .......... ......( iii)
f f
Substitute equation (iii) into equation (ii)
f x A f x A f x A f x A
2 2
Var ( x) 2
f f f
f
f x A f x A f x A
2 2 2
Var ( x) 2
f
f
f
f x A f x A
2 2
Var ( x) but x A d
f
f
fd fd
2
2
Var ( x)
f f
500
(iii) Variance by coding method
From Assumed mean formula formula
fd fd
2 2
f UC fUC
2 2
Var ( x)
f f
fU C C fU
2 2 2
Var ( x)
f f
fU fU
2 2
Var ( x) C 2
C 2
f f
fU 2 fU
2
Var ( x) C 2
f f
501
Standard deviation for ungrouped data
Standard Deviation (S.D) Var( x)
S .D
x x
2
SD
f x x 2
f
(ii) Standard deviation by Assumed method
fd fd
2 2
SD
f f
fU fU
2 2
SD C
f f
Example 12
Given the distribution table below;
Class Interval Frequency
1 5 5
6 10 10
11 15 12
16 20 6
21 25 8
fd 10
fd 1700
2
fu 2
fu 68
2
fx fx
2 2 2
fd fd
2 2 2
1700 10
Var ( x) 41.4
f f
41 41
S .D Var ( x) 41.4 6.4
(c) Variance and standard by coding method
fu 2 fu
2
2
Var ( x) C
2
52 68 2 41.4
f
f 41 41
S .D Var ( x) 41.4 6.4
503
MEAN AND VARIANCE OF THE COMBINED SAMPLES
Consider the following two samples of observations where,
(i) n1 and n2 are number of observations of two samples respectively.
(ii) a and b are means of two samples respectively.
(iii) 1 and 2 are standard deviations of two samples respectively.
n1a n2b
Mean x
n1 n2
Proof:
Consider the following samples
a1 , a2 , a3 , a4 , , an and
b1 , b2 , b3 , b4 , , bn
a a a a a a
1 2 3 4 n
b b b b b b
1 2 3 4 n
b ,
b
n2
b n b .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .....( ii)
2
Combined mean ( x )
a a2 a3 a4 an b1 b2 b3 b4 bn
x 1
n1 n2
x
a b .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ......( iii)
n1 n2
Substitute equations (i) and (ii) into equation (iii)
n1a n2b
x
n1 n2
504
Example 13
The means of two samples of sizes 50 and 100 respectively are 54.1 and 50.3.
Find combined mean for the two samples.
Solution
n1 50, a 54.1
n2 100, b 50.3
n1a n2 b
From combined mean formula, x
n1 n2
(50 54.1) (100 50.3)
x 51.57
50 100
The combined mean is 51.57
Example 14
The means of two samples of sizes 20 and 42 respectively are 24 and 36. Find
combined mean for the two samples.
Solution
n1 20 a 24
n2 42 b 36
n1a n2b
From combined mean formular, x
n1 n2
x
20 24 42 36 32.13
20 42
The combined mean is 32.13
Example 15
The means of two samples of sizes 18 and 26 respectively are 21 and 23. Find
combined mean for the two samples.
Solution
n1 18 a 21
n2 26 b 23
n1a n2b
From combined mean formular, x
n1 n2
x
18 21 26 23 22.18
18 26
The combined mean is 22.18
505
VARIANCE OF THE COMBINED SAMPLES
The Variance of the combined samples is given by the formula below,
Combined Variance x
n1 1 d1 n2 2 d 2
2 2
2 2
n1 n2
Proof:
a a b b
2 2
2
.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ...(i)
n1 n2
a a
2
b b
2
a x a a 2a x a a a x
2 2 2
a x a a a x
2 2 2
Likewise
b x b b 2b x b b b x
2 2 2
b x b b b x
2 2 2
1 1
2
n d1 n2 2 d 2
2 2
2 2
n1 n2
506
Example 16
The mean of two samples of sizes 50 and 100 respectively are 54.1 and 50.3
and the standard deviation are 8 and 7. Find combined mean and the standard
deviation of the two samples.
Solution
n1 50, a 54.1, 1 8
n2 100, b 50.3, 2 7
n1a n2 b
From combined mean formula, x
n1 n2
(50 54.1) (100 50.3)
x 51.57
50 100
The combining mean is 51.57
2
50 8 2 (2.53) 2 100 7 2 (1.27) 2
57.2089
50 100
57.2089 7.56
The combined standard deviation is 7.56
507
Example 17
The average heights of 20 boys and 30 girls are 160cm and 155cm
respectively. If the corresponding standard deviations of boys and girls are 4cm
and 3.5cm . Find the standard deviation of the whole group.
Solution
Number of boys n1 20, a 160cm, 1 4cm
Number of girls n2 30, b 155cm, 2 3.5cm
2
20 4 2 32 30 (3.5) 2 (2) 2 19.75
20 30
19.75 4.444
The combined standard deviation is 4.444
Example 18
The first sample of the two samples has 100 items with mean 15 and standard
deviation 3. If the whole group has 250 items with mean 15.6 and standard
deviation 13.44 . Find the mean and standard deviation of the second sample.
Solution
508
First sample n1 100, a 15, 1 3
Second sample n2 250 100 150, b ? 2 ?
Also given that , x 15.6, 13.44
n1a n2 b
From combined mean ( x )
n1 n2
15.6
10015 150b ,
b 16
250
The mean of the second sample is 16
13.44
100 32 (0.6) 2 150 2 (0.4) 2
2 2
250
2 16, 2 4
2
Example 19
The mean and standard deviation of a group of 100 observations were found to
be 20 and 3 respectively, later on it was found that three observations were
incorrect, which are recorded as 21, 21 and 18. Find the mean and standard
deviation if the incorrect observations were omitted.
Solution
n 100, x 20, 3
From, x
x , x nx 100 20 2000
n
Incorrect data are 21, 21,18 these reduce the number of observations to n 100 3 97
Correctedsum, x 2000 21 21 18 1940
Correctedmean, x
x 1940 20.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ....(i)
n 97
509
Also from 2 1
n x x , x
2 2 2
n 2 x
2
Incorrect x 1003 20 40900
2 2 2
2
1
39694 202 9.216
97
3.036
The corrected standard deviation is 3.036
Example 20
The variance of 15 observations is 4, if each observation is increased by 9. Find
the variance of the resulting observations.
Solution
Mean
x .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .(i)
N
When x is increased by 9
New mean
x 9N
N
New mean
9.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .........( ii)
x
N
x x
2 2
New variance 9
N N
New variance
2
x 18x 81 x
2
18
x 81
N N N
x 2 18 x 81 x 18 x 81
2
New variance
N N N N
x x
2 2
New variance
N N
New variance 4
The variance of the resulting observations is 4
510
Example 21
Salaries paid to supervisors had a mean of 2500/ with the standard deviation
of 2000/ . If all salaries are increased by 2500/ , find the new mean and
standard deviation.
Solution
Mean
x 25000.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .(i)
N
xx2 2
New mean
x 2500N x 2500 25000 2500 27500
N N
New mean is 27500/
x 2500 x
2
2
New S.D 2500
N N
x
2
x 2
5000 x 25002
2
2
5000x 25002
New S.D
N N N
x x
2 2
511
(C) MEASURES OF POSITION
(a) Quartile
Quartile is the division of frequency distribution into four equal parts, or
quartile are data values which divides the distribution into quarters.
Let N be number of observations of the frequency distribution.
Positions of Quartile for Ungrouped data are divided into three types
(i) Position of First Quartile (Lower Quartile)
Position of Lower Quartile given even number of observations is
th
1
N
4
Position of Lower Quartile given odd number of observations is
th
1
( N 1)
4
512
(iii)Position of Third Quartile (Upper Quartile)
th
3
Position of Upper Quartile given even number of observations is N
4
Position of Upper Quartile given odd number of observations is
th
3
( N 1)
4
NB:
1. Interquartile Range (I.Q.R)
This is the difference between upper quartile and lower quartile.
I .Q.R Upper Quartile Lower Quartile
I .Q.R Q 3 Q1
Positions of Quartile for Grouped data are divided into three types
(i) Lower Quartile
N
fb
Q1 L 4
c ………………………………………….(i)
fw
(b) Percentile
Percentile is the division of frequency distribution into 100 equal parts as
shown below,
The position of 50th percentile is 50100N th
The position of 99th percentile is 99100N th
514
Percentile for Grouped Data
N fb
P1 L 100 c
fw
2N fb
P2 L 100 c
fw
3N fb
P3 L 100 c
fw
50 N f b N
fb
P50 L 100 c , P50 L 2
c
f w fw
99 N f b
P99 L 100 c
fw
Percentile range
This is a difference between two specified percentiles. These could
theoretically be any two percentiles, but the 10th 90th percentile range is
most common.
Example 22
Find the lower quartile, upper quartile and IQR of 9,19,27,14,28,29,39 .
Solution
In ascending order 9,14,19,27,28,29,39
N 7
th th
1 1
Q1 N 1 7 1 2th 14
4 4
th th
3 3
Q3 N 1 7 1 6th 29
4 4
IQR Q3 Q1 29 14 15
Q1 14, Q3 29 and IQR 15
515
Alternatively
In ascending order 9,14,19,27,28,29,39
N 7
Q1 Median of the lower half of data
Q3 Median of the upper half of data
Q1 Median of 9,14,19 14
Q3 Median of 28,29,39 29
IQR Q3 Q1 29 14 15
Q1 14, Q3 29 and IQR 15
Example 23
Find the quartile deviation of the following distributions
97,9,14,29,87,29,38,44,100,28,27,108,111,92,79,54,39,41,99,19 .
Solution
In ascending order 9,14,19,27,28,29,29,38,39,41,44,54,79,87,92,97,99,100,108,111
N 20
th th
N 20
Q1 5th 28
4 4
3 20
th th
3N
Q3 15 92
th
4 4
IQR Q3 Q1 92 28 64
The quartile deviation is 64
Example 24
Find the quartile deviation of the following distributions
7, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16, 17 .
Solution
516
In ascending order 7,10,11,12,13,14,16,17
N 8
th th
N 8
Q1 2th 10
4 4
3 8
th th
3N
Q3 6 14
th
4 4
IQR Q3 Q1 14 10 4
The quartile deviation is 4
Example 25
The following table shows distribution of marks on a final examination in
Advanced Mathematics.
Marks No. of students
30 39 1
40 49 3
50 59 11
60 69 21
70 79 43
80 89 32
90 99 9
Find;
(a) Find the quartiles of the distribution
(b) Find the quartile deviation
(c) Semi-quartile deviation
(d) Find the class interval with 10th and 90th percentiles
(e) Percentile range
Solution
Marks f c. f
30 39 1 1
40 49 3 4
50 59 11 15
60 69 21 36
70 79 43 79
80 89 32 111
90 99 9 120
517
N
fb
(a )Lower Quartile, Q1 L 4
c
fw
Position of Q1 N4 120 30th its class interval 60 69
th th
4
3N fb
(b)Lower Quartile, Q3 L 4 c
fw
Position of Q3 34N 3120 90th its class interval 80 89
th th
4
Q3 Q1 82.9375 66.6429
(d) Semi - quartile deviation 8.1473
2 2
Semi - quartile deviation is 8.1473
518
f Percentilerange 90th 10th
10 N f b
10th L 100 c
fw
Position of 10th percentile 10100N 10100 12th its class interval 50 59
th th
120
L 49.5, f b 4, f w 11, c 10
10120 4
10th 49.5 100 10 56.77
11
Position of 90th percentile 90
100 100 108 its class interval 80 89
N th 90120 th th
520
Statistical signal processing utilizes the statistical properties of signals
to perform signal processing tasks.
Statistical thermodynamics is the study of the microscopic behaviors of
thermodynamic systems using probability theory and provides a
molecular level interpretation of thermodynamic quantities such as
work, heat, free energy, and entropy.
REVISION EXERCISE 7
1. Compute the mean, mode and median values for the following data;
Values Frequency f
Less than 10 8
Less than 20 14
Less than 30 17
Less than 40 36
Less than 50 10
Less than 60 26
Less than 70 20
Less than 80 13
Less than 90 6
2. Consider the frequency distribution below. If there are 100 frequency
and 23.5 as a mode. Find the values of x and y
Class interval 1 5 6 10 11 15 16 20 21 25 26 30
Frequency 1 9 8 x 29 y
5. A random sample of 120 maize seeds was collected each seed was
weighed to the nearest 0.01gram and the results were summarized
below;
Weigh No. of seeds
1.10 1.29 7
1.30 1.49 24
1.50 1.69 33
1.70 1.89 32
1.90 2.09 14
2.10 2.29 1
2.30 2.49 9
Calculate (a) median (b) the mean and standard deviation (by coding
method)
522
Chapter Eight
PROBABILITY
Introduction
Number of events
Probability
Number of sample space
n E
Probability
nS
(a) Coin is the objects which contains two faces Head (H) and Tail (T)
(b) Die is the object which contains six (6) faces numbered 1,2,3,4,5 and 6 .
(c) Tetrahedral is the object which contains four (4) faces numbered 1,2,3 and 4
(d) Cards are objects which occur together in the box of 52 playing cards and
become 54 cards including jockers
Types of events
(a) Simple Event is a single element of a sample space
(b) Compound Event is a joint occurrence of two or more events
(c) Sure Event is an event which has the same elements as that of the
sample space
(d) An Impossible Event is an event which has no possibility to occur
523
(e) Mutually Exclusive Event is an event in which the occurrence of one
event hinder or prevent the occurrence of the other events
(f) Compliment of an Event is the set of all elements which are not in
the event (E) but they are also found in the sample space.
(g) Equal Likely Events are events which have equal chances of
occurrence.
(h) Independent Events are events in which the occurrence of one event
does not affect the occurrence of the other event.
(i) Exhaustive Events are events whose union forms the entire set
(Sample space).
Example 1
In how many ways can an organization containing 20 members elect a
President, Treasurer and Secretary (assuming no person is elected more than
one position)
Solution
524
Number of ways 20 19 18 6840ways
Number of ways 6840
Alternative
Number of ways 20C1 19 C1 18 C1 6840ways
Number of ways 6840
Example 2
If a license plate contains three letters followed by 3 digits with the first digit
non zero. How many different license plates can be printed?
Solution
Total number of letters= 26
Total number of digits= 10
l1 l2 l3 d1 d2 d3
26 26 26 9 10 10
525
By using the scenario n(n 1)(n 2) (n r 1)
n(n 1)(n 2) (n r 1)(n r )!
Number of ways
(n r )!
n!
Number of ways
(n r )!
Therefore the arrangement of 'r ' objects taken from 'n' distinct objects is given
by
n!
n
Pr
(n r )!
NB:
(a) If there are n distinct objects and all n objects are arranged per time
n! n!
(mean r n ) the number ways is given by Pn n!
n
(n n)! 0!
note 0! 1
Number of ways n!
(b) If there are n objects of which r are of one kind, r are of second kind,
1 2
526
(ii) The number of ways if 'n' unlike objects are arranged in a circular
form when clockwise and anticlockwise arrangements are the same is
( n 1)!
given by
2
(n 1)!
Number of ways
2
Example 3
In how many ways can a manager display 5 brands of cereals in 3 spaces on a
shelf?
Solution
Data
n 5, r 3
n! 5! 5!
From nPr 60
n r ! 5 3! 2!
Number of ways is 60
Example 4
In how many ways can 5 people be arranged in a row?
Solution
Data n 5
Number of ways n! 5! 120
Number of ways 120
Example 5
In how many ways can 4 people be arranged in a circle?
Solution
Data
n4
From, Number ways (n 1)! (4 1)! 3! 6
Number of ways 6
527
Example 6
How many numbers greater than 1000 can be formed with the digits 3,4,6,8,9
if a digit cannot occur more than one in a number?
Solution
The required number it has four or five digits
5! 5!
5
P4 5P5 240
(5 4)! (5 5)!
Numbers 240
Alternative
By using table
The total number digits is 5 i.e. 3,4,6,8,9
1st 2 nd 3 rd 4th
5 4 3 2
Or
1st 2 nd 3 rd 4th 5 th
5 4 3 2 1
Example 7
How many different ways can 4 red, 3 yellow and 2 blue bulbs be arranged in a
string of Christmas tree lights with 9 sockets?
Solution
Data
r1 4 red bulbs
r1 3 yellow bulbs
r1 2 blue bulbs
n r1 r2 r3 4 3 2 9
n! 9!
From, 1260 ways
r1!r2 !r3 ! 4!3!2!
Number of ways 1260
528
Example 8
How many 4 digit numbers can we make using the digits 3, 6, 7 and 8 without
repetitions?
Solution
We are making 4 digit numbers from 4 given digits
4
P4 4! 24
24 numbers we can make
Example 9
How many 3 digit numbers can we make using the digits 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 without
repetitions?
Solution
We are making 3 digit numbers from 5 given digits
5!
5
P3 60
(5 3)!
60 numbers we can make
Alternative
1st 2 nd 3 rd
5 4 3
Example 10
In how many ways can you arrange 5 different books on a shelf?
Solution
Number of ways for distinct object n! 5! 120
Number of ways 120
Example 11
How many 4 letter words can we make using the letters in the word LEADING
without repetitions?
Solution
LEADING it has 7 lettersand we want to make 4 letter words from 7 letters
7!
7
P4 840 ways
(7 4)!
Number of ways 840
529
Example 12
In how different ways can the letters of the word ‘LEADING’ be arranged in
such a way that the vowels always come together?
Solution
LEADING vo wels are always together mean LDNG EAI
Number of ways 5!3! 720 ways
Example 13
In how different ways can the letters of the word ‘CORPORATION’ be
arranged so that the vowels always come together?
Solution
CORPORATIO N vowels are always together mean CRPRTN OOAIO
7! 5!
Number of ways 50400 ways
2! 3!
Number of ways 50400
Example 14
How many different words can be formed from the word LOVE?
Solution
LOVE it has 4 letters
Number of words formed from 4 distinct letters 4! 24
24 different words can be formed
Example 15
How many different words can be formed from the word LOVE where by
letters LO are always together?
Solution
Regard LO as ' one' unit and combine with the remaining ' two' units(VE) 3 units
and permutation of LO is 2!
Number of words formed 3!2! 12
12 different words can be formed
Example 16
In how many ways can 5 people be arranged in a circle such that two people
must sit together?
530
Solution
Regard the 2 people who sit together as one ' unit' and the other 3 people as 3 ' units'.
Now arrange 4 ' units' in a circle: (4 1)! 3! 6 ways
Number of permutations of 2 people who sit together 2! 2 ways
So
Total number of ways 6 2 12 ways
Example 17
In how many ways can 6 girls and 2 boys be arranged in a row
(a) Without restriction?
(b) Such that the 2 boys are together?
(c) Such that the 2 boys are not together?
Solution
(a) 6 boys 2 girls 8 people, number of ways 8! 40320
Number of ways 40320
Example 18
A meeting was held to elect a leader. A proposal of 10 people to contest for
leadership was passed. In how many ways can;
a) Any person step up stage at a time for self-introduction?
b) Two people step up stage at a time for self-introduction?
c) All 10 people step up stage at a time for self-introduction?
Solution
(a ) 10
P1 10 ways
(b) 10
P2 90 ways
(c ) 10
P10 3,628,800 ways
531
Example 19
In how many ways can four interviewees be permuted taking two at a time for
an interview?
Solution
4 P2 12 ways
Example 20
In how many ways can 3 students be seated in a row containing 7 seats?
Solution
7 P3 210 ways
Example 21
Six children are to be seated on a bench.
(a) In how many ways can the children be seated?
(b) How many arrangements are possible if the youngest child sits at the left
hand end to the bench?
(c) How many arrangements are possible if the youngest child sits at the left
hand end to the bench and the oldest child sits at the right hand end to the
bench?
Solution
(a ) 6P6 6! 210 ways
(b) 6 1! 5! 120 ways
(c) 6 2 ! 4! 24 ways
Example 22
How many 10 digit telephone numbers can be constructed using the digits 0 to
9 if each number starts with 0765 and no digit appears more than once?
Solution
Since each number start with 0765 this is constant arrangement let it be one unit
and the remaining six digits arranged out of six digits
Number of ways 1!6! 720
532
Example 23
How many three-digit numbers more than 500 can be formed from the digit
1,2,3,4,5,6,7 ?
Solution
In order to get a number greater than 500 the first digit must be greater or equal to 5
(one among 5,6,7 which mean 3P1 ) the remaining two digits should be any digits among
the remaining six digits 6P2 .
Number of ways 3P1 6 P2 90 ways
Example 24
From a committee of 8 persons, in how many ways can we choose a chairman
and a vice chairman assuming one person cannot hold more than one position?
Solution
Number of ways 8P1 7 P1 56 or shortly 8P2 56
Number of ways 56
Example 25
Mayombya wants to arrange 3 mathematics, 2 physics and 4 chemistry books
on a shelf. If the books of the same subject are different, determine the number
of possible arrangements?
Solution
Since Books of the same subject are different the we consider all books are different
Number of ways (3 2 4) 9! 362,880
Number of ways 362,880 arrangements
Example 26
In how many ways can 4 boys and 3 girls be arranged on a bench if;
(a) There are no restrictions?
(b) Boys and girls alternate?
(c) Boys and girls are in separate groups?
(d) Eva and Peter wish to stay together?
Solution
(a) 7P7 5040 ways
(b) 4!3! 144 ways
(c) (Boys then Girls) or (Girls then Boys) (4!3!) (3!4!) 288 ways
(d) (2!) 6! 1440 ways
533
Exercise 8.1
1. Tom wants to arrange 3 mathematics, 2 physics and 4 chemistry books on
a shelf. Determine the number of possible arrangements?
2. Simon wants to arrange 3 mathematics, 2 physics and 4 chemistry books
on a shelf. If the books of mathematics are the same and that of physics
and chemistry are different, determine the number of possible
arrangements?
3. In how many ways can 3 students be seated in a row containing 3 seats?
4. In how many ways can four interviewees be permuted taking three at a
time for an interview?
5. How many different ways can 3 green, 2 yellow and 1 white bulbs be
arranged in a string of Christmas tree lights with 6 sockets?
n
Note: nCr nCr
r
534
Example 27
In how many ways can a coach choose three swimmers from among five
swimmers?
Solution
There are 5 swimmers to be taken 3 at a time
n!
From C r
n
(n r )!r!
5!
5
C3 10
(5 3)!3!
A coach can choose the swimmers in 10 ways
Example 28
In a class there are 20 boys and 16 girls. The teacher wants to select a boy and a
girl to represent the class in a function. In how many ways can the teacher make
this selection?
Solution
20
C1 16 C1 320 ways
Example 29
In how many ways can you select a committee of 3 students out of 10 students?
Solution
We are selecting3 students out of 10 students, mean 10C3
10!
10
C3 120
(10 3)!3!
Number of committeesis 120
Example 30
A committee including 3 boys and 4 girls is to be formed from the group of 10
boys and 12 girls. How different committee can be formed from the group?
Solution
3 boys out of 10 mean 10
C3
4 girls out of 12 mean 12
C4
Number of committees10C3 12 C 4 59400
Number of committees 59400
535
Example 31
Out of 7 consonants and 4 vowels, how many words of 3 consonants and 2
vowels can be formed?
Solution
Number of ways of selecting(3 consonants of 7) and (2 vowels out of 4)
Number of groups 7 C3 4 C 2 210
Number of groups of selecting(3 consonants of 7) and (2 vowels out of 4) 210
Each group contains 5 letters
Number of ways of arranging 5 lettersamong themselves 5! 120
Required number of ways 210120 25200 ways
Example 32
How many triangles can you make using 6 non collinear points on a plane?
Solution
3 points are selectedto form a triangle from 6 points
6!
6
C3 20
(6 3)!3!
Number of ways 20
Example 33
Suppose we have 12 adults and 10 kids as an audience of a certain show. Find
the number of ways the host can select three persons from the audiences to
volunteer. The choice must contain two kids and one adult.
Solution
2 kids out of 10 and 1 adult out of 12
Number of ways 10C2 12 C1 540 ways
Number of ways 540
Example 34
From a group of 7 men and 6 women, 5 persons are to be selected to form a
committee so that at least 3 men are there in the committee. In how many ways
can it be done?
Solution
We may have (3 men and 2 women) or (4 men and 1 woman) or (5 men only)
Number of ways 7 C3 6 C 2 7 C 4 6 C1 7C5 756
Number of ways 756
536
Example 35
Out of 10 mathematicians, a committee of 5 mathematicians has to be made. In
how many ways can this be done?
Solution
10
C5 252ways
Number of ways 252
Example 36
Out of 5 mathematicians and 7 chemists, a committee of 2 mathematicians and
3 chemists has to be made. In how many ways can this be done:
a) If any mathematician and chemist can be included?
b) If one particular chemist must be in the committee?
c) If two particular mathematicians cannot be in the committee?
d) If two particular mathematicians and two chemists cannot be in the
committee?
e) If two particular mathematicians and three particular chemists cannot be in
the committee?
f) If two particular mathematicians cannot be in the committee and two
particular chemists must be in the committee?
g) If one particular mathematicians must be in the committee and one
particular chemists must be in the committee?
Solution
(a ) 5C 2 7 C3 350 ways
(b) 5C 2 1C1 6 C 2 150 ways
(c) 3C 2 7 C3 105 ways
(d ) 3C 2 5 C3 30 ways
(e) 3C 2 4 C3 12 ways
( f ) 3C 2 2 C 2 5 C1 15 ways
( g ) 1C1 4 C1 1C1 6 C 2 60 ways
537
Example 38
How many three digit odd numbers can be formed from the digits 1,2,3,4,5 . If
the digits cannot be repeated.
Solution
In order to get old number the last digit must be old (i.e.1,3,5) (one number out of three),
The first digit is one number out of four numbers and the second digit is one out of three numbers.
4C1 3 C1 3 C1 36 numbers
Alternative
1st 2 nd 3 rd
4 3 3
4 3 3 36 numbers
Exercise 8.2
1. A group of students consists of 4 girls and 7 boys. In how many ways can
a team of 5 members be selected if the team has at least a boy and a girl?
2. Out of 5 mathematicians, a committee of 4 mathematicians has to be
made. In how many ways can this be done?
3. Suppose we have 6 adults and 4 kids as an audience of a certain show.
Find the number of ways the host can select three persons from the
audiences to volunteer. The choice must contain two kids and one adult.
4. How many triangles can you make using 4 non collinear points on a
plane?
5. In a class there are 12 boys and 10 girls. The teacher wants to select a boy
and a girl to represent the class in a function. In how many ways can the
teacher make this selection?
538
8.2 PROBABILITY AXIOMS AND THEOREM
Likewise,
P ( A B ) P ( A B ) 1
and
P ( A B ) P ( A B ) 1
539
(e) P( A B) P( A B)
Consider n( A B) n( A B)
Divide by sample space both sides n( s)
n( A B) n( A B)
n( s ) n( s )
P ( A B ) P ( A B)
Likewise
P ( A B ) P ( A B )
(f) P( A) P ( A B ) P ( A B )
Consider n( A) n( A B) n( A B)
Divide by number of sample space n( s)
n( A) n( A B) n( A B)
n( s ) n( s ) n( s )
P ( A) P ( A B ) P ( A B )
Likewise
P ( B ) P ( A B ) P ( A B )
Likewise
P ( B ) P ( A B ) P ( A B )
540
Example 39
If P ( A) 0.5 , P ( B ) 0.3 , and P ( AnB) 0.2 , Find ;
a) P ( AnB )
b) P ( AnB)
c) P ( AuB)
d) P ( AnB )
Solution
(a) P( A B) P( A) P( A B) 0.5 0.2 0.3
(b) P( A B) P( B) P( A B) 0.3 0.2 0.1
(c) P( A B) P( A) P( B) P( A B) 0.5 0.3 0.2 0.6
(d ) P( A B) P( A B) 1 P( A B) 1 0.6 0.4
Example 40
3 1
If P ( A) , P ( B ) and A and B are mutually exclusive, find P ( AuB) .
5 3
Solution
3 1 14
P( A B) P( A) P( B)
5 3 15
Example 41
3 1
If P ( A) , P ( B ) , find P ( AnB) and P ( AuB) if A and B are independent.
5 5
Solution
3 1 3
P ( A B ) P ( A) P ( B )
5 5 25
3 1 3 17
P ( A B ) P ( A) P ( B ) P ( A B )
5 5 25 25
Example 42
1 7 1
Events A and B are such that P ( A) , P( B) and P ( AuB ) , state
2 12 4
whether A and B are independent events.
Solution
541
If events A and B are independent P(A B) P( A) P( B)
Consider P( A B) P(A B) 1 P(A B)
1 3
P(A B) 1 P( A B) 1
4 4
3
P(A B) .......... .......... .......... .......... ........( i )
4
1 7 7
P( A) P( B) .......... .......... .........( ii)
2 12 24
Therefore, P(A B) P( A) P ( B) events A and B are not independent
Example 43
1 3
Given that events A and B are such that P ( A) , P ( B ) p and P( AuB) ,
2 5
find p if A and B are;
a) Mutual exclusive events
b) Independent events
Solution
542
Example 44
If A and B are mutually exclusive events associated with a random experiment
such that P ( A) 0.4 and P ( B ) 0.5 , Find;
a) P ( AuB)
b) P ( AnB )
c) P ( AnB)
d) P ( AnB )
Solution
(a) P( A B) P( A) P( B) 0.4 0.5 0.9
(b) P( A B) P( A B) 1 P( A B) 1 0.9 0.1
(c) P( A B) P( B) P( A B) 0.5 0 0.5
(d ) P( A B) P( A) P( A B) 0.4 0 0.4
Example 45
Events A and B are given to be independent. Find P (B ) if P ( A) 0.4 and
P ( AuB) 0.7
Solution
P( A B) P( A) P( B) P( A B)
P( A B) P( A) P( B) P( A) P( B)
0.7 0.4 P( B) 0.4 P( B)
0.3 0.6 P( B)
P( B) 0.5
Example 46
An urn contains 12 balls, in which 5 are red, 4 are white and 3 are green balls.
A ball is drawn at random. What is a probability that the ball drawn will be
(a) White
(b) Green
(c) Red or Green
(d) Not Green
(e) Neither White nor Green
Solution
543
Total number of balls 12, out of which one ball can be drawn out of 12 ways.
(a) Probability of drwn white ballThere 4 white balls out 12
n(E) 4 1
P(white)
n(S) 12 3
(b) There 3 green balls out 12
n(E) 3 1
P(green)
n(S) 12 4
(c) (There are 5 red out 12)or (3 green out 12)
n(E) 5 3 2
P(red or green)
n(S) 12 12 3
Alternatively
n( E ) Red balls Green balls 5 3 8
n(E) 8 2
P(red or green)
n(S) 12 3
(d ) Probability of not green means that either a ball is red or white.
1 3
P(not green) 1 P(green) 1
4 4
3
P(not green)
4
n( E ) 5
P(neither white nor green) P(red)
n( S ) 12
Example 47
In a box, there are 8 red, 7 blue and 6 green balls. One ball is picked up
randomly. What is the probability that the ball drawn will be blue?
Solution
Total number of balls 8 7 6 21 balls
n( E ) 7 1
Probability of drawn blue ball
n( S ) 21 3
544
Example 48
A bag contains 2 red, 3 green and 4 blue balls. Two balls are drawn at random.
What is the probability that
(a) All balls are green
(b) none of the balls drawn is blue
Solution
Total number of balls 2 3 4 9 balls
Number of sample space 2 balls are drawn out of 9 balls n(S) 9C 2 36
(a) All balls are green
n( E ) 2 balls are drwn out of 3 3C 2 3
n ( E ) 3C 2 3 1
P( E ) 9
n( S ) C 2 36 12
(b) Non of the balls drawn is blue
Not blue mean its red or green
n(E) Two balls are drawn out of 2 red 3green 5 balls 5C 2 10
n( E ) 10 5
P( E )
n( S ) 36 18
Example 49
In a class, there are 15 boys and 10 girls. Three students are selected at random.
Find the probability that 1 girl and 2 boys are selected.
Solution
Number Sample space Number of ways of selecting3 students out of 25 students 25C3 2300
n( S ) 25C3 2300
Number of event 1 girl out of 10 and 2 boys out 1510C1 15 C 2 1050
n( E ) 1050
n( E ) 10C1 15 C 2 1050 21
P( E ) 25
n( S ) C3 2300 46
Example 50
A card is drawn at random from a well shuffled deck of 52 cards. Find the
probability that the card is a
(a) King or Red card
(b) Club or Diamond
(c) King or Queen
(d) King or an Ace
(e) Spade or Club
(f) Neither a Heart nor a King
545
Solution
n( K ) 4 1
Let King K, P( K )
n( S ) 52 13
n( R) 26 1
Red R, P( R)
n( S ) 52 2
n(C ) 13 1
Club C, P(C )
n( S ) 52 4
n( D) 13 1
Diamond D, P( D)
n( S ) 52 4
n(Q) 4 1
Queen Q, P(Q)
n( S ) 52 13
n( A) 4 1
Ace A, P( A)
n( S ) 52 13
n( S ) 13 1
Spade S, P( S )
n( S ) 52 4
n( H ) 4 1
Heart H, P( H )
n( S ) 52 13
(a) P( K R) P( K ) P( R) P( K R)
2 1
Since there 2 kings out of 26 red cards, P( K R)
52 26
1 1 1 7
P( K R) P( K ) P( R) P( K R)
13 2 26 13
13 13 1
(b) P(C D) P(C ) P( D)
52 52 2
4 4 2
(c) P( K Q) P( K ) P(Q)
52 52 13
4 4 2
(d ) P( K A) P( K ) P( A)
52 52 13
13 13 1
(e) P( S C ) P( S ) P(C )
52 52 2
( f ) P ( H K ) 1 P ( H K ) 1 P ( H ) P ( K ) P ( H K )
13 4 1 9
P ( H K ) 1
52 52 52 13
546
Example 51
Two dice are thrown simultaneously. What is the probability of getting two
numbers whose sum is greater than or equal to ten?
Solution
Die 1,2,3,4,5,6
We can solve this question by using tree diagram or by using table
Dice 1 2 3 4 5 6
1 1,1 1,2 1,3 1,4 1,5 1,6
2 2,1 2,2 2,3 2,4 2,5 2,6
3 3,1 3,2 3,3 3,4 3,5 3,6
4 4,1 4,2 4,3 4,4 4,5 4,6
5 5,1 5,2 5,3 5,4 5,5 5,6
6 6,1 6,2 6,3 6,4 6,5 6,6
Number of sample space n( s ) 36
Event (4,6), (5,5), (5,6), (6,4), (6,5), (6,6)
n( E ) 6
n( E ) 6 1
P( E )
n( S ) 36 6
Example 52
In a lottery, there are 10 prizes and 25 blanks. A lottery is drawn at random.
What is the probability of getting a prize?
Solution
n( S ) 10 25 35
n( E ) 10
n( E ) 10 2
P( E )
n( S ) 35 7
Example 53
From a pack of 52 cards, two cards are drawn together at random. What is the
probability of both the cards being kings?
Solution
n( S ) 2 cards are drawn out of 52 cards 52C2 1326
n( E ) event of getting 2 kings out of 4 kings 4C2 6
n( E ) 4 C 2 6 1
P( E ) 52
n( S ) C2 1326 221
547
Example 54
Two dice are tossed. Find the probability that the total score is a prime number.
Solution
Dice 1 2 3 4 5 6
1 1,1 1,2 1,3 1,4 1,5 1,6
2 2,1 2,2 2,3 2,4 2,5 2,6
3 3,1 3,2 3,3 3,4 3,5 3,6
4 4,1 4,2 4,3 4,4 4,5 4,6
5 5,1 5,2 5,3 5,4 5,5 5,6
6 6,1 6,2 6,3 6,4 6,5 6,6
Number of sample space, n( s) 36
Event (1,1), (1,2), (1,4), (1,7), (2,1), (2,3), (2,5), (3,2), (3,4), (4,1), (4,3), (5,2), (5,6), (6,1), (6,5)
n( E ) 15
n( E ) 15 5
P( E )
n( S ) 36 12
Example 55
A card is drawn from a pack of 52 cards. Find the probability of getting a queen
of club or a king of heart.
Solution
n( S ) 52C1 52
Event drawn 1 king out of 13 clubs or a 1 king of heart out of 13 hearts
n( E )1C1 or 1C1 1C1 1C1 2
n( E ) 1C1 1C1 2 1
P( E ) 52
n( S ) C1 52 26
Example 56
Two cards are drawn together from a pack of 52 cards. Find the probability that
one is a spade and one is a heart.
Solution
nS 52C2 1326
Event Number of ways of choosing1 spade out of 13 and 1 heart out of 13
nE 13C113 C1 169
nE 13C1 13 C1 169 13
P E 52
nS C2 1326 102
548
Example 57
An urn contains 6 red, 5 blue and 2 green marbles. If 3 marbles are picked at
random, what is the probability that both are red?
Solution
Total number of marbles 6 5 2 13 marbles
n( S )13C3 286
n( E ) 6C3 20
n( E ) 6 C3 20 10
P( E ) 13
n( S ) C3 286 143
Example 58
A bag contains 12 white and 18 black balls. Two balls are drawn in succession
without replacement. What is the probability that first is white and second is
black?
Solution
Total number of balls 12 white 18 black 30 balls
12C 18C 36
P( E ) 30 1 29 1
C1 C1 145
Example 59
A box contains 4 chocobars and 4 ice creams. Tom eats 3 of them, by randomly
choosing. What is the probability of choosing 2 chocobars and 1 ice cream?
Solution
Total number of iterms 4 4 8
n( E ) 4
Probability of choosing the first chocobar
n( S ) 8
n( E ) 3
Probability of choosing the second chocobar (After eating no replacement)
n( S ) 7
n( E ) 4
Probability of choosing the one ice cream
n( S ) 6
4 3 4 1
Required probability
8 7 6 7
1
The probability of choosing 2 chocobars and 1 ice cream
7
549
Example 60
Tickets numbered 1 to 20 are mixed up and then a ticket is drawn at random.
What is the probability that the ticket drawn has a number which is a multiple
of 3 or 5?
Solution
n( S ) 20
Event 3,6,9,12,15,18,5,10,20 n( E ) 9
n( E ) 9
P( E )
n( S ) 20
Example 61
A card is drawn from a deck of 52 cards. Find the probability of getting a king
or heart or a red card.
Solution
Let K King card
H Heart cards
R Red cards
Required, P( K or H or R) P( K H R)
From, P( K H R) P( K ) P( H ) P( R) P( K H ) P( K R) P( H R) P( K H R)
n( K ) 4, n( H ) 13 and n( R) 26
n( K H ) 1, n( K R) 2, n( H R) 13 and n( K H R) 1
Now, P( K H R) P( K ) P( H ) P( R) P( K H ) P( K R) P( H R) P( K H R)
4 13 26 1 2 13 1 7
P( K H R)
52 52 52 52 52 52 52 13
Example 62
In a class 30% of the students offered mathematics, 20% offered chemistry and
10% offered both. If a students is selected at random, find the probability that
he has offered mathematics or chemistry.
Solution
Let M Students offeredmathematics
C Students offeredChemistry
P( M ) 30% 0.3
P(C ) 20% 0.2
P( M C ) 10% 0.1
Required, P( M C ) P( M ) P(C ) P( M C )
P( M C ) 0.3 0.2 0.1 0.4
550
Example 63
The probability that at least one of the events A and B occurs is 0.7 and they
occur simultaneously with probability 0.2, find P ( A) P ( B )
Solution
P ( A B ) 0.7 and P( A B) 0.2
From, P ( A B) P ( A) P( B ) P( A B)
0.7 P( A) P ( B) 0.2
P ( A) P ( B ) 0.9.......... .......... ........( i )
But
P ( A) P ( A) 1.......... .......... .........( ii)
P ( B) P ( B ) 1.......... .......... .........( iii)
Add equations (i) and (ii)
P ( A) P ( B ) P( A) P ( B ) 2......( iv)
Substitute equation (i) into equation (iv)
0.9 P( A) P( B ) 2
P ( A) P ( B) 1.1
Example 64
A coin is tossed and a die is thrown, find the probability that the outcomes will
be a head or a number greater than 4.
Solution
By using table
1 2 3 4 5 6
H H,1 H,2 H,3 H,4 H,5 H,6
T T,1 T,2 T,3 T,4 T,5 T,6
Let H Head, G Number greater than 4
n( S ) 12, n( H ) 6, n(G ) 4 and n( H G ) 2
n( H ) 6 1
P( H )
n( S ) 12 2
n(G ) 4 1
P(G )
n( S ) 12 3
n( H G ) 2 1
P( H G )
n( S ) 12 6
Required, P( H G ) P( H ) P(G ) P( H G )
1 1 1 2
P( H G )
2 3 6 3
551
Example 65
2
The probability that a company executive will travel by plane is and that he
3
1
will travel by train is . Find the probability of his travelling by plane or train.
5
Solution
2
Let A Travel by plane, P( A)
3
1
B Travel by Train, P( B)
5
From, P( A B) P( A) P( B) P( A B) but P( A B) 0
2 1 13
P( A B) 0
3 5 15
Example 66
Naomi appears for an interview for two posts A and B, selection for which is
1 1
independent. The probability of selection for post A is and for post B is .
7 3
What is the probability that Naomi is selected for at least one of the posts?
Solution
1
Let A Selected for post A, P( A)
7
1
B Selected for post B, P( B)
3
From, P( A B) P( A) P( B) P( A B) but P( A B) P( A) P( B)
P( A B) P( A) P( B) P( A) P( B)
1 1 1 1 3
P( A B)
7 3 7 3 7
Example 67
A bag contains 4 red and 3 black balls. A second bag contains 2 red and 4 black
balls. One bag is selected at random. From the selected bag, one ball is drawn.
Find the probability that the ball drawn is red.
Solution
552
The first bag has 4 red balls out of 7 balls and second bag has 2 red balls out of 6 balls
P(red ) P(red in first bag ) or P(red in second bag ) probability of selectinga bag
4 2 1 19
P(red )
7 6 2 42
Alternative
4C 2C 1 19
P(red ) 7 1 6 1
C1 C1 2 42
19
Probability of getting red ball from any bag
42
Example 68
A bag contains 5 white balls and 2 black balls. Another bag contains 3 white
balls and 6 black balls. If one ball is drawn from each bag, find the probability
that both are white.
Solution
The probability of drawn both ball are white are independent event from each bag
P(Both white) P(White from bag 1) P(White from bag 2)
5 3 5
P(W W ) P(W ) P(W )
7 9 21
Example 69
Two balls are drawn at random from a bag containing 2 white, 3 red, 4 green
and 5 black balls, one by one without replacement. Find the probability that
both balls are of different colours?
Solution
Total number of balls in a bag 2 3 4 5 14 balls
P(Two balls of different colours) P(w and w ) or P(r and r ) or P(g and g) or P(b and b)
Probability P( w w) P(r r ) P( g g ) P(b b)
Probability P( w) P( w) P(r ) P(r ) P( g ) P( g ) P(b) P(b)
2 12 3 11 4 10 5 9 71
Probability
14 13 14 13 14 13 14 13 91
71
The probability of selecting two balls of different coloursis
91
553
Example 70
In bag A there are 3 white and 7 black balls, in a bag B, 6 are white and 2 are
black balls and in bag C 4 are white and 5 are black balls. One ball is taken out
at random from each bag. Find the probability that all the three balls are of the
same colour.
Solution
Total number of balls in bag A 3 white 7 black 10 balls
Total number of balls in bag B 6 white 2 black 8 balls
Total number of balls in bag C 4 white 5 black 9 balls
Probability All balls are white or All balls are black
3 6 4 7 2 5 71
Probabbility
10 8 9 10 8 9 360
Example 71
A bag A contains 2 green and 5 blue balls and another bag B contains 7 green
and 3 blue balls. A ball is drawn from bag A and without noticing its colour, is
put in bag B. A ball is then drawn from bag B. Find the probability that,
(a) The ball drawn is green in colour.
(b) The ball drawn is blue in colour.
Solution
Number of balls in bag A 2 green 5blue 7 balls
Number of balls in bag B 7 green 3blue 10 balls
554
(b) The ball drawn is blue in colour
Case I. A blue ball is transferred from bag A to bag B
5
Probability of drawn blue ball from bag A before transfer
7
4
Probability of drawn blue ball from bag B after transfer
11
Note; After transfer1 blue ball from bag A to bag B, number blue balls
in bag B become 4 out of 11 balls
5 4 20
Probability of both these events happening together
7 11 77
555
Example 72
Probability of solving specific problem independently by James and Tom are
1 1
and respectively. If both try to solve the problem independently, find the
2 4
probability that
(a) The problem is solved
(b) Exactly one of them solves the problem.
Solution
Let A Event that the problem is solved by James, P A
1
2
Let B Event that the problem is solved by Tom, P B
1
4
(a) The problem is solved if at least one of them solve the problem,
P A B P A PB P A B and P A B P A PB
1 1 1 1 5
P A B P A PB P A PB
2 4 2 4 8
Example 73
Salome speaks truth in 90% of cases and Moses in 60% of cases. Find the
probability that, while stating the same fact, Salome and Moses contradict each
other.
Solution
Let A Salome speaks truth
B Moses speak truth
P( A) 90% 0.9 and P( B) 60% 0.6
P(A and B contradict) P(A and B) or P(A and B) P( A).P( B) P( A).P( B)
P(A and B contradict) 0.9 0.3 0.1 0.6 0.33
556
Example 74
2
The probability of Ronaldo to pass an examination is and that of Lukaku is
5
1
.Find the probability that
3
(a) Only Ronaldo passes
(b) Only one of them passes
Solution
(a) Only Ronaldo passes
2
Let R Ronaldo passes, P ( R)
5
1
L Lukaku passes, P ( L)
3
2 2 4
P(R L) P( R) P( L)
5 3 15
(b) Only one of them passes
P(R L) or P(R L) P( R) P( L) P( R) P( L)
2 2 3 1 7
P(R L) P(R L)
5 3 5 3 15
Example 75
A student takes up physics, chemistry and mathematics. His chance of getting
A grade in these subjects are 0.2, 0.3 and 0.4 respectively and the chances are
independent. Find the probability that he gets
(a) All A' s
(b) No A' s
(c) Exactly two A' s
Solution
Let H Chance of getting A in Physics
C Chance of getting A in Chemistry
M Chance of getting A in Mathematics
(a) P(All A' s) P( H C M ) P( H ) P(C ) P( M ) 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.024
557
Exercise 8.3
558
12. A lot consists of six good pencils, 4 with minor defects and 2 with major
defects. A pencil is chosen at random. What is a probability that this
pencil is not defective?
13. In a class of 24 students with roll numbers 1 to 24, a student is picked up
at random to answer a question. Find the probability that the roll number
of the selected student is either a multiple of 4 0r 6.
14. Three cards are drawn at random from a pack of well shuffled 52 cards.
Find the probability that
(a) All the three cards are of the same suit
(b) One is Ace, the second is a king and the third is a jack.
15. A committee of 6 principals is to be selected from a group of 9 male
principals and 7 female principals. If the selection is made randomly, find
the probability that there are 4 male principals and 2 female principals.
16. In an interview for a job in mining centre 5 boys and 3 girls appeared. If 4
persons are to be selected at random from the group. Find the probability
that 3 boys and 1 girl or 1 boy and 3 girls are to be selected.
17. At second hand car room 20% of the cars have no engine, 40% have
bald tyres and 15% have no engine and bald tyres. What is the probability
that a car chosen at random has good tyres and an engine.
559
Example 76
In a class, 40% of the students study math and science. 60% of the students
study math. What is the probability of a student studying science given he/she is
already studying math?
Solution
Let A Students who study Math
B Students who study Science
P( A and B) 40% 0.4
P( A) 60% 0.6
Required, P B ?
A
P B
A
P ( A B) 0.4 2
P( A)
0.6 3
Example 77
In an exam, two reasoning problems, 1 and 2, are asked. 35% students solved
problem 1 and 15% students solved both the problems. How many students
who solved the first problem will also solve the second one?
Solution
Let A students who solved problem1
B students who solved problem 2
P( A) 35% 0.35
P( AandB) P( A B) 15% 0.15
Requaired, PB A?
P( A B) 0.15 3
From, PB A 0.4286 42.86%
P( A) 0.35 7
The number of students is approxitely 43%
560
Example 78
Out of 50 people surveyed in a study, 35 smoke in which there are 20 males.
What is the probability that if the person surveyed is a smoker then he is a
male?
Solution
Let A=Smoker, and B=Male
Required, P B ?
A
From, P B
A
P( A B) 2 5 4
P( A)
0.7 7
4
Probability of a person being male if he is smoker
7
Alternative
Given that 20 persons are males out of 35 smokers
PB
20 4
A 35 7
4
Probability of a person being male if he is smoker
7
Example 79
The probability of raining on Sunday is 0.07. If today is Sunday then find the
probability of rain today.
Solution:
Probability that it is raining and the day is Sunday, P(A and B)=0.07
1
P( B)
Probability that is Sunday, 7
561
Example 80
In a school the third language has to be chosen between Hindi and French. If a
student has taken French then what is the probability that he will take Hindi, if
the probability of taking French is 0.34?
Solution:
Probability of taking French and Hindi, P(A and B)=0 as they are mutually
exclusive events.
Example 81
When two dice are rolled, find the probability of getting a greater number on
the first die than the one on the second, given that the sum should equal 8.
Solution
When two dice are tossed, n( S ) 36
Let A Sum equal to 8
G Greater number on the first die
Event (2,6), (3,5), (4,4), (5,3), (6,2) n( A) 5
n( A) 5
P ( A)
n( S ) 36
G and A (5,3), (6,2) nG and A 2
nG and A 2
PG and A
n( S ) 36
PG A 2 36 2
Required, P G
A P( A)
5
5
36
P G
A 5
2
562
Example 82
A die is rolled. If the outcome is an even number, what is the probability that it
is a prime number?
Solution
Let A getting an even number, 2,4,6, n A 3, P A
3 1
6 2
A getting an prime number, 2,3,5, nB 3, PB
3 1
6 2
A B 2, n A B 1, P A B 6
1
Required, P B A
A PPAAB
1
1
P B 6
1
2 3
P B A 13
Example 83
The probability that a student selected at random from a class will pass
1
Mathematics is and the probability he/she will pass in mathematics and
3
1
Physics is . What is the probability that he/she will pass in Physics if it is
4
known that he/she has passed in Mathematics?
Solution
1
Let A Pass in Mathematics, P ( A)
3
B Pass in Physics
1
P( A B)
4
Required, P B
A
P B
A
P( A B) 14
P ( A)
0.75
1
3
Example 84
A family has two children. What is a probability that both the children are girls
given that
(a) The youngest is a girl
(b) At least one is a girl?
563
Solution
Let B stands for Boy and G stands for Girl`
Sample space(S) B, B , (G, B ), ( B, G ), (G, G ) , n(S) 4
(a ) The youngest is a girl
Let A both are girls (G, G )
D The youngest is a girl ( B, G ), (G, G ), n( D) 2
n( D ) 2 1
P( D)
n( S ) 4 2
( A D) (G, G ), P( A D)
1
4
Required, P A
D
P( A D) 14 1
P( D)
1 2
2
P A
D 2
1
Required, P A
E
P( A E )
P( E )
1
4
3
1
3
4
P A
E 3
1
Example 85
An urn contains 6 white, 8 yellow and 10 black marbles. A marble is chosen at
random from the urn, and is noted that it is not one of black marbles. What is
the probability that it is yellow?
Solution
Let W White marble 6
Y Yellow marble 8
B Black marble 10
n( S ) 6 8 10 24marbles
Required, P Y B
) PY (Y W ) PY
PY
B
P (Y B
P ( B )
1 P( B)
1 P( B)
Note : If it's not Black it's either Yellow or White
PY
P Y
8
24
B 1 P ( B ) 1 10 24 7
4
564
Example 86
At Marian 70% of the students read English newspaper, 30% read Swahili
newspaper and 20% read both English and Swahili newspapers. A student is
selected at random.
(a) Find the probability that she read neither English nor Swahili newspapers.
(b) If she read English newspapers, find the probability that she reads also
Swahili newspaper.
(c) If she reads Swahili newspaper, find the probability that she reads also
English newspaper.
Solution
Let E Students read English newspaper
S Students read Swahili newspaper
P( E ) 70% 0.7, P( S ) 30% 0.3 and P( E S ) 20% 0.2
(a) Probability of neither English nor Swahili newspaper (i.e. P( E S ))
From, P( E S ) 1 P( E S ) 1 P( E ) P( S ) P( E S )
P( E S ) 1 P( E ) P( S ) P( E S ) 1 0.7 0.3 0.2 0.2
E P(PE(E)S ) 00..72 72
(b) P S
S P(PE(S )S ) 00..23 32
(c ) P E
Exercise 8.4
1. A couple has 2 children. Find the probability that both are boys, if it’s
known that the older child is a boy? (ans. 0.5)
2. A couple has 3 children. Find the probability that both are girls, if it’s
known that the second child is a girl?
3. A jar contains black and white marbles. Two marbles are chosen without
replacement. The probability of selecting a black marble and then a white
marble is 0.34, and the probability of selecting a black marble on the first
draw is 0.47. What is the probability of selecting a white marble on the
second draw, given that the first marble drawn was black?
565
4. A math teacher gave her class two tests. 20% of the class passed both
tests and 40% of the class passed the first test. What percent of those who
passed the first test also passed the second test?
5. The probability that it is Friday and that a student is absent is 0.06. Since
there are 5 school days in a week, the probability that it is Friday is 0.2.
What is the probability that a student is absent given that today is Friday?
6. At Marian Middle School, the probability that a student takes IT and
Mathematics is 0.08. The probability that a student takes IT is 0.6. What
is the probability that a student takes Mathematics given that the student
is taking IT?
7. In New York State, 50% of all teenagers own a skateboard and 40% of all
teenagers own a skateboard and roller blades. What is the probability that
a teenager owns roller blades given that the teenager owns a skateboard?
8. At a middle school, 18% of all students play football and basketball and
72% of all students play football. What is the probability that a student
plays basketball given that the student plays football?
9. In the United States, 81% of all children get an allowance and 27% of all
children get an allowance and do household chores. What is the
probability that a child does household chores given that the child gets an
allowance?
10. In Tanzania, 90% of all households have a television. 42% of all
households have a television and a VCR. What is the probability that a
household has a VCR given that it has a television?
11. In New Zealand, 80% of the houses have a garage and 62% of the houses
have a garage and a back yard. What is the probability that a house has a
backyard given that it has a garage?
12. In my town, it’s rainy one third of the days. Given that it is rainy, there
1
will be heavy traffic with probability 2 , and given that it is not rainy, there
1
will be heavy traffic with probability 4 . If it’s rainy and there is heavy
1
traffic, the probability that I will arrive late for work is 2 . On the other
1
hand, the probability of being late is reduced to 8 if it is not rainy and
there is no heavy traffic. In other situations (rainy and no traffic, not rainy
and traffic) the probability of being late is 0.25 .(Pick any day)
(a) What is the probability that it's not raining and there is heavy traffic and I
am not late?
566
(b) What is the probability that I am late?
(c) Given that I arrived late at work, what is the probability that it rained that
day?
567
MATHEMATICAL EXPECTATION
The expectation or expected value of the random variable is the mean (average)
of the probability distribution.
If X is a discrete random variable which can take values x1 , x2 , x3 , , xn with
their probabilities Px1 , Px2 , Px3 , , Pxn respectively.
Then the mathematical expectation is denoted by E ( X )
Expectation of X is given by
n
E X x1 P( x1 ) x2 P( x2 ) xn P( xn ) xi P( xi )
i 1
n
E X xi P( xi )
i 1
Properties of Expectation
(i) E a a
(ii) Eax aE(x)
(iii) Eax b aE( x) b
(iv) Eg ( x) h( x) Eg ( x) Eh( x)
(v) E f ( x) g ( x) E f ( x) Eg ( x)
Proofs of some basic Expectation Properties
(i ) E (a) a
From E ( x) xP( X x)
E (a) aP( X x) a P( X x) but P( X x) 1
E (a) a
568
VARIANCE OF DISCRETE RANDOM VARIABLE
In probability and statistics, the variance of a random variable is the average
value of the square distance from the mean value. It represents the how the
random variable is distributed near the mean value. Small variance indicates
that the random variable is distributed near the mean value. Big variance
indicates that the random variable is distributed far from the mean value.
The variance of random variable X is the expected value of squares of
difference of X and the expected value μ
The discrete random variable X with mean . The variance of X is denoted by
and is defined as Var X Ex where
2
Var X x is the random variable of
the distribution and is the mean.
From Var X Ex we can deduce the useful variance formula as,
2
Var X E x
2
Var X E x 2 2 x 2
Var X E x 2
E 2 x E 2
Var X E x 2
2E x but E x
2
Var X E x 2
2 2 2
Var X E x 2
2
Var X E x E x
2 2
Var X E x 2
E x
2
Var X E x 2 E(x)
2
Properties of Variance
(i) Vara 0 (' a' is constant and never vary)
(ii) Var ax a 2Var x
(iii) Varax b a 2Varx
(iv) Var f ( x) g ( x) Var f ( x) Varg ( x)
569
Proofs of some basic Variance Properties
(i ) Var (a) 0
From Var ( x) E ( x 2 ) E ( x)
2
Var (a) 0
2 2
Var (ax) E (a 2 x 2 ) E (ax) a 2 E ( x 2 ) a 2 E ( x) a 2 E ( x 2 ) E ( x) a 2Var ( x)
2
Var (ax) a Var ( x)
2
Var (ax b) E (ax b) 2 E (ax b)
2
2 2 2 2
Var (ax b) a E ( x ) a E ( x) a E ( x ) E ( x) a Var ( x)
2 2 2
2
Example 87
The p.d.f of a discrete random variable X is given by P( X x) cx 2 for
x 0,1,2,3. Find the value of the constant c .
Solution
X x 0 1 2 3
P X x 0 c 4c 9c
Consider P( X x) cx 2
3
P( X x ) 1
i 0
i
0 c 4c 9c 1
14c 1
The value of c 114
570
Example 88
A random variable X has the following probability function,
x 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
P (x ) 0 k 2k 2k 3k k 2
2k 2
7k 2 k
(a) Find k
(b) Calculate P ( x 2) , P ( 2 x 4) , P ( 2 x 4) and P ( x 5)
Solution
(a) Required value of k
7
From P( x) 1
x 0
k 2k 2k 3k k 2 2k 2 (7k 2 k ) 1
10k 2 9k 1 0
The value of k 0.1
Example 89
A random variable X has a probability distribution as shown below;
X -2 -1 0 1 2
P ( X x ) 0.3 0.1 0.15 0.4 0.05
Expectation, E ( x) 0.2
571
Example 90
A random variable X has a p.d.f for x 1,2,3 as shown below;
x 1 2 3
P (x ) 0 1 0 6 0 3
(a) E ( x)
(b) E (5)
(c) E (4 x)
(d) E (3 x 2 )
2
(e) E ( x )
2
(f) E (2 x )
(g) E (2 x 3)
2
Solution
3
(a) E ( x) xi P( xi ) (1 0.1) (2 0.6) (3 0.3) 2.2
x 1
(b) E (5) 5
(c) E (4 x) 4 E ( x) 4 2.2 8.8
(d ) E (3x 2) E (3x) E (2) 3E ( x) 2 3(2.2) 2 8.6
3
(e) E ( x 2 ) xi P( xi ) (12 0.1) (2 2 0.6) (32 0.3) 5.2
2
x 1
3
( f ) E (2 x 2 ) 2 xi P( xi ) 2 (12 0.1) (2 2 0.6) (32 0.3) 10.4
2
x 1
3
( g ) E (2 x 2 3) 2 xi P( xi ) 2 (12 0.1) (2 2 0.6) (32 0.3) 3 13.4
2
x 1
Example 91
X is the number of heads obtained when 2 coins are tossed, find E ( x ) ,
E (10 x ) , E ( x 1) , E ( x 2 ) and E ( x x )
2
Solution
572
When two coinare tossed the possible sample space are HH, HT, TH, TT, n( s) 4
Let x be number of head(s)
1 2 1
P( x 0) 0.25, P( x 1) 0.5, P( x 2) 0.25
4 4 4
By using table
x 0 1 2
P ( X x ) 0.25 0.5 0.25
Required;
2
E ( x) xi P ( xi ) (0 0.25) (1 0.5) (2 0.25) 1
x 0
2
E (10x) 10 xi P ( xi ) 10(0 0.25) (1 0.5) (2 0.25) 10
x 0
2
E ( x 1) xi P( xi ) (0 0.25) (1 0.5) (2 0.25) 1 2
x 0
2
E ( x 2 ) xi P ( xi ) (0 2 0.25) (12 0.5) (2 2 0.25) 1.5
2
x 0
Example 92
The random variance X has probability distribution as shown below;
x 1 2 3 4 5
P (x ) 0.1 0.3 0.2 0.3 0.1
Find;
(a) E (x)
2
(b) E ( x )
(c) Var(x)
(d) Standard Deviation of x
Solution
5
(a) E ( x) xi P( xi ) (1 0.1) (2 0.3) (3 0.2) (4 0.3) (5 0.1) 3
x 1
5
(b) E ( x 2 ) xi P( xi ) (12 0.1) (2 2 0.3) (32 0.2) (4 2 0.3) (5 2 0.1) 10.4
2
x 1
573
Example 93
A discrete random variable X has a probability function given by;
kx 2 x 1,2,3.
P( x)
0 otherwise
(a) Find k
(b) E (x ) ?
2
(c) E ( x ) ?
(d) Var (x ) ?
(e) S.D of x
Solution
(a) Required value of k
By using table
x 1 2 3
P( x) kx 2 k 4k 9k
From,
3
P( x ) 1
i 1
i
k 4k 9k 1
1
k
14
Now,
x 1 2 3
P( x) 141 x 2 1
14
2
7
9
14
3
(b) E ( x) x P( x ) (1
x 1
i i
1
14 ) (2 72 ) (3 149 ) 187
3
(c) E ( x )
2
x
x 1
i
2
P( xi ) (12 141 ) (2 2 72 ) (32 149 ) 7
2
18
(d) Var ( x) E ( x ) E ( x 2 ) 2 E ( x 2 ) E ( x) 2 7
19
7 49
(e) Standard Deviation (SD) Var ( x) 19
49 0.6227
574
Exercise 8.5
The discrete random variable X has the following probability distribution,
x 0 1 2 3 4
P (x ) 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Find;
(i) Work down the name of the distribution.
(ii) P (1 x 3)
(iii) P (1 x 4)
(iv) P (1 x 3)
(v) E ( x )
x2
(ii) f ( x)dx 1
x1
575
Proofs of some basic Expectation Properties
(i ) E (a ) a
From E ( x) xf ( x)dx
E (a) af ( x)dx a f ( x)dx but f ( x)dx 1
E (a) a
Var X E x 2 2 x 2
Var X E x 2
E 2 x E 2
Var X E x 2
2E x but E x
2
Var X E x 2
2
2 2
Var X E x 2
2
Var X E x E x
2 2
576
Properties of Variance
(i) Vara 0
(ii) Var ax a 2Var x
(iii) Varax b a 2Varx
(iv) Var f ( x) g ( x) Var f ( x) Varg ( x)
Var (a) 0
2 2
Var (ax) E (a 2 x 2 ) E (ax) a 2 E ( x 2 ) a 2 E ( x) a 2 E ( x 2 ) E ( x) a 2Var ( x)
2
Var (ax) a Var ( x)
2
Var (ax b) E (ax b) 2 E (ax b)
2
Var (ax b) a 2 E ( x 2 ) a 2 E ( x) a 2 E ( x 2 ) E ( x) a 2Var ( x)
2 2
Var (ax) a Var ( x)
2
577
Example 94
Solution
b
(a ) From f ( x)dx 1
a
4
kx dx 1
2
kx
3
3 04 1
3
x
k 3 4
0
1
3
k
64
3
(b) P(1 x 3) kx2 dx
1
3
1
3 2
64
x dx
3
64 1
3
x 2 dx
3 x3
64 3
641 x 1332
3
1
3 3
1
13
P(1 x 3)
32
Example 95
Solution
4
(a) Pless than 4 P( x 4) P(0 x 4) 0.2 0.02x dx 0.2 x 0.01x 2
4
0 0.64
0
P( x 4) 0.64
6
(b) P(2 x 6) 0.2 0.02x dx 0.2 x 0.01x 2
6
2 0.48
2
578
Example 96
X is a continuous variable, the mass in kg of a substance produced per minute
in industrial process where;
1
x6 x 0 x6
f ( x) 36
0 otherwise
Find the probability that the mass is more than 5kg.
Solution
272
6 6 6
P( x 5) P 5 x 6 f ( x)dx 361 x6 x dx 361 6 x x 2 dx 361 3x 2 x3
3 6
5
5 5 5
2
P( x 5)
27
Example 97
1 2
The p.d.f of X where f ( x) x for 0 x 3 . Find
9
a) The mean of x
b) P( x )
Solution
x dx x
b 3 3
9
(a ) E ( x) xf ( x)dx x 1
9 x 2 dx 1
9
3 1
36
4 3
0 2.25
a 0 0
4
x
2.25
27
(b) P( x ) P( x 2.25) P(0 x 2.25)
3 2.25
1
9 x 2 dx 1
27 0
0
64
Example 98
579
Solution
x 3 3x 2 34
x
b 4 4
(a) E ( x) xf ( x)dx x ( x 3) dx
1
20
1
20
2
3x dx 1
20 3 2 15
a 0 0
34 143
(b) E (2 x 5) 2 E ( x) 5 2 5
15 15
x4 3
x
b 4 4
(c) E ( x 2 ) x`2 f ( x)dx x 2 201 ( x 3) dx 1
20
3
3x 2 dx 1
20 4 x 6.4
a 0 0
34 119
(d ) E ( x 2 2 x 3) E ( x 2 ) 2 E ( x) 3 6.4 2 3
15 15
Example 99
1
The continuous random variable X has a p.d.f f ( x ) where f ( x) x , 0 x 4 .
8
Find;
a) E ( x ) (d) Standard Deviation
2
b) E ( x ) (c) Var (3 x)
c) Var (x) (d) Var (3 x 10)
Solution
4
1 x3
4 4 4
(a) E ( x) xf ( x)dx x x dx x dx
1 1
8 2
8 8
0 0 0
8 0 3
3
4
1 x4
4 4 4
(b) E ( x ) x f ( x)dx x
2 2
2 1
8 x dx x dx 8
1
8
3
0 0 0
8 4 0
2
8
(c) Var ( x) E ( x 2 ) E ( x) 8
2 8
3 9
8 2 2
(d ) Standard Deviation (SD) Var ( x)
9 3
8
(e) Var (3 x) 32 Var ( x) 9 8
9
8
( f ) Var (3x 10) 32 Var ( x) 9 8
9
580
Example 100
Solution
Given that P x
1
rx in the interval 0 x 4
2
4
(a )From P ( x)dx 1
0
1
4
2 rx dx 1
0
4
1 r 2
2 x 2 x 1
0
1
2
4
x rx 2 0 1
4 16r 2
1
r
8
(b) Expectation of x
4
1 1 1 1 3 4
4
E x x x dx x 2 x
0
2 8 4 24 0 3
4
Expectation of x is
3
581
(c) Var ( x) E x 2 E x
2
1 1 1 1 1 1
4 4
8
E x x x dx x 2 x 3 dx x 3 x 4
2 2
0 2 8 0
2 8 6 32 0 3
2
8 4 8
Var ( x)
3 3 9
2
1 1 1 1
2
5
(d ) x dx x x 2
1
2 8 2 16 1 16
Exercise 8.6
1. A continuous random variable X has a p.d.f f ( x) where;
k x 22 2 x 0
1
f ( x) 4k 0 x
3
0 otherwise
Find;
a) The value of k
b) P (1 x 0)
c) P ( x 0)
d) Sketch f ( x )
582
3
f (h) 16
4h h 2 0h2
0 otherwise
a) PH 1
b) Show that E ( H ) 1.25
5. The random variable X has the distribution given below by the table
R 1 2 3 4
P( X r ) k k l l
2 3 4
In addition it’s known that; P ( x 2) 2 P ( x 2)
Find;
a) k and l
b) P ( x 2)
583
Bernoulli’s Distribution satisfy the following trials;
(i) The number of trials should be finite.
(ii) The trials should be independent.
(iii)There should be exactly 2 outcomes in each trial which are success or
failure.
(iv) The probability of success and that of failure remain constant throughout
all experiment.
Binomial Distribution is the distribution with the probability function given as;
nC p r q nr r 0, 1, 2,
P X r r
0 elsewhere
Or let rx
n C p x q n x x 0, 1, 2,
P X x x
0 elsewhere
Note:
(i) P( X x) 0
n
(ii)
x 0
n
C x p x q n x 1
n
E ( x) xP( X x)
x 0
n
E ( x) x nC x p x q n x
x 0
584
n
n! x n x
E ( x) x p q
x 0 ( n x )! x!
n
n(n 1)!
E ( x) x p. p x 1q n x
x 0 ( n x )! x ( x 1)!
n
(n 1)! x 1 n x
E ( x) np p q
x 0 ( n x )!( x 1)!
n n
E ( x) np n1C x 1 p x 1q n x but n 1
C x 1 p x 1q n x 1
x 0 x 0
E ( x) np
n
E x 2 x( x 1) x nC x p x q n x
x 0
n n
E x 2 x( x 1) n C x p x q n x x nC x p x q n x
x 0 x 0
n n
E x 2 n(n 1) p 2 n2 C x 2 p x 2 q n x np but n 2 C x 2 p x 2 q n x 1
x 0 x 0
E x n(n 1) p
2 2
np
E ( x) np and E x 2 n(n 1) p 2 np
Var ( x) E x E ( x)
2 2
Var ( x) n 2 p 2 np 2 np n 2 p 2
Var ( x) np np 2 np(1 p ) let 1 p q
Var ( x ) npq
585
Example 101
The random variable X distributed B (7,0.2) , find
(a) P ( x 3)
(b) P (1 x 4)
(c) P ( x 1)
Solution
B(n, p) B(7,0.2) but q 1 p 1 0.2 0.8
n 7, p 0.2 and q 0.8
From P( X x) n C x p x q n x
(a) P( x 3) 7 C3 0.2 0.8 7 C3 0.2 0.8 0.115
3 7 3 3 4
(b) P(1 x 4) P( x 2) P( x 3) P( x 4)
P(1 x 4) 7 C 2 0.2 0.8 7C3 0.2 0.8 7C 4 0.2 0.8 0.419
2 5 3 4 4 3
(c) P( x 1) P( x 2) P( x 3) P( x 4) P( x 5) P( x 6) P( x 7)
or P( x 1) 1 P( x 1) 1 P( x 1) P( x 0)
P( x 1) 1 P( x 1) 1 7 C1 0.2 0.8 7C0 0.2 0.8 0.423
1 6 0 7
Example 102
A fair coin is tossed 6 times; find,
(a) The probability of getting 4 heads.
(b) The probability of getting at least 3 heads.
(c) The probability of getting at most 2 heads.
(d) The probability of getting more than 3 heads.
(e) The probability of getting less than 1 head.
(f) The probability of getting heads between 2 and 4 inclusive.
Solution
Data n 6, when the coin is fairly tossed p 12 and q 12
By using Binomial Formula P( X x) n C x p x q n x
(a) P( x 4) 6C4 0.5 0.5
6 4
0.234
4
(b) P( x 3) P( x 3) P( x 4) P( x 5) P( x 6)
P( x 3) 6C3 0.5 0.5 6C 4 0.5 0.5 6C5 0.5 0.5 6C6 0.5 0.5 0.656
3 3 4 2 5 1 6 0
(c) P( x 2) P( x 0) P( x 1) P( x 2)
P( x 2) 6C0 0.5 0.5 6C1 0.5 0.5 6C2 0.5 0.5 0.344
0 6 1 5 2 4
586
(d ) P( x 3) 6C 4 0.5 0.5 6C5 0.5 0.5 6C6 0.5 0.5 0.344
4 2 5 1 6 0
( f ) P(2 x 4) 6C 2 0.5 0.5 6C3 0.5 0.5 6C 4 0.5 0.5 0.781
2 4 3 3 4 2
Example 103
Five cards are drawn successfully with replacement from a well shuffled deck
of 52 cards. What is the probability that,
(a) All the 5 cards are spades.
(b) Only 3 cards are spades.
(c) None is a spade.
(d) At least 4 spades.
(e) At most 2 spades.
Solution
Number of sample space n( S ) 52 cards
Number of spades n( E ) 13 cards
n( E ) 13 1
Probability of Events P( E )
n( S ) 52 4
1 3
Therefore; n 5, p and q ; from P( X x) n C x p x q n x
4 4
5 5 5
1 3 1
(a ) P( x 5) C5
5
4 4 1024
3 53
1 3 45
(b) P( x 3) 5C3
4 4 512
0 5 0
1 3 243
(c) P( x 0) C0
5
4 4 1024
4 5 4 5 55
1 3 1 3 1
(d ) P( x 4) 5C 4 5C5
4 4 4 4 64
2 5 2 1 51 0 5 0
1 3 1 3 1 3
(e) PP( xx 52) 5C
459
2 C1 5C0
5
4 4 4 4 4 4 512
587
Example 104
In a store, out of all the people who came there thirty percent bought a shirt. If
four people came in the store together then find the probability of one of them
buying a shirt.
Solution
The probability of buying a shirt will be p 0.3 and not buying a shirt is given
as q 1 p 1 0.3 0.7 . Now, if one person will buy a shirt out of four, then
the probability for this event will be:
P( x 1) nC x p q 4C1 0.3 0.7
n x 41
0.4116
x 1
Example 105
In a hospital sixty percent of patients are dying of a disease. If on a certain day,
eighth patients got admitted in the hospital for that disease what are the chances
of three to survive?
Solution
The probability of the patient dying because of the disease is 0.6. So, the
probability of the patient being cured is 1 - 0.6 = 0.4. Out of the 8 patients, the
probability survival of 3 patients will be,
P( x 3) nC x p q 8C3 0.4 0.6 0.27869184
x n x 3 5
Example 106
Suppose we are throwing a dice thrice. Find the probability of finding a
multiple of 3 in one of the throws.
Solution
There are two cases of getting a multiple of 3, that is, 3 and 6. Hence, the
p 62 13
probability of getting a multiple of three will be
q 1 13 23
The probability of not getting a multiple of 3 is .
Hence, the probability of getting a multiple of 3 in one out of three events will
be,
P( x 1) nC x p q 3C1 13 23
x n x 1 2 4
9
588
Example 107
In a restaurant seventy percent of people order for Chinese food and thirty
percent for Italian food. A group of three persons enter the restaurant. Find the
probability of at least two of them ordering for Italian food.
Solution
The probability of ordering Chinese food is 0.7 and the probability of ordering
Italian food is 0.3. Now, if at least two of them are ordering Italian food then it
implies that either two or three will order Italian food.
Example 108
In an exam only ten percent students can qualify. If a group of 4 students have
appeared, find the probability that at most one student will qualify?
Solution
For at most one student to qualify, either 1 student will qualify or none of the 4
will qualify.
Probability for a student to qualify p 0.1
Probability for a student to disqualify q 1 p 0.9
P( x 1) P( x 0) P( x 1)
P( x 1) nC x p q 4C0 0.1 0.9 4C1 0.1 0.9 0.9477
x n x 0 4 1 3
Example 109
In the old days, there was a probability of 0.8 of success in attempts to make a
telephone call. (This often depended on the importance of the person making
the call, or the operator’s curiosity). Calculate the probability of having
7 success in 10 attempts.
Solution
Data p 0.8, q 0.2
n 10, x 7
P( x 7) n C x p x q n x 10C7 0.8 0.2 0.20133
7 3
589
Example 110
A manufacturer of metal pistons finds that on the average, 12% of his pistons
are rejected because they are either oversize or undersize. What is the
probability that a batch of 10 pistons will contain
(a) No more than 2 rejects?
(b) At least 2 rejects?
Solution
Data p 0.12, q 0.88, n 10
(a) P( x 2) P( x 2) P( x 1) P( x 0)
P( x 2) n C x p x q n x 10C 2 0.12 0.88 10C1 0.12 0.88 10C0 0.12 0.88
2 8 1 9 0 10
P( x 2) 0.89132
Example 111
A doctor claims that 40% of the patients he examines are allergic to dust. What
is a probability that
(a) Exactly 3 of his next 4 patients are allergic to dust.
(b) None of the next 4 patients are allergic to dust.
Solution
p 40% 0.4, q 60% 0.6 and n 4
(a) Exactly 3 out of 4 patients are allergic to dust
From, P( X x) n C x p x q n x
P( x 3) 4C3 0.4 0.6
4 3
0.1536
3
590
Example 112
1
The probability that a teacher will give a surprise test during any class is 4 . If
a student is absent twice, what is a probability that he will miss at least one test.
Solution
1 3
n 2, p and q
4 4
Required, P( x 1) P( x 1) P( x 2)
1 21 2 2 2
n x 1 3 1 3 7
P( x 1) C x p q
n x
C1
2
C2
2
4 4 4 4 16
Exercise 8.7
1. A bag consists of 10 balls each marked with one of the digits 0 to 9. If
four balls are drawn successively with replacement from the bag, what is
the probability that none is marked with the digit 0?
2. How many times must a man toss a fair coin, so that the probability of
having at least one head is more than 80%
3. On a multiple choice examination with three possible answers for each of
the five questions. What is the probability that a candidate would get four
or more correct answers just by guessing?
4. In a hurdle race a player has to cross 10 hurdles. The probability that he
5
will clear each hurdle is 6 . What is the probability that he will knock
down fewer than 2 hurdles.
5. Assuming that 20% of the population of a city are literate, so that the
1
chance of an individual being literate is 5 and assume that 100
investigators each take 10 individual to see whether they are literate, how
many investigators would you expect to report 3 or less were literate?
6. 8 eggs are drawing successively with replacement from a lot containing
20% defective eggs. Find the probability that there is at least one
defective egg.
7. The probability of a shooter hitting a target is 23 . How many minimum
number of times must she fire so that the probability of hitting the target
at least once is more than 90% .
591
8.5.2 Poisson Distribution
The binomial distribution converges towards the Poisson distribution as the
number of trials goes to infinity while the product np remains fixed or at least p
tends to zero. Therefore, the Poisson distribution with parameter λ = np can be
used as an approximation to B(n, p) of the binomial distribution if n is
sufficiently large and p is sufficiently small.
Properties of Poisson Distribution
(i) p is very small
(ii) n is very large
(iii) np is finite
The Poisson distribution is given by the probability density function
e x
x 0,1,2,3,
P X x x!
0 otherwise
592
VARIANCE OF POISSON DISTRIBUTION
Consider the general variance of discrete random variable
Var( x) E( x 2 ) E( x)
2
2 e
n n x
E ( x ) x P( X x) x
2 2
x 0 x 0 x!
n
e x e 1 2 e 2 2 e 3 2 e 3 e n
E ( x 2 ) x 2 0 12 2 3 4 n 2
x 0 x! 1! 2! 3! 4! n!
e 1 2 e 2 2 e 3 2 e 3 e n
E ( x 2 ) 12 2 3 4 n 2
1! 2! 3! 4! n!
nn1
E ( x 2 ) e 1 2 32 2 23 3
(n 1)!
n1 n 1n1
E ( x 2 ) e 1 12 2 2 16 3 12 3
(n 1)! (n 1)!
2 3
E ( x 2 ) e 1
n1 3
2
n 1n1
2 6 (n 1)! 2 (n 1)!
2 3 n1 2 n2
E ( x 2 ) e 1 1
1! 2! 3! (n 1)! 1! 2! (n 2)!
E ( x 2 ) e e e
E ( x 2 ) e e
e 2
E ( x 2 ) 2
Therefore E ( x 2 ) 2 and E ( x)
Var ( x) E ( x 2 ) E ( x) 2
2 2
Var (x )
Example 113
A shop sells five pieces of shirt every day, then what is the probability of
selling three shirts today?
Solution
Data, 5, x 3
e x
From P( X x)
x!
e 5
5 3
P ( x 5) 0.1404
3!
593
Example 114
Number of calls coming to the customer care center of a mobile company per
minute is a Poisson random variable with mean 5. Find the probability that no
call comes in a certain minute.
Solution
Data, 5, x 0
e x
From P( X x)
x!
e 5
5 0
P( x 0) 0.006738
0!
Example 115
There are five students in a class and the number of students who will
participate in annual day every year is a Poisson random variable with mean 3.
What will be the probability of more than 3 students participating in annual day
this year?
Solution
Data, 3, x 3
e x
From P( X x)
x!
e 3 3 e 3 3
4 5
P( x 3) P( x 4) P( x 5) 0.2689
4! 5!
Example 116
If electricity power failures occur according to a Poisson distribution with an
average of 3 failures every twenty weeks, calculate the probability that there
will not be more than one failure during a particular week.
Solution
3
The average number of failures per week is 0.15
20
" Not more than one failure" means we need to include the probabilities for "0 failures
plus 1 failures".
e x e 0.15 0.15 e 0.15 0.15
0 1
P( x 1) P( x 0) P( x 1) 0.98981
x! 0! 1!
P( x 1) 0.98981
594
Example 117
A life insurance salesman sells on the average 3 life insurance policies per
week. Use Poisson's law to calculate the probability that in a given week he will
sell
(a) Some policies
(b) 2 or more policies but less than 5 policies
(c) Assuming that there are 5 working days per week, what is the probability
that in a given day he will sell one policy?
Solution
(a) P(some policies) P( x 1) 1 P( x 0)
e x
From P( x)
x!
e 3 3 0
P( x 1) 1 P( x 0) 1 0.9502
0!
e 3 3 2 e 3 33 e 3 3 4
(b) P(2 x 5) P( x 2) P( x 3) P( x 4) 0.616
2! 3! 4!
3
(c) Average number sold per day 0.6
5
e 0.6 0.61
So on a given day P( x 1) 0.329
1!
Example 118
Vehicle pass through a junction on a busy road at an average rate of 300 per
hour.
Solution
300
The average number of cars per minute is 5
60
e x e 5 (5) 0
(a ) P ( x 0) 0.00673795
x! 0!
(b) Expected number each 2 minutes = E ( x) 2 5 2 10
e x e 10 (10)10
(c) P ( x 10) 0.1251
x! 10!
595
Example 119
A company makes electric motors. The probability an electric motor is
defective is 0.01. What is the probability that a sample of 300 electric motors
will contain exactly 5 defective motors?
Solution
The averege number of defectives in 300 motors is 0.01 300 3
e x
The probability of getting 5 defectives is P( x 5)
x!
e 3 (3) 5
P( x 5) 0.10082
5!
Alternative
This problem looks similar to a binomial distribution problem,
n 300, x 5, p 0.01 and q 0.99
From P( x 5) n C x p x q n x 300C5 0.01 0.99
3005
0.100985
5
P( x 5) 0.100985
Note : We see that the result is very similar. We can use binomial distribution
to approximat e Poisson distribution (and vice - versa) under certain circumstances.
Exercise 8.8
1. If the probability a person suffers bad reaction from an injection serum is
0.2% . Determine the probability that out of 1000 persons
(a) At least one person will suffer a bad reaction
(b) At most one person will suffer a bad reaction
2. A company makes electric motors. The probability an electric motor is
defective is 0.02. What is the probability that a sample of 200 electric
motors will contain exactly 10 defective motors?
3. If electricity power failures occur according to a Poisson distribution with
an average of 3 failures every twenty weeks, calculate the probability that
there will not be any failure during a particular week.
4. Number of calls coming to the customer care center of a mobile company
per minute is a Poisson random variable with mean 5. Find the probability
that there will be at least one call in a certain minute.
596
8.5.3 Normal Distribution
A random distribution is a set of continuous random variables in which the
mean, median and mode are all equal. The normal distribution for a continuous
random variable x where x , with probability density function given
by f ( x) or f x : ,
x
2
Probability density function is given by 1 12
f ( x) e
2
597
Standard Normal Distribution
598
Example 120
If Z ~ N 0,1 find;
P z 2 0.0228
(b) Pz 2
P z 2 0.0228
(c) P 2 z 3
P 2 z 3 0.9759
599
(d) P1 z 2
P 1 z 2 0.8186
(e) P 2 z 0
P 2 z 0 0.4773
(f) P z 3
P z 3 P0 z 3 0.4987
Example 121
The mean weight of 200 students in a certain school is 46kg and the standard
deviation is 12kg . Assuming that the weight is normally distributed. How
many students weigh
600
Solution
Mean 46kg
Standard Deviation 12kg
Let x be weight of students
x x 46
From, z
12
(a ) P 30kg x 60kg
30 46 60 46
P z
12 12
P 4 3 z 7 6
P 4 3 z 7 6 0.7871
Number of students 0.7871 200 157.42 157
157 students weigh between 30kg and 60kg
P 11 6 z 23 6 0.9666
Number of students 0.9666 200 193
601
(c) P x 50
50 46
P z
12
Pz 13
Pz 13 0.3694
Number of students 0.3694 200 73
(d ) P x 40
40 46
P z
12
P z 0.5
Example 122
A radar unit is used to measure speeds of cars on a motorway. The speeds are
normally distributed with a mean of 90 km/hr and a standard deviation of 10
km/hr. What is the probability that a car picked at random is travelling at more
than 100 km/hr?
Solution
602
Mean ( ) 90 km hr
Standard Deviation ( ) 10 km hr
Let x be the speed travelled by a car
x x 90
From z
10
Required, Probability x 100
100 90
P z P z 1
10
P z 1 0.1587
Example 123
For a certain type of computers, the length of time between charges of the
battery is normally distributed with a mean of 50 hours and a standard
deviation of 15 hours. Peter owns one of these computers and wants to know
the probability that the length of time will be between 50 and 70 hours.
Solution
Mean 50 hrs
Standard Deviation 15 hrs
Let x be random variable representing length of time between charges of the battery
x x 50
From z
15
Probability50 x 70
50 50 70 50
P z P0 z 4 3
15 15
603
P0 z 4 3 0.4088
Example 124
Solution
Mean 500
Standard Deviation 100
Let x be random variable representing scores
x x 500
From z
100
Probabilityx 585
585 500
P z Pz 0.85
100
We must find the probability of students scored below 585 in order to test whether Tom qualify or not
585 500
i.e. P z Pz 0.85 0.8023 80.23%
100
80.23% of students scored below Tom' s scores,thereforethe score of Tom is better than 70% of
the students who took the test. Tom will be admitted to university.
604
Example 125
The random variable X has a normal distribution with mean 20 and standard
deviation 4.
(a) P ( X 25)
(b) Find the value of d such that P20 X d 0.4641
Solution
Mean 20
Standard Deviation 4
x x 20
But, z
4
(a) Px 25
x 20 25 20
Px 25 P z P z Pz 1.25
4 4
P z 1.25 0.1057
605
By using z - score sheet, z 2 1.8
d 20
But z 2 1.8
4
d 1.8(4) 20 27.2
Example 126
The measure of intelligence, IQ, of a group of students is assumed to be
normally distributed with mean 100 and standard deviation 15.
(a) Find the probability that a student selected at random has an IQ less than
90
(b) The probability that a random selected student has an IQ of at least 100 k
is 0.2090 , find to the nearest integer, the value of k
Solution
P z 2 3 0.2525
(b) The probability of randomly selectedstudent has IQ at least 100 k is 0.2090, determine k
Px 100 k 0.2090
100 k 100
Px 100 k P z 0.2090
15
k k
P z 0.2090 Let z 2
15 15
Pz z 2 0.2090 since 0.2090 0.5 z 2 its on right hand half side
606
By using z - score table z 2 0.81
k
But z 2 0.81
15
k 15 0.81 12.15 12 to the nearest integer
The value of k 12
Example 127
Solution
(a) P( x 185cm)
Mean 180
Standard Deviation 5.2cm
x 185 180 25
P z P z P z
5.2 26
607
25
P z 0.1681
26
(b) P( x 90kg )
Mean 85kg
Standard Deviation 7.1kg
x 90 85 50
P z P z P z
7.1 71
50
P z 0.7594
71
608
Exercise 8.9
609
b) should pass the test (grades≥60)?
c) should fail the test (grades<60)?
Given that P ( z 79 b) 2 P ( z 79 a ) .
(a) Show that the area of the shaded region is 0.1179
(b) Find the value of b
610
8.6 APPLICATIONS OF PROBABILITY
Reasoning based on probability and statistics gives modern societies the ability
to cope with uncertainty. It has astonishing power to improve decision-making
accuracy and test new ideas. Within probability and statistics there are certain
amazing applications which stand out for their profound or unexpected results.
Tests used for detecting things like drug abuse, intoxication, disease, genetic
and birth defects, etc. often lead to life changing situations including job
termination, incarceration, surgery, and abortion. We like to think these tests are
accurate, yet, horror stories seem to abound. This article explores why a good
test can give bad results.
GENERAL EXAMPLES
Example 128
What is the probability of getting 53 Mondays in a leap year?
Solution
1 year = 365 days . A leap year has 366 days
A year has 52 weeks. Hence there will be 52 Sundays for sure.
52 weeks = 52 x 7 = 364days
366 – 364 = 2 days
In a leap year there will be 52 Sundays and 2 days will be left.
These 2 days can be:
611
1. Sunday, Monday
2. Monday, Tuesday
3. Tuesday, Wednesday
4. Wednesday, Thursday
5. Thursday, Friday
6. Friday, Saturday
7. Saturday, Sunday
Of these total 7 outcomes, the favourable outcomes are 2.
Hence the probability of getting 53 days = 2/7
Example 129
If two letters are taken at random from the word HOME, what is the probability
that none of the letters would be vowels?
Solution
P(first letter is not vowel) =2/4
P(second letter is not vowel) = 1/3
So, probability that none of letters would be vowels is = 2/4×1/3=1/6
Example 130
Three houses are available in a locality. Three persons apply for the houses.
Each applies for one house without consulting others. Find the probability that
all the three apply for the same house.
Solution
3
One person can select one house out of 3= C1 =3 ways
Hence, three persons can select one house out of 3 in 3 x 3 x 3 =9.
Therefore, probability that all three apply for the same house is 1/9
Example 131
The diameter of the electric cable is assumed to be a continuous random
variable with a probability density function f x 6 x1 x , 0 x 1
(c) Verify that its probability density function
(d) Find the mean and variance
Solution
612
Given that f x 6 x1 x , 0 x 1
x2
Var x E x 2 E x 0.3 0.5 0.05
2 2
Example 132
A manufacturer knows from experience that the resistance of resistors he
produce is normal with mean 100 and the standard deviation 2 .
What percentage of resistor will have resistance in between 97 and 103 ?
Solution
Data
100, 2
x x 100
From, z
2
Required percentage in between 97 x 103
97 100 103 100
p z
2 2
p 1.5 z 1.5 0.866
The percentage of resistoris 86.6%
613
Example 133
If A and B are independent events, prove that:
(a) A and B are also independent.
(b) A and B are also independent.
(c) A and B are also independent.
Solution
Consider the table below;
B B
A A B A B
A A B A B
614
REVISION EXERCISE 8.1
1. A bag contains 6 white and 4 black balls .2 balls are drawn at
random. Find the probability that they are of same colour.
2. A problem is given to three students whose chances of solving it
are 1/2, 1/3 and 1/4 respectively. What is the probability that the
problem will be solved?
3. Two cards are drawn at random from a pack of 52 cards. What is
the probability that either both are black or both are queen?
4. Tickets numbered 1 to 20 are mixed up and then a ticket is drawn
at random. What is the probability that the ticket drawn has a
number which is a multiple of 3 or 5?
5. A man and his wife appear in an interview for two vacancies in the
same post. The probability of husband's selection is (1/7) and the
probability of wife's selection is (1/5). What is the probability that
only one of them is selected ?
6. A bag contains 4 white, 5 red and 6 blue balls. Three balls are
drawn at random from the bag. Find the probability that all of
them are red.
7. In a lottery, there are 10 prizes and 20 blanks. A lottery is drawn at
random. What is the probability of getting a prize?
8. In a class, there are 15 boys and 10 girls. Three students are
selected at random. Find the probability that 1 girl and 2 boys are
selected.
9. One card is drawn at random from a pack of 52 cards. What is the
probability that the card drawn is a face card (Jack, Queen and
King only)?
10. Two cards are drawn together from a pack of 52 cards. Find the
probability that one is a spade and one is a heart.
11. A bag contains 6 black and 8 white balls. One ball is drawn at
random. What is the probability that the ball drawn is white?
12. In a class, 30% of the students offered English, 20% offered Hindi
and 10% offered both. If a student is selected at random, what is
the probability that he has offered English or Hindi ?
13. A basket contains 10 apples and 20 oranges out of which 3 apples
and 5 oranges are defective. If we choose two fruits at random,
what is the probability that either both are oranges or both are non-
defective?
14. Four dice are thrown simultaneously. Find the probability that all
of them show the same face.
15. Three unbiased coins are tossed. What is the probability of getting
at most two heads?
615
16. Moses speaks truth in 75% of cases and Simon in 80% of cases.
In what percentage of cases are they likely to contradict each
other, narrating the same incident.
17. In a simultaneous throw of pair of dice. Find the probability of
getting the total more than 7.
18. In a box, there are 8 red, 7 blue and 6 green balls. One ball is
picked up randomly. What is the probability that it is neither red
nor green?
19. A word consists of 9 letters; 5 consonants and 4 vowels. Three
letters are chosen at random. What is the probability that more
than one vowel will be selected?
20. A bag contains 4 red and 3 black balls. A second bag contains 2
red and 4 black balls. One bag is selected at random. From the
selected bag, one ball is drawn. Find the probability that the ball
drawn is red.
21. A bag contains 2 red, 3 green and 2 blue balls. Two balls are
drawn at random. What is the probability that none of the balls
drawn is blue?
22. A letter is taken out at random from 'ASSISTANT' and another is
taken out from 'STATISTICS'. Find the probability that they are
the same letter.
23. A box contains 10 bulbs, of which just three are defective. If a
random sample of five bulbs is drawn, find the probability that the
sample contains exactly one defective bulb.
24. From a pack of 52 cards, 3 cards are drawn. What is the
probability that one is ace, one is queen and one is jack?
25. An urn contains 4 white 6 black and 8 red balls. If 3 balls are
drawn one by one without replacement, find the probability of
getting all white balls.
26. Two cards are drawn from a pack of well shuffled cards. Find the
probability that one is a club and other in King.
27. In a race, the odd favour of cars P,Q,R,S are 1:3, 1:4, 1:5 and 1:6
respectively. Find the probability that one of them wins the race.
28. A number X is chosen at random from the numbers -3, -2, -1, 0, 1,
2, 3. What is the probability that |X|<2.
29. In a simultaneous throw of two dice, what is the probability of
getting a doublet?
30. If a box contains 10 bulbs, of which just three are defective. If a
random sample of five bulbs is drawn, find the probability that the
sample contains no defective bulbs.
616
31. The probability of success of three students X, Y and Z in the one
examination are 1/5, 1/4 and 1/3 respectively. Find the probability
of success of at least two.
32. If an unbiased dice is rolled once, the odds in favour of getting a
point which is multiple of 3 is?
33. From a pack of 52 cards, two cards are drawn together at random.
What is the probability of both the cards being kings?
34. If x is chosen at random from the set {1,2,3,4} and y is to be
chosen at random from the set {5,6,7}, what is the probability that
xy will be even?
35. The probabilities that a student will receive an A, B, C or D grade
are 0.4, 0.3 , 0.2 and 0.1 respectively. Find the probability that a
student will receive at least B grade.
36. A bag contains 7 green and 5 black balls. Three balls are drawn
one after the other. The probability of all three balls being green, if
the balls drawn are not replaced will be?
37. Out of 17 applicants 8 boys and 9 girls. Two persons are to be
selected for the job. Find the probability that at least one of the
selected persons will be a girl.
38. A brother and a sister appear for an interview against two vacant
posts in an office. The probability of the brother’s selection is 1/5
and that of the sister’s selection is 1/3. What is the probability that
only one of them is selected?
39. Out of first 20 natural numbers, one number is selected at random.
The probability that it is either an even number or a prime number
is ?
40. fifteen persons are sitting around a circular table facing the centre.
What is the probability that three particular persons sit together ?
41. The probability of occurrence of two events A and B are 1/4 and
1/2 respectively. The probability of their simultaneous occurrence
is 7/50. Find the probability that neither A nor B occurs.
42. If p:q are the odds in favour of an event, then the probability of
that event is?
43. Four persons are to be chosen from a group of 3 men, 2 women
and 4 children. Find the probability of selecting 1 man,1 woman
and 2 children.
44. The first 8 alphabets are written down at random. what is the
probability that the letters b,c,d,e always come together ?
45. If P(A)=4/9; then the odd against the event A is?
46. The odds favouring the event of a person hitting a target are 3 to 5.
The odds against the event of another person hitting the target are
617
3 to 2. If each of them fire once at the target, find the probability
that both of them hit the target.
47. The probabilities that A and B will tell the truth are 2 / 3 and 4 / 5
respectively . What is the probability that they agree with each
other ?
48. Find the probability of selecting exactly 2 children when four
persons are chosen at random from a group of 3 men, 2 woman
and 4 children.
49. The probabilities that drivers A, B and C will drive home safely
after consuming liquor are 2 / 5, 3 / 7 and 3 / 4, respectively. What
is the probability that they will drive home safely after consuming
liquor ?
50. One lady has 2 children, one of her child is boy, what is the
probability of having both are boys ?
51. A room contains 3 brown, 5 black and 4 white chairs. Two chairs
are picked and are put in the lawn. What is the probability that
none of the chairs picked is white ?
52. Find the probability of selecting 2 woman when four persons are
chosen at random from a group of 3 men, 2 woman and 4 children.
53. There are 26 balls marked with alphabetical order A to Z. What is
the probability of selecting vowels listed balls?
54. (a) Twelve percent of a batch of transistors are defective. Determine
the probability distribution that a packet of five transistors will
contain up to 5 defectives. Calculate the mean and standard
deviation of the distribution.
(b) A machine produces an average of 2 percent good product. In a
random sample of 60 products, determine the probability of there
being three good products.
(c) A random variable has a probability density function given by
f x
kx 1 x 2 if 0 x 1
0 elsewere
Where k is a constant. Find the
(i) value of k
(ii) mean
(iii) variance
618
REVISION EXERCISE 8.2
619
(g) If one particular mathematicians must be in the committee and
one particular chemists must be in the committee?
14. Find the possible permutations of the letters M, P, Q, R, S, T
15. If there are m ways for one event to occur, and n ways for the
second event to occur, in how many ways will both events occur?
16. In how many different ways can the letters of the word
“MAYOMBYA” be arranged without repetition?
17. Six drivers run in a race. How many ways are there of predicting
the first three places?
18. How many different colors can be formed from mixing any two
out of red, orange, yellow, green and blue if no color is repeated in
any mixture?
19. How many different three-letter words can be formed from the
letters B,A,S,H,I,T,E,R without repetition provided that the order
matters.
20. Suppose n objects are to be permuted taking r objects at a time.
What will happen as r increases?
21. A meeting was held to elect a leader. A proposal of 10 people to
contest for leadership was passed. In how many ways can;
(a) Any person step up stage at a time for self-introduction?
(b) Two people step up stage at a time for self-introduction?
(c) All 10 people step up stage at a time for self-introduction?
22. In how many ways can four interviewees be permuted taking two
at a time for an interview?
23. In how many ways can we combine 6 elements taking one at
once?!
24. In how many ways can we combine 6 elements taking two at
once?
25. In how many ways can we combine 6 elements taking four at
once?
26. In how many ways can 3 singers be chosen from a group of 15
singers
27. In a class there are 20 boys and 16 girls. The teacher wants to
select a boy and a girl to represent the class in a function. In how
many ways can the teacher make this selection?
620
28. How many three digit odd numbers can be formed from the
digits 1,2,3,4,5 . If the digits cannot be repeated.
29. How many three digit odd numbers can be formed from the
digits 1,2,3,4,5 . If the digits can be repeated.
30. How many three digit even numbers can be formed from the
digits 1,2,3,4,5 . If the digits cannot be repeated.
31. How many three digit even numbers can be formed from the
digits 1,2,3,4,5 . If the digits can be repeated.
32. How many three digit numbers can be formed from the
digits 1,2,3,4,5 . If the numbers starts with even number and ends
with odd number.
33. How many three digit numbers can be formed from the
digits 1,2,3,4,5 . If the numbers starts with odd number and ends
with even number.
34. How many three digit numbers can be formed from the
digits 1,2,3,4,5 . If the middle digit of the numbers is even.
35. How many three digit numbers can be formed from the
digits 1,2,3,4,5 . If the middle digit of the numbers is odd.
36. How many three digit numbers can be formed from the
digits 1,2,3,4,5 . If the numbers starts with small digit and ends with
large digit.
37. How many three digit numbers can be formed from the
digits 1,2,3,4,5 . If the numbers starts with even number and ends
with odd number.
38. How many four digit numbers can be formed from the
digits 1,2,3,4,5,6 . If the first two digits are even and the last two
digits are odd.
39. How many four digit numbers can be formed from the
digits 1,2,3,4,5,6 . If the first two digits are even.
40. Find the number of four letter words with or without meaning
which can be formed out of the letter BOKE, where the repetition
of the letters is not allowed.
41. In how many ways can 3 students be seated in a row containing 7
seats.
42. Six children are to be seated on a bench.
621
a) In how many ways can the children be seated
b) How many arrangements are possible if the youngest child sits at
the left hand end to the bench.
c) How many arrangements are possible if the youngest child sits at
the left hand end to the bench and the oldest child sits at the
right hand end to the bench.
43. How many 10 digit telephone numbers can be constructed using
the digits 0 to 9 if each number starts with 0765 and no digit
appears more than once?
44. How many 8 digit telephone numbers can be constructed using the
digits 0 to 9 if each number starts with 0765 and no digit appears
more than once?
45. How many 5 digit telephone numbers can be constructed using the
digits 0 to 9 if each number starts with 0765 and no digit appears
more than once?
46. How many 8 digit telephone numbers can be constructed using the
digits 0 to 9 if each number starts with 07 and ends with 59, if no
digit appears more than once?
47. Find the number of different signals that can be made by arranging
at least four flags in order on a vertical pole, if 6 different flags are
available.
48. How many 3 letter code can be formed using the first 8 letters of
the English alphabet, if no letter can be repeated.
49. The digit from 0 to 9, are written on slip of paper and placed in a
box. Three of the slips of paper are drawn and placed in order.
How many different outcomes are possible?
50. How many three-digit numbers more than 500 can be formed from
the digit 1,2,3,4,5,6,7.
51. How many three-digit numbers les than 300 can be formed from
the digit 1,2,3,4,5,6,7.
52. How many numbers are there between 300 and 500 can be formed
from the digit 1,2,3,4,5,6,7.
53. How many numbers are there between 100 and 1000 such that
every digit is either 2 or 9.
54. How many odd numbers less than 1000 can be formed using the
digits 0,1,8,9 (with repetition of digits).
622
55. How many different signals can be generated from 6 flags of
different colors if each signal makes use of all the flags at a time,
placed one below the other.
56. Four books, one each in Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and
Biology, are to be arranged in a shelf. In how many ways can this
be done?
57. From a committee of 8 persons, in how many ways can we choose
a chairman and a vice chairman assuming one person cannot hold
more than one position?
58. How many four digit numbers can be formed by using the digits 0
to 9 with no digit repeated?
59. Mayombya wants to arrange 3 mathematics, 2 physics and 4
chemistry books on a shelf. If the books of the same subject are
different, determine the number of possible arrangements.
60. From a pool of 12 candidates, in how many ways can we select
president, vice president, secretary and a treasurer if each of the 12
candidates can hold any office?
61. The letters of the word FRIDAY are arranged in a line, each
arrangement ending with letter R. How many different
arrangements are possible? How many of them start with letter F?
62. How many different 4-digit numbers can be formed from the digits
2,3,4, and 6 if each digit is used only once in a number. Further,
how many of these numbers
a) End with 4
b) End with 2 or 3
63. How many different words can be formed of the letters of the
word ‘COMBINE’ so that vowels always remain together.
64. Find the number of different arrangements of the word
MATHEMATICS that are possible,
a) It begins with M and ends with S?
b) The two M’s stay together?
c) The letters ‘THE’ stay together?
65. In how many ways can 5 boys and 4 girls be arranged on a bench
if;
a) There are no restrictions?
b) Boys and girls alternate?
c) Boys and girls are in separate groups?
d) Jeremiah and Joan wish to stay together?
623
66. A coin is tossed once, find the probability that it will show a head.
67. A coin is tossed once, find the probability that it will show a tail.
68. A coin is tossed twice, what is the probability at least one head
will occur.
69. A coin is tossed twice, what is the probability that at least one tail
will occur.
70. A coin is tossed twice, what is the probability that at most one tail
will occur.
71. A coin is tossed treble, what is the probability that at least one
head will occur.
72. A coin is tossed treble, what is the probability that at least two
head will occur.
73. A coin is tossed treble, what is the probability that at most two
head will occur.
74. A die is rolled once, find the probability of getting a number
greater than three.
75. A die is rolled once, find the probability of getting even number.
76. A die is rolled once, find the probability of getting odd number.
77. A die is rolled twice, find the probability of getting the sum greater
than 10.
78. A pair of dice is thrown, find the probability of getting the sum of
even number.
79. A pair of dice is thrown, find the probability of getting the sum of
odd number.
80. A pair of dice is thrown, find the probability of getting the sum
greater than or equal 10 if 5 appears on the first die.
81. A pair of dice is rolled, find the probability of getting even number
on the 1st die and odd number on the 2nd die.
82. A pair of dice is rolled, find the probability of getting even number
on the 1st die and a number greater than 3 on the 2nd die.
83. A pair of dice is rolled, find the probability of getting the sum
which is divisible by two.
84. A pair of dice is rolled, find the probability of getting the sum
which is divisible by the smallest sum of even number.
85. A coin and a die are thrown once, find the probability of getting a
head and a number greater than 4 appears.
624
86. A coin and a die are thrown once, find the probability of getting a
tail and an even number.
87. A coin and a die are thrown simultaneously, find the probability of
getting a head and an odd number.
88. From a collection of 9 light balls of which 5 are not good, a person
selects 3 light balls at random and puts them in a socket. What is
the probability that he will have light?
89. A word has 9 letters, consisting of 5 consonants and 4 vowels.
Three letters are chosen randomly. What is the probability that
more than one vowel will be selected?
90. Two cards are drawn at a time from a pack of 52 playing cards.
Find the probability of getting 2 cards of the same number.
91. The probability that a student will pass the final examination in
Physics and Mathematics is 0.4 and the probability of passing
neither is 0.2. If the probability of passing Physics examination is
0.7. What is the probability of passing mathematics?
92. If the letters of the word LOGARITHM are arranged at random in
a row what is the probability the letters GARI must remain
together as a unit?
93. The letters of the word ACCOMODATION are arranged at
random. Find the probability that three O’s come together.
94. The mean diameter of holes produced by a drilling machine is
4.05 mm and the standard deviation of the diameter is
0.0028mm . For twenty holes drilled by using machine, determine
how many are likely to have diameters;
(a) Between 4.048mm and 4.0553mm
(b) Between 4.052mm and 4.056 mm
(c) Less than 4.056 mm
GROUP DISCUSSION
1. A packing plants fill bags with cement. The weight X kg of a bag
of cement can be modelled by a normal distribution with mean
50kg and standard deviation 2 kg .
(a) Find P X 25
(b) Find the weight that is exceeded by 99% of the bags
625
(c) Three bags are selected at random, find the probability that two
weigh more than 53kg and one weighs less than 53kg .
4. A health club lets member use, on each visit, its facilities for as long
as they wish. The club’s records suggest that the length of a visit can
be modelled by a normal distribution with mean 90 minutes. Only
20% of members stay for more than 125 minutes.
(a) Find the standard deviation of the normal distribution
(b) Find the probability that a visit lasts less than 25 minutes
(c) The club introduce a closing time of 10 : 00 pm . Joyce arrives at
the club at 8 : 00 pm . Explain whether or not this normal
distribution is still a suitable model for the length of her visit.
626
6. Cooking sauces are sold in jars containing a stated weight is 500g of
sauce. The jars are filled by a machine. The actual weight of sauce in
each jar is normally distributed with mean 505g and the standard
deviation 10 g .
(a) Find the probability of a jar containing less than the stated
weight.
(b) In a box of 30 jars, find the expected number of jars containing
less than the stated weight.
(c) The mean weight of sauce is changed so that 1% of the jars
contains less than the stated weight. The standard deviation stays
the same. Find the new mean weight of sauce.
7. The lifetime of batteries used for a computer game have a mean of
12 hours and standard deviation of 3 hours. Battery lifetime may be
assumed to be normally distributed. Find the lifetime ‘t’ hours, of a
battery such that 1 battery in 5 will have a lifetime longer than ‘t’.
(a) Given that 2.5% of the cut lengths exceed 50.98cm , show that
50
627
(b) Find P49.25 L 50.75
(c) Those strips with length either less than 49.25 cm or greater than
50.75 cm cannot be used. Two strips of metal are selected at
random. Find the probability that both strips cannot be used.
10. A random variable X has a normal distribution.
(a) Describe two features of the distribution of X
628
NECTA FORMAT EXAMINATIONS
ADVANCED MATHEMATICS 1
This paper consists of ten (10) questions, each carrying ten (10) marks
All necessary working and answers of each question must be shown clearly
Cellular phones and any unauthorized materials are not allowed in the examination
room
decimal places.
0.003419
3
457 3
0.07283 log 6.43
(a) sin
243 log 2.12
8 9 3 3
(c) If R 9 8 3 and P 1 Find RP
2 6 2 0
(d) Find mean and standard deviation of the distribution given below
X 12 17 22 27
Commulative frequency 3 4 12 16
629
1 2 3x
2. (a) If tan h 1 x tan h 1 y In 5 prove that y
2 3 2x
(c) Sketch the graph of tanh 1 x and state its domain and range
(ii) Constraints
(b) A water supply company has two sources S1 and S 2 with a capacity of
50,000 litres and 30,000 litres respectively. The company is to supply water to
three water pumps P1 , P2 and P3 whose requirements are 35,000 litres,
20,000 litres and 25,000 litres respectively. The cost of transportation in Tsh are
as summarized below;
From S1 S2
To
P1 70 30
P2 60 40
P3 30 20
4. (a) The mean and standard deviation of 20 observations are found to be 10 and 2
respectively. On rechecking it was found that an observation 8 was incorrect if the
wrong item is replaced by 12 then calculate the new mean and standard deviation.
630
Weight in grams Number of seeds
1.10 – 1.29 7
1.30 – 1.49 24
1.50 – 1.69 32
1.70 – 1.89 t+7
1.90 – 2.09 14
2.10 – 2.29 5
2.30 – 2.49 1
Find
(ii) The mean and standard deviation using coding method with A=1.795 correct to 4
decimal places.
(i) B A A B
(iii) Just one subject if only five take all three subjects.
6. (a) Given f 3, 6, 5, 7, 9 , 0, 1,4 and g 1 3,6, 3,2, 5,4, 1,6
(i) fogx
(ii) g 1 o f 1
x
631
(b) Given f ( x) 2 x find ;
x 3 3x 2 4 x
(c) Given that f ( x)
x 2 3x
(i) Find the asymptotes
7. (a) (i) Derive the secant method formula for approximating the roots of the function
f x 0 .
(ii) Use the formula obtained in 7 (a) (i) above to obtain the root of
x 2 4 x 10 0 using four iterations given x1 4 and x2 5.2
1
1
(b) Evaluate 1 x
0
2
dx
(iii) Find the approximate value of referring to your better result from the two
methods above.
8.(a) Find the equation of the circle which intersects the circles
(b) (i) Find the equation of bisectors to two intersecting lines whose equations are
6 x 8 y 7 and 4 x 3 y 12
(ii) Find the equation of the locus of points which is equidistant from the lines
y 2 x and 2 x 4 y 3 0 .
x 2 y 2 6 x 10 y 9 0
632
9. (a) Evaluate the following Integrals
3
xe
3 x2
(i) dx
1
sin 2 x
(i) sin 2
x
dx
(ii) e x dx
(c) Find the volume of the solid of revolution obtained by revolving about the
y-axis the region bounded by the parabola y 4x and the lines x 0 and
2
y 16
dy
10. (a) Find given that;
dx
(i) y
In 2 x 2 e x
x3
3
e x sin x
(ii) y
x 3
(b) Using definition differentiate x 2 e x
(c) A wire of length L units is to be cut into two pieces. One piece is to be bent to
form a circle and the other piece is to be bent to form a square if the sum of the
areas of the circle and the square is to be at minimum. What length of the
wire should be used to form the circle?
633
NECTA SAMPLE EXAMINATION
MARKING SCHEME ADVANCED MATHEMATICS 1
1. (a) 3.43
(b) 1.00
33
(c) RP 35
12
(d) Mean 21.06 , Standard Deviation 5.07
1 1 2 3x
2. (a) Given that tanh x tanh y 12 In5 , show that y
3 2x
Consider tanh 1 x tanh 1 y 12 In 5
A tanh 1 x, tanh A x
B tanh 1 y, tanh B y
so;
A B 12 In 5
tanh A B tanh 12 In5
tanh A tanh B
1 tanh A tanh B
tanh In 5
x y 2
1 xy 3
3 x y 21 xy
3 x 3 y 2 2 xy
2 3x
y hence proved
3 2x
Domain x : x ,1 x 1
Range y : y
(d) x 2 2 x 1dx
x 2 2 x 1dx
By completing the square
x 2 2 x 1 x 1 2
2
2
x 1
so; x 2 2 x 1dx x 12 2dx 2 1 dx
2
x 1
Let cosh , x 1 2 cosh , dx 2 sinh d
2
2
x 1
2 1 dx 2 cosh2 1 2 sinh d
2
635
3. (a) (i) Decision variable is a variable, say x and y , chosen to represent the
quantity of something transported or supplied from a certain
point of manufacture to a recipient point.
(ii) Constraints are linear inequalities involved in linear programming
problem.
(iii) Non-negative constraints are the constraints which make a linear
programming problem to have non-negative values, they include
x 0 and y 0 provided the decision variables are x and y .
(b) Consider the transportation diagram below;
Objective function
636
Graph
A5000,20000 3,200,000
B30000,20000 3,950,000
C 25000,0 3,600,000
D35000,15000 4,050,000
E 35000,0 3,900,000
637
S1 should transport 25,000 litres to P3
From, x
x, 10
x
n 20
x 200
After rechecking 8 was incorrect replaced by 12
x 200 8 12
New x 204
New x
x 204 10.2
n 20
x x
2 2
From, SD
n n
SD
x x
2
2
2
x 10
2
2
, 4
x 102
2
20 20
x 2080
2
New SD
x x
2
2160
10.2 1.98997 1.99
2
2
n 20
The new mean is 10.2 and the new standard deviation is 1.99
638
(b) Consider the distribution below;
Weighting f X d X A u dc fu u2 fu 2
f 100, fu 74, fu 2
234
(i )The value of t
7 24 32 t 7 14 5 1 100
t 10
The value of t is 10
c fu
(ii) Mean by coding method, x A but c 0.2 and A 1.795
N
0.2 74
x 1.795 1.647
100
Mean by coding method is 1.647
fu fu
2
234 74
2 2
SD c
N 0.2 100 100 0.2678
N
The standard Deviation by coding method is 0.2678
639
5. (a) A a, b
B 1,3
C 4,6
A B C A B A C
B C 1,3
A B C a,1, a,3, b,1, b,3.......... .......... (i )
A B a,1, a,3, b,1, b,3
A C a,4 , a,6 , b,4 , b,6
A B A C a,1, a,3, b,1, b,3.......... ....( ii)
A B C A B A C verified
(b) (i) B A A B
B A A B.......... .....from definition
M B A
M A B
M A B.......... .......... ...associative law
B A A B
B A A B.......... .....associative law
B B.......... .......... ....complement law
B.......... .......... ............id entity law
.......... .......... .......... ..........id entity law
(ii) A B A C A
A B A C A.......... ...from definition
A B C A.......... .......... ..distributive law
A A B C .......... .......... associative law
B C .......... .......... .......... complement law
.......... .......... .......... .......... ........identity law
(c)
nC B only 2
nP B only 2nC B
nC P only 3nC B
nC B P 5
nC B P 26
640
Diagram;
x 2 5 6 4 x x 26
x3
(i )P B C x x 4 3 3 4 10
10 students take Physics or Biology but not Chemistry
(ii)2 6 4 5 17
17 students take at least two subjects
(iii) x x x 3x 3(3) 9
9 students take just one subject
641
(b) Given that y 2 x
(i ) fof ( x) 2 2 x
x intercepts, x 1 and x 4
y intercept, y 43
642
7. (a) (i) Consider the figure below;
From the figure above, assume points P and N are two initial conditions converging to M
Here we have two possibilities either, slope NP slope MP or slope NP slope NM
consider slope NP slope MP
f ( xn1 ) f ( xn ) f ( xn1 ) 0
xn1 xn xn1 xn 2
xn1 xn2 f ( xn1 ) f ( xn ) xn1 xn f ( xn1 )
x x n1 n
x x f ( xn1 )
n 1 n 2
f ( xn1 ) f ( xn )
xn1 xn
x
n 2 xn1 f ( xn1 ) Hence derived
n1
f ( x ) f ( x n
)
643
(ii) Given that f x x 2 4 x 10 0
x0 4, f x0 10
x1 5.2, f x1 3.76
xn1 xn
From, xn 2 xn1 f xn1
f xn1 f xn
1st iteration, n 0
x1 x0 5.2 4
x2 x1 f x1 5.2 3.76 5.92
f x1 f x0 3.76 (10)
2 nd iteration, n 1
x2 x1 5.92 5.2
x3 x2 f x2 5.92 1.3664 5.73
f x2 f x1 1.3664 (3.76)
3rd iteration, n 2
x3 x 2 5.73 5.92
x4 x3 f x3 5.73 0.0871 5.74
f x3 f x 2 0.0871 1.3664
4 rd iteration, n 3
x 4 x3 5.74 5.73
x5 x4 f x4 5.74 0.0124 5.74
f x 4 f x3 0.0124 0.0871
x5 5.74
b a 1 0
1
1
(b) Given 1 x
0
2
dx , determine h
n
5 1
0.25
1 0.5 0.5
1
1
1 x
1
(iii) 2
dx tan 1 x 0
0
1
1
1 x
0
2
dx tan 1 1 tan 1 0
1
1
1 x
0
2
dx
4
Equate analytic solution with numerical solution to obtain the value of
By using Simpson rule;
0.7854
4
3.1416
645
From circle1 and 2, g1 1, f1 1, c1 1, g 2 2, f 2 2, c2 3
Circle1 and required circle are orthogonal;
From, 2 g1 g 2 f1 f c1 c
2g 2 f 1 c
2 g 2 f c 1.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... (i )
Circle 2 and required circle are orthogonal;
From, 2 g 2 g 2 f 2 f c2 c
4g 4 f 3 c
4 g 4 f c 3.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... (ii)
Centre g , f satisfies the equation 3 x y 2 0
3g f 2 0
3g f 2 0.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ..(iii)
Solve equations (i), (ii) and (iii) simultaneously
2 g 2 f c 1
4 g 4 f c 3
3 g f 2 0
g 12 , f 12 , c 1
Substitute the values of g , f and c into x 2 y 2 2 gx 2 fy c 0
The equation of the circleis x 2 y 2 x y 1 0
6 x 8 y 7 24 x 3 y 12
2 x 14 y 31 0
6x 8 y 7
For ve, 4 x 3 y 12
2
6 x 8 y 7 24 x 3 y 12
14x 2 y 17 0
The equations of angle bisectorsare 2 x 14 y 31 0 and 14x 2 y 17 0
ax by c
(ii) d
a2 b2
2x y 2x y
d1 .......... .......... .......... .......... (i )
2 (1)
2 2
5
2x 4 y 3 2x 4 y 3 2x 4 y 3
d2 .......... ......( ii)
2 4 2 2
20 2 5
Since, d1 d 2
2x y 2x 4 y 3
5 2 5
2x y 2x 4 y 3
1 2
2( 2 x y ) 2 x 4 y 3
4x 2 y 2x 4 y 3
2x 6 y 3 0
Equation of locus is 2 x 6 y 3 0
647
(c) If the line 12 x 5 y k 0 is a tangent to the circle
x 2 y 2 6 x 10 y 9 0
The given line y 15 12x k satisfies the equation of the circle
x 2 15 12x k 6 x 10 15 12x k 9 0
2
3
9. (a) (i) Given x 3e x dx
2
1
du
Let u x 2 , du 2 xdx, dx
2x
3 3 3
du 1 2 u
x e dx x e 2 x 2 1
x e du but u x 2
2
3 x 3 u
1 1
3 9
1
x e dx
2
3 x
ueu du
1
21
Apply integration by parts
3
1 u u
x e
9
3 x2
dx ue e 1
1
2
3
1
x 3e x dx 9e 9 e 9 e1 e1 4e 9
2
1
2
648
2 cos x 3sin x
2
(ii) Given
0
cos x sin x
dx
0
cos x sin x
dx
2 cos x 3 sin x 5
dx 52 x 12 In cos x sin x 0 2
2
0
cos x sin x 4
2 cos x 3 sin x
2
5
dx
0
cos x sin x 4
sin 2 x
(b) (i) Given sin2
x
dx
649
(ii) Given e x dx
Let p x , p 2 x, 2 pdp dx
pe dp pe p e p dp
p
e dx 2 pe e c
x p p
e dx 2 xe e c
x x x
e dx 2 x 1e c
x x
16
16 y2 2
16
y2
y
16
V x dy dy ydy 0 32
16
2
y 0 2
0
y1
4 40 4 2 0 8 8
Volume 32 cubic.units
650
In (2 x 2 e x )
10. (a) (i) Given y
x3
y x 3 In (2 x 2 e x )
By product rule;
dy du dv
v u
dx dx dx
dy 4x ex
3x 4 In (2 x 2 e x ) x 3 2 x
dx 2x e
3
ex sin x
(ii) Given that y 3
x
Apply In both sides
e x sin x
3
Iny In
x 3
Iny In e x
3
sin x Inx 3
Iny Ine x In sin x 3Inx
3
651
(b) Differentiate by first principle, f x x 2 e x
f x x 2 e x
f x h x h e x h
2
lim f x h f x
f x
h0 h
f x
lim x h 2 e x h x 2 e x
h0 h
lim x 2 2hx h 2 e x e h x 2 e x
f x
h0 h
lim 2hx h e e e x
2 x h
f x
h0 h
lim 2hx h e h 1e x
2
f x
h0 h
h 2 h3
2hx h 2 1 h 1e x
f x
lim 2! 3!
h0 h
h 2 h3
2hx h 2 h e x
f x
lim 2! 3!
h0 h
lim h h2
f x 2 x h 1 e x
h0 2! 3!
f x 2 x e x
x is the length to be cut to form circle and L x is the length to form square
x
so; circumference x 2r , r radius of a circle
2
652
Perimeter L x
Lx
Side of square
4
A Area of circle area of square
x Lx
2 2
A
2 4
x 2 L x
2
A
4 16
dA 2 x 2L x x L x
dx 4 16 2 8
dA x L x dA
but 0
dx 2 8 dx
x L x
0
2 8
4 x L x
0
8
4 x L x 0
4 x L x 0
4 x L
x L
4
653
ADVANCED MATHEMATICS – 2
FORM SIX EXAMINATION
CODE: 142/2
TIME: 3:00 HOURS
INSTRUCTIONS
roots.
(d) Solve the equation x 3 3 3i 0 (Express your answer in exponential
form)
(i) ( ( p q ) q
654
(ii) [ p (q ~ q )] ( p q )
(c) Given the statement “If two vectors are orthogonal then their scalar
(d) (i) Find a simplified sentence having the following truth table:
p q r
T T T T
T T F T
T F T T
T F F T
F T T T
F T F F
F F T F
F F F F
3. (a) The scalar product of the vector i j k with a unit vector along the
sum of vectors 2i 4 j 5k and xi 2 j 3k is equal to one. Find the value of x .
(b)If O is the origin where OA 3i j 2k , OB i 2 j 3k and
OC i 4 j 2k
(i) Show that AB is orthogonal to OC
2
(c) If a i mj 3k and b 4i 3 j The projection of a onto b is find
~ ~ 3
655
the value of m .
2
(e) If the velocity of a body at time “t” is given by V 3t i 2t j 4 k find
the expression for acceleration “a” and displacement “s” of the body at
time “t” given that when t 1, S 3 i j 2 k .
x 1
4. (a) (i) Find the value of x that satisfy the in equality
x 8 x 1
2 4 12
x y
x
32 22 16
2y
B C bc
(ii) In any triangle ABC, Prove that tan
A
cot
2 bc 2
(b)(i) find the general solution of the equation sin x sin 5x sin 2x sin 4x
3sin 5 cos 7
656
(c) (i) Prove that sin4 cos4 14 3 cos 4
x x
(ii) If tan cosecx sin x, prove that tan 2 5
2
2 2
1 1
(d) If Sin y 2 cos x Show that y 4 x (1 x )
2 2 2
6. (a) Bag one contains 3 red and 4 black balls and bag two contain 5 red and
6 black balls. One ball is drawn at random from one of the bags and is
found to be red. Find the probability that it was drawn from bag two.
(b) (i) State four conditions for a random experiment to follow a binomial
distribution.
(ii) If the random variable x is such that x ⁓Bin n, p then prove that
k if x0
2 k X 1
if
P( x)
3k if X 2
0 Otherwise
(d) The time taken by a milkman to deliver milk to the street is normally
distributed with mean 12 minutes and variance 4 minutes. He
deliver milk everyday. Estimate the number of days when he takes;
657
B
7. (a) Form a differential equation, y Ax
x
(b) Solve the following differential equations.
dx
6
(ii) Convert the following polar equation r into cartesian
1 2 sin
coordinate system and state what type of curve it represents.
Find the centre and focus of the curve.
(c) (i) Show that 8 x 2 8 y 2 32x 64 y 105 0 represent a rectangular
End
658
MARKING SCHEME ADVANCED MATHEMATICS 2
1. (a) soln
z
1 i 5
1 2i 2
(1) 5 5(1) 4 i 10(i ) 3 i 2 10(1) 2 i 3 5(1)i 4 (i) 5
z
1 4i 4
1 5i 10 10i 5 i
z
4i 3
4i 4 4i 3
z
4i 3 4i 3
4 28
z i
25 25
Argz tan 1 28
25 25
4
Arg z tan 1 7
81.7
32
z
25
From z re iu
z 32
25 e i ( 81.7 )
659
(b) soln
Arg z i Arg z 1
4
Arg x iy i Arg x iy 1
4
Arg x i y 1 Arg x 1 iy
4
y 1 1 y
tan 1 tan
x x 1 4
tan A tan B
1
1 tan A tan B
Y 1 Y
x x 1 1
y y
2
1 2
x x
y 1x 1 yx 1
x2 x y2 y
yx y x 1 yx x 2 y 2 x y
x2 y2 1 0
x2 y2 1 0
The locus is a circle with centre (0, 0) and radius 1. Satisfying the
shaded region
Im(z)
Re(z)
X 2 Y 2 1
660
(c) Solution
Then z 1 i z 1 i z 2 2 z 2
z 2 4 z 13
z 2 2 z 2 z 4 6 z 3 23z 2 34z 26
z 4 2z 3 2z 2
4 z 3 21z 2 34 z 26
4 z 3 8z 2 8z
13z 2 26 z 26
13z 2 26 z 26
The product of the other roots is 1 i 2 3i 2 3i 13 13i
(d) Solution
x 3 3 3i 0
x 3 3 3i
x 3 3i 3
1
arg x tan 1 1
4
r 18
2k 2k
1
X k 1 r n cos i sin
n n.
661
In exponential form
2k 8k
i
18 e i
1 1
x k 1 r n e n
3 12
18 e i
1
k 0, x1 3 12
7
18 e
1 i
k 1, x2 3 12
15
x 18 e
1 i
k 2, 3
3 12
2. (a) (i) Premises are assumption given to a statement such that it can be
true or false.
(ii)Valid argument is an argument in which its conclusion is always true
p q q q p q From p q p q q p
~ ~ p q q ~ q ~ p q From p q ~ p q
~ ~ p q ~ p p q From p q ~ p q
~ ~ p q p q Idempotent law
p ~ q p q Demorgan’s law
p ~ q q Distibutive law
p T Complement law
662
p Identity law
statement p q
Inverse ~ p ~ q
z p q r p q ~ r p ~ q r p ~ q ~ r ~ p q r
Thus
p q r p q ~ r p ~ q r p ~ q ~ r ~ p q r statement
p q r ~ r p ~ q r ~ r ~ p q r .......fac torization law
p q T p ~ q T ~ p q r .......... .......... .....negat ion law
p q p ~ q ~ p q r .......... .......... .......... .......... identity law
p q ~ q ~ p q r .......... .......... .......... ........ ......factorization law
p T ~ p q r .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ....negati on law
p ~ p q r .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ..identity law
p ~ p p q p r .......... .......... .......... .......... .......dis tributive law
T p q p r .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ......nega tion law
p q p r .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ..identity law
p q r .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .........f actorization law
Simplified sentence is p q r
663
3. (a) sum
2 i 4 j 5k x i 2 j 3k
2 x i 6 j 2k
Dot product 1
i j k .(2 x i 6 j 2k ) 1
2 x 6 2 1
x 5
(b) AB i 2 j 3k 3i j 2k
___
AB 2i 3 j 5k
___
OC i 4 j 2k
a.b
cos
ab
cos
2 1 3 4 5 2
38 21
0
cos
798
cos 0
cos1 0
(i) 90
___
Since the angle between the two vectors is 90 , AB is orthogonal
____
to OC .
664
__ __
(ii) Area 1 AB BC
2
___
AB 2i 3 j 5k
___
BC 2i 6 j k
i j k
1
2 3 5
2
2 6 1
1
57
2
57
2
a.b 2
b 3
110 mx 4 1
Given
a i m j 3k
~ ~ ~
b 4i 3 j
~
2
If projection of a onto b is , find the value of m
3
From;
a.b
Pr ojb a
b
~
665
1 4
But a.b m 3
3 0
a.b 4 3m
And b 4 2 3 2 5
~
4 3m
Pr ojb a
5
2 4 3m
3 5
10
4 3m
3
2
m
9
(d) v 3t 2 i 2tj 4k
Acceleration 6t i 2 j
ds 3t i 2tj 4k
2
dt
ds 3t i 2tj 4k dt
2
s t 3i t 2 j 4tk c
But s 3i j 2k when t 1
3i j 2k i j 4k c
c 2i 2 j 2k
s t 3i t 2 j 4tk 2i 2 j 2k
Displacement t 3 2 i t 2 2 j 4t 2 K
From, v 3t i 2t j 4k 2
dv
6t i 2 j
dt
a 6t i 2 j
666
x 1
4. (a) (i) Given
8 x x 1
x 1
0
8 x x 1
x x 1 8 x
0
8 x x 1
x2 2x 8
0
8 x x 1
x 4x 2 0
8 x x 1
x 8, x 2, x 1, x 4
8 x 2 and 1 x 4
32 22 16.......... .......... .....( ii)
x 2y
From, 2 x 4 y 12
2 x 12 4 y.......... .......... .......... ........( iii)
Substitute equation (iii) into equation (ii)
312 4 y 22 2 y 16
312 2 2 y 22 2 y 16
36 32 2 y 22 2 y 16
52 2 y 20
22 y 4
22 y 22
y 1
From equation (iii) 2 x 12 4 y
2 x 12 41
2x 8
2 x 23
x3
x 3, y 1
667
Then;
4 x 43 100
2y
4 43 100
3 2
(b) (i) Mathematical induction “If the basis step and inductive steps are
proven (or proved) to
be true, then the statement is true for all natural numbers”
n
(ii) To prove 2
r 0
r 1
2n 1
k 1
2
r 0
r 1
2k 1 2k
k 1
2
r 0
r 1
2 2k 1
k 1
2
r 0
r 1
2 k 1 1 but n k 1
k 1
2 r 1 2 n 1
r 0
668
(c) Consider the pair of equation.
x 2 2 px q 0
2
x 2 px 2q 0
4 px q 0
q
x
4p
From, x 2 2 px q 0
q 2 q
2 p q 0
4p 4p
q 2 24 p 2 q 0
q q 24 p 2 0
q 0, q 24 p 2 0
SECTION: B
5. (a) (i) Let P sin2 tan x cot1 x
1
P sin 2 tan 1 x cot 1 x
x 1
Let A tan 1 x, tan A x, sin A , cos A
1 x 2
1 x2
1 x
B cot 1 x, cot B x, sin B , cos B
1 x2 1 x2
so; P sin2 A B
P sin 2 A cos B cos 2 A sin B
P 2 sin A cos A cos B 1 2 sin 2 A sin B
x 1 x x 2 1
P 2
1 2
2
1 x
2
1 x
2
1 x
2
1 x 1 x 2
2x 1 2x
P
1 x2 1 x2 1 x2
1
P
1 x2
sin 2 tan 1 x cot 1 x 1
1 x2
669
(ii) Consider R.H.S
b c k sin B k sin C
(From sine rule)
b c k sin B k sin C
b c sin B sin C
b c sin B sin C
B C B C
2 cos sin
bc 2 2
bc B C B C
2 sin cos
2 2
From sum angles of a triangle, A B C 180
BC A
cos sin
2 2
BC A
sin cos
2 2
A B C
sin sin
bc 2 2
bc A B C
cos cos
2 2
bc A B C
tan tan
bc 2 2
bc A B C
cot tan Proved
bc 2 2
670
Consider sin 3x 0
3x sin 1 0
3x 0 0
From, n 1
n
3x 180 n
x 90 n .......... .......... .......... ......( i )
Also consider
cos 2 x cos x 0
2 cos2 x 1 cos x 0
2 cos2 x cos x 1 0
cos x 1, cos x 1.5
Consider cos x 1
x cos1 1
x 0 0
From, 2n
x 2n.......... .......... .......... .......( ii)
n
x and x 2n
2
R 34
671
By considering 3 sin 5 cos 7
Then, R 34 7
The maximum value is 34 7 and minimum value is 34 7
cos
(c) (i) Consider sin 4 cos4 sin 2 2 2 2
From, a 2 b 2 a b 2ab
2
sin 4 cos4 sin 2 cos2 2
2 sin 2 cos2
sin 4 cos4 1 2 sin 2 cos2
sin 4 cos4 1 212 1 cos 2 12 1 cos 2
sin 4 cos4 1 12 1 cos2 2
sin 4 cos4 1 12 1 12 1 cos 4
sin 4 cos4 1 12 12 12 cos 4
sin 4 cos4 1 14 14 cos 4
sin 4 cos4 34 14 cos 4
sin 4 cos4 1
4 3 cos4 Proved
(ii) Given tan 2x cosecx sin x
tan 2x
1
sin x
sin x
1 sin 2 x
tan 2x
sin x
Let tan 2x t , sin x
2t
1 t 2
2
2t
1
1 t2
tan 2x
2t
1 t 2
tan
1 t 2t
2 2 2
2t 1 t
x
2 2
1 2t 2 t 4 4t 2
t
2t 2t 3
672
t 2t 2t 3 1 2t 2 t 4 4t 2
2t 2t 1 2t 2 t 4 4t 2
2 4
t 4 4t 2 1 0
4 42 4
t2
2
4 20 4 2 5
t2 2 5
2 2
tan 2 2x 2 5
673
(b) (i) The number of trials should be finite
The trials should be independent.
The outcomes of the trials should be exact either success or failure.
The probability of the outcomes should be constant.
n
(ii) Consider general expectation formula E ( x) xP( X x)
x 0
x n x
But P( X x) Cx p q
n
n
E ( x) xP( X x)
x 0
n
E ( x) x nC x p x q n x
x 0
n
n! x n x
E ( x) x p q
x 0 ( n x )! x!
n
n(n 1)!
E ( x) x p. p x 1q n x
x 0 ( n x )! x ( x 1)!
n
(n 1)! x 1 n x
E ( x) np p q
x 0 ( n x )!( x 1)!
n n
E ( x) np n1C x 1 p x 1q n x but n 1
C x 1 p x 1q n x 1
x 0 x 0
E x np
674
n
E x 2 x 2 nC x p x q n x but x 2 x( x 1) x
x 0
n
E x 2 x( x 1) x nC x p x q n x
x 0
n n
E x 2 x( x 1) n C x p x q n x x nC x p x q n x
x 0 x 0
n n
E x 2 n(n 1) p 2 n2 C x 2 p x 2 q n x np but n 2 C x 2 p x 2 q n x 1
x 0 x 0
E x n(n 1) p
2 2
np
E ( x) np and E x 2 n(n 1) p 2 np
Var ( x) E x 2 E ( x)
2
Var ( x) n 2 p 2 np 2 np n 2 p 2
Var ( x) np np 2 np(1 p ) let 1 p q
Var ( x) npq
675
x
(d) Given 12 and 4 , from z
x 17 12 5
(i) Px 17 P z P z P z 0.1057
4 4
x 10 12 1
(ii) Px 10 P z P z P z 0.3085
4 2
9 12 13 12
(iii) P9 x 13 P 3 1
z P z 0.3721
4 4 4 4
B
7. (a) Given y Ax
x
xy Ax 2 B
dy
y x 2 xA
dx
y dy
2 A.......... .......... .......... ....( i )
x dx
dy dy d2y
x 2 2A
dx dx dx
2
dy d y
2 x 2 2 A.......... .......... .......( ii)
dx dx
Substitute equation (i) into equation (ii)
dy d 2 y y dy
2 x 2
dx dx x dx
2
d y dy
x2 2 x y 0
dx dx
676
(b) (i) Given y xydx x xy 2 dy 0
y xydx xy 2 x dy
y 1 x dx x y 2 1dy
1 x y 2 1
x dx y dy
1 1
1 x dx y y dy
y2
x Inx c Iny
2
y 2 2 Iny 2 x 2 Inx A 0
(ii) Given x 1 y e x 1 x
dy 2
dx
e x 1 x Integrating factor D.E .......... .(i )
dy y
dx 1 x
1
dx 1
I .F e 1 x
1 x
Multiply equation (i) by I.F
1 dy
e x Exact D.E
y
1 x dx 1 x
2
d y
e
x
dx 1 x
y
d 1 x e dx
x
y
ex c
1 x
y 1 x e x c1 x
(c) Consider y 3 y 2 y e 2 x
Consider complementary function (c.f)
y 3 y 2 y 0
Write its A.Q.E
m 2 3m 2 0
m 1, m 2
1, 2
677
From, y Ae x Be x
y c. f Ae x Be 2 x .......... .......... .......... .......( i )
Consider Particular Integral (P.I)
y ke 2 x
y 2ke 2 x
y 4ke 2 x
From, y 3 y 2 y e 2 x
4ke 2 x 6ke 2 x 2ke 2 x e 2 x
4k 6k 2k 1
12k 1
k 121
y P. I 121 e 2 x .......... .......... .......... .......... .......( ii)
y y c. f y P. I
y Ae x Be 2 x 121 e 2 x
y 0 2
A B 121 2
12 A 12B 23.......... .......... .......... .......... ..(iii)
From, y Ae x Be 2 x 121 e 2 x
dy
Ae x 2 Be 2 x 16 e 2 x
dx
1
4 A 2B
6
24 6 A 12B 1
6 A 12B 23.......... .......... .......... .......... ....( iv)
Solve equations (i) and (ii) simultaneously
12 A 12B 23
6 A 12B 23
A 23
3 , B 234
y 23
3 e x 234 e 2 x 121 e 2 x
678
(d) Consider data given.
The first temperature at 10 : 00 a.m 1 93.4 F
After 2 hours, the temperature 2 91.4 F
If room temperature, R 72 F
R
From Newton' s Law of Cooling, In 2 kt
1 R
1 R 1 91.4 72
k In 2 In 0.049
t 1 R 2 93.4 72
Estimate the time of death when 2 98.04 F
1 R 1 98.04 72
t In 2 In 4hrs
k 1 R 0.049 93.4 72
t 4hrs
The time of death 10 : 00 a.m (4hrs) 6 : 00 a.m
The approximate time of death is 6 : 00 a.m
1
5 3
x 12 y 22 1 shown
25 9
679
Foci, ae h, k
b2 a 2 1 e2
9 25 1 e 2
e 4
5
Foci, 5 54 ,2
Foci are 5,2 and 3,2
y 1 8x 1
2
6
(ii) Consider r
1 2 sin
y
But sin
r
6
r
1 2 sin
6
r
y
1 2
r
6r
r
r 2y
r 2 2 yr 6r
r 2 2 y 6 r 0
680
r r 2 y 6 0
r 0 or r 2 y 6 0
Consider r 2 y 6 0 but r x 2 y 2
x 2 y 2 2 y 6 0
x 2 y 2 2 y 6
x 2 y 2 2 y 6
2
x 2 y 2 4 y 2 24 y 36
x 2 3 y 2 24 y 36
x 2 3 y 2 8 y 36
x 2 3 y 4 48 36
2
x 2 3 y 4 12
2
3 y 4 x 2 12
2
y 42
x2
1
4 12
8 x 2 8 y 4 32
2 2
x 22 y 42
1 it is rectangular hyperbola since a b 2
4 4
Equation of directrix;
y k b x h
a
y 4 x 2
2
2
y x 2 4
y x 2 and y x 6
681
(ii) Given r 1 cos
Table of values
0 45 90 135 180 225 270 315 360
(d) Consider
From,
x h 2 y k 2 1
a2 b2
h, k 1,2, x, y 4,6
4 12 6 22 1
a2 b2
9 16
1
a2 b2
9b 2 16a 2 a 2 b 2 .......... .......... ........( i )
From, c 2 a 2 b 2
c 6 12 2 22 5
25 a b 2 2
x 12 y 22 1
45 20
682
ANSWERS
HYPERBOLIC FUNCTIONS
Exercise 1.1
1. sinh x 34 and sinh x 1
2. x In 13
3. In3 and In 1 2
4. In 2 and In1 2
5. x 12 In 2
6. tanh x 29 21
7. x In2 or x In2
Exercise 1.3
1
1.
x2 a2
1
2.
x2 a2
dy 2
3.
dx x 2 1 x 4
dy
4. cos ecx
dx
dy
5. sec x
dx
1 5
6. sinh 1 x c
10 4
1 11
7. sinh 1 x c
11 3
1 5
8. cosh1 x c
5 2
1 7
9. tanh 1 x c
14 2
683
REVISION EXERCISE 1
01.
(a) x 3.51 or x 0.488
(b) x 5.74 or x 0.597
(c) x 3.5
02.
(a) 2.6
2 5
(b) 0.8944
5
03.
1295
(a) 17.986
72
35
(b) 0.9459
37
04. Show
05. Show
06. Prove
07. Show
08. Show
09. Show
10. Prove
11. a x x 1
2
12. (a) c 2 a 2 b 2
(b)Show
13. Prove
14. Show
15. Show
16. Show
17. The critical values are (0,1)
18. Prove
19. Show
20. ( x, y) In 2 5 , In 3 2 2
or ( x, y) In 3 10 , In 2 3
29. x In 43
684
VECTORS
Exercise 2.1
2
1.
2
2. 2
3. m8
4. 3
5. 4 :1: 5
6. 2 3 4
, ,
29 29 29
Exercise 2.3
dr
1. 2i 2 j
dt
dr
2. r i j , 2i j
dt
dr
3. r 5k , 2 j
dt
4. r i j k
5. r 2i 4 j 8k
6. r i 4 j
REVISION EXERCISE 2
1. x 2 , y 3
3 1 2
2. 3 :1: 2 , , ,
14 14 14
3. a b 5
2
4. 6 a 2 11a b 35 b
5
5. OR a , OR 4b a
3
6. A, B and C are collinear
7. a b b c c a
3
2
685
1 1 1
8. 60 or 120 , a i j k
2 2 2
9. Area= 1 61 sq. units
2
10. Area= 605 sq. units, unit vector is 3 i 6 j 2 k
7 7 7
11. Verify
12.
(a) t (t 3 2t 2 14)
(b) 3t 2 i 7k
(c) i 2t j
13. Area 0.5sq.units
82
14. workdone joules
7
15. Force (0.096t 0.128)i 0.192t 2 k
1
16. (i) (13i 26 j 13k )
31.84
(ii) 64.862
1
17. Pr ojb a
3
18. Verify
19. Show
20. Show
50
21. workdone joules
3
22. workdone 26 joules
28
23. workdone joules
17
27
24. workdone joules
7
25. 17.75
3 2 6
26. i j k
7 7 7
27. Angle 63.11 , Area 8.874sq.units
28. (5t 2 5) j (3t 2t 3 )k
41
29. r (t ) 28i j and r (t ) 10i 7 j s
3
30. 75sq.units
686
31. velocity 2i 4 j and acceleration 14i 2 j 12k
32. Show
33. magnitude 1
34. r (2i j 3k ) 2(3i 2 j 4k ) 2(i 3 j 2k )
35. Magnitude 18.37 N , Direction 12.58
3 4 6
36. (a) i j k (b). 9
61 61 61
37. (a) Acceleration 4i (constant).
19
(b) (i) i 4 j 3k units (ii) 65i units (iii) 20i N
8
38. workdone 80 joules
39. velocity 43 units and acceleration 228 units
40. 2 :1: 2
41. Prove
42. Show
1 1.4 0.4
43. (i) f (t ) i 2 j k (ii)
20t 2
t (1 2t ) 2
1
Int i 7 Int j In1 2t k c
1
4 2
44. prove , speed 2 and velocity 2 cos(2 )i 2 sin(2 ) j
10
45. (i) (ii) 14
7
46. Prove
47. momentum (10t 3 5t )i (15t 4 5t 2 40) j 60t 2 k ,
Force (30t 2 5)i (60t 3 10t ) j 120tk
48. cos 0.6325
49. Prove
50. Force 74N , Direction 54.5
687
NUMERICAL METHODS
Exercise 3.1
1. 1.11106 105 and 1.60291 105
2. 9.906 104 and 1.540 104
3. 3.041 103 and 1.756 103
Exercise 3.2
1. 0.196
2. 0.2628
3. 0.3748
4. x1 1, x2 2 3 and x3 13 21
Exercise 3.3
1. 0.7828 sq.units
2. 1.5504 sq.units
3. 2.4473 sq.units , 2.4641sq.units
4. 10.774 sq.units , 10.822 sq.units
5. (a) 15.01 sq.units (b) 14.94 sq.units (c) 14.94 sq.units
REVISION EXERCISE 3
1. 3.1424
2. 1.0122sq.units
3. 0.9688sq.units
4. 1.0192sq.units , 1.0093sq.units
5. 0.69325sq.units
6. 1.1015sq.units , 1.0986sq.units
7. x1 1.1797 sq.units , x2 1.1795 sq.units x3 1.1795 sq.units
8. 0.7921sq.units
9. 0.0769sq.units
10. 2.285sq.units
11. 0.73881sq.units
12. refer to your notes
13. (a) 0.3925sq.units (b) (ii) 3.0809
14. 1.9129
15. (a) 0.6427 sq.units (b) 0.6427 sq.units
16. refer to your notes
688
17. refer to your notes
(a) refer to your notes
(b) refer to your notes
(c) 12
5
18. 2.4146 , 0.0004
19. 0.2628
20. (i) 1.1102sq.units (ii) 1.048sq.units
21. 7.982km
22. 258m 3
23.
24. (a) 0.196 (b) 1.587
25. (a) 0.3096sq.units (b) Absolute error 4.17 103
26. 310.3cm 3
27. (i) 1.8961sq.units , (ii) 2.005sq.units
28. 0.09965sq.units
COMPLEX NUMBERS
Exercise 4.1
(a) 1
(b) 1
(c) 1
(d) i
(e) i
(f) i
Exercise 4.3
1. z 2cos 60 i sin 60
or z 2 cos 300 i sin 300
2. z 2 3 cos30 i sin 30 or z 2 3 cos330 i sin 330
3. z 2 3cos 210 i sin 210
4. z 4 2 cos 45 i sin 45
5. z cos 90 i sin 90
6. z1 z2 6 cos15 i sin15
2cos 21 i sin 21
z1
7.
z2
8.
z1 z 2 15 cos 50 i sin 50
689
54
9. z 2e
i
43
10. z1 z 2 20e
i
z1 i
11. 2e 4
z2
z i
12. 2 0.5e 4
z1
REVISION EXERCISE 4
1.
(a) cos(37.1) 0.825
(b) e 5 x cos12 x
2
2
(c) e
2. ( x iy)( x iy)
3. Show
4. Prove
5. Prove
6. Show
7. Prove
8. Show
9. Prove
10. Prove
11. n 4
12. 3 2i
13. 7 2 cos 0
14. Show
15. z1 z 2 3(cos50 i sin 50 )
16. z 2 3i , z 1 and z 1
P ( z ) ( z 2 3i )( z 2 3i )( z 1)( z 1)
17. p 4 , q 13
2 2
18. a 2 , b 2 , x 1i
2 2 2 2
19. Show
20. Show
21. t 0.199, t 1.50, t 5.03, t 0.668
22. t 0.225, t 1.1376, t 10.745, t 1.69 , t 0.431
23.
(a) i
690
(b) 1
(c) 1
(d) 1
24.
(a) z 3 i , z 3 i , z 2i
(b) z 4 3 4i , z 8i , z 4 3 4i
25. z 2 i 2 , z 2 i 2 , z 2 i 2 , z 2 i 2
26. z 2 i 2 , z 2 i 2 , z 2 i 2 , z 2 i 2
27. Show
28. Show
29. Show
30.
(a) cos x coshix or cosix cosh x
(b) sin x i sinh ix or sinh x i sin ix
(c) tan x i tanh ix or i tanh x tan ix
31.
(a) z 2n In(3 2 2 ) where..n 0,1,2,3.......
(b) z 2n iIn (5 2 6 ) where..n 0,1,2,3.......
2
32. x y 6x 1 0
2 2
33.
(a) x 2 y 2 9
(b) y 0
(c) x 2 y 2 6 x 0
34.
(a) y x 1 0
(b) x 2 y 2 2 y 1 0
4 2
35. z 4 2i and z i
5 5
36. Show
37. Greatest value 13 and Least value 13
38.
1 1 1 3
(a) z i , w i
2 2 2 2
(b) z 2 4i , w 5 i
39. 15x 2 15 y 2 68x 96 y 204 0
2
40. x , y2
3
691
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Exercise 5.1
1. y 4e 4 x c
15 x
2. y 15 e c
3. y 7e c
7x
y 1
4. In x c
y
y 1
5. In x 1 c
y
6. y 2 2 x 2 1 2c
1
7. coth y e c
x
8. y e x 3x cos x 3 sin x c
9. Incos sin r c
10. et cost sin t 2 x c 0
11. 1
2 tan 1 e
y
2
x
c
12. y x Inx 12 x 2c
2 2 2
13. 12 In 2 y 3 In x 2 c
14. Iny coth1 x c
15. y xInx x c
Exercise 5.2
1
12 x
y Ae 2 Be
x
1.
2
2
y Ae
x
Be
x
2. 3 3
1
y Ae 3 x Be 2
x
3.
5
y Ae 3 x Be 2
x
4.
5. y Ax B e9 x
6. y Ax B e 3x
7. y Ax B e 0.1x
y Ax B e 4
1
x
8.
692
REVISION EXERCISE 5:1
1.
(a) y cx
(b) y 2 cos x c
(c) y sin(sin1 x) c
(d) y tan( x c) x
(e) 2( y x) sin 2( y x) c
(f) x Insin( y x) c
(g) y x In ( y x) c
(h) y 2 x c1 , y 3x c2
(i) y c1 x 2 , y c2 x
2.
(a) y 2 x 2 Inx 2 cx 2
(b) x 2 2 xy y 2 B
(c) y x sinh(InAx)
(d) y x sinh(InAx)
(e) y xe Ax
x
(f) y
Inx c
(g) y A( x 2 y 2 )
(h) ( y x) y 2x2 c
(i) 2 3 tan 1 2 y x Inx c
3 3x
3.
(a) x 2 y 2 2 xy 2 x 2 y c
(b) x 2 y 2 2 xy 4 x c
(c) x 2 y 2 2 xy 4 x 8 y c
4.
(a) yx 2 sin x c
(b) y x(tan x c)
(c) y 2 x 2 1 cx
1 4
(d) yx 2 x c
4
5.
1
(a) ye 2 x e 3 x c
3
693
x sin x c
(b) y
cos ecx cot
xc
(c) y
sin 2 x
cx 2
(d) xy 2
Inx
(e) y sec x x 2 sec x c
x
(f) 2y c
y
6.
1 1
(a) y 1 x ce 2 x
2 4
1
(b) y 2 x ce 2 x
2
(c) 4 xy y 4 c
7.
(a) y A x 3 B
3
1
(b) y In ( 2 x C ) D
2
(c) y 2 Ax B
8.
(a) y Ae x Be 2 x
(b) y Ae 3 x Be 5 x
(c) x Ae t Be 6t
9.
(a) y ( Ax B)e 2 x
(b) y ( Ax B)e x
(c) y ( Ax B)e x
10.
(a) y ( A cos x B sin x)e 3 x
(b) y A cos3 x B sin 3 x
(c) y ( A cos x B sin x)e x
(d) y ( A cos x B sin x)e 2 x
11.
5
(a) y ( Ax B)e 2 x
4
(b) y Ae x Be 2 x x 3
694
5 15
(c) y ( Ax B )e 2 x x
4 4
1 3 13
(d) y Ae x Be 4 x x 2 x
4 8 32
3 4
(e) y e ( Ax B ) sin 2 x cos 2 x
x
5 5
(f) .The question is inconsistent.
(g) . The question is inconsistent
1
(h) y Ae x Be 2 x e 4 x
6
(i) y Ae x Be 2 x xe2 x
(j) y ( Ax B)e 2 x e 3 x
(k) y ( Ax B)e 2 x 0.5 x 2 e 2 x
(l) . y ( Ax B)e 2 x
(m) y ( Ax B)e 2 x
(n) . y Ae x Be 2 x xe x
1
(o) . y Ae x Be 2 x e 4 x
6
12.
d2y
(a) 4y 0
dx 2
2
(b) d 2y 3 dy 2 y 0
dx dx
(c) y 6 y 10 y 0
(d) y 9 y 0
(e) y 2 y 2 y 0
(f) y 4 y 13 y 0
(g) y 4 y 4 y 0
(h) y 2 y y 0
(i) y 2 y y 0
(j) y 4 y 4 y 5
(k) y 3 y 2 y 2 x 3
(l) y 2 y y 5 sin 2 x
695
13. Show
14.
(a) x A sin(2t ) or x A cos(2t ) or x Acos2t B sin 2t
(b) x A sin(3t ) or x A cos(3t ) or x Acos3t B sin 3t
(c) x A sin(9t ) or x A cos(9t ) or x Acos9t B sin 9t
(d) x A sin(10t ) or x A cos(10t ) or x Acos10t B sin10t
(e) x A sin(6t ) or x A cos(6t ) or x Acos6t B sin 6t
(f) x A sin(7t ) or x A cos(7t ) or x Acos7t B sin 7t
(g) x Asin( 3t ) or x A cos( 3t ) or
x A cos 3t B sin 3t
(h) x Asin( 5t ) or x A cos( 5t ) or
x A cos 5t B sin 5t
(i) x A sin(2t ) 1 or x A cos(2t ) 1
(j) y A sin(3 ) 2 or y A cos(3 ) 2
(k) Asin( 2t ) 3 or A cos( 2t ) 3
15.
1 4 1
(a) x 3 xy y 2 y c
2 2
(b) x 3 y 2 x 2 2 xy 3 5 y c
1 3 1
(c) x xy 3 2 x 2 y y 5 c
3 5
(d) x5 x3 y 2 x 2 y 3 y 5 c
16.
2 3x
y Ae 2 x Be 2 x 2 x 2 e 1
5
17.
dy
(a) 3 x 3 y 2 3 xy
dx
d2y dy
(b) 2
2 3y 0
dx dx
d 2 y dy
(c) x 2 0
dx dx
2
(d) d 2y 5 dy 6 y 30x 7
dx dx
696
d2y
(e) 2
16 y 20e 2 x
dx
2
(f) xy 2 x y 0
d2y dy dy
dx dx dx
18.
(a) (2 x y 2) 2 In (2 x y 2) x 1
(b) x 2 cos3t 3sin 3t 4
2
19. y 2 1 0
d2y dy
dx dx
1
20. ye3 x ( 4 x 1)e 4 x C
16
25 25
21. x e kt 20
k k
22.
d2y
(a) y0
dx 2
(b) d3y d2y dy
3
3 2
3 y0
dx dx dx
23.
x 3 3c
(a) y
3(1 x 2 )
1
(b) y C1e 2 x C 2 e x e 4 x
6
(c) x5 y5 x3 y 2 x 2 y3 C
24. 79.25 years
25. 2 x 2 9 y 2 18x 18 y 2 xy 1 0
26. (4 x y 1)( y x 4)2
c
x 1
d 2x
27. (a) 64x 0 (b) x Acos8t B sin8t (c) x cos8t
dt 2
2
28. (a) 2 d 2x 14 dx 12x 0 (b) x Ae 6t Be t
dt dt
29. 1.106hrs
dm
30. k (100 m)
dt
31. prove
32. 77.92 c
697
33. 4.493 1046 kg
x
34. ye y
A x
35. 3 x 12 y 9 In ( x y 1) In (3 x 3 y 1) A
36. y 14x 17e 4( x1)
37. y 4 cos3x sin 3x e x
38. y 3x 2 2 x 3
39. x Inx 12 y 2 Iny c
40. x tan y e x c
2
(c) In y 3 x c
1
2.
(a) y 3xIn Ax
1 y 2
(b) x In 1 2 2 c
4 x
(c) y x tanIn Ax
3 1
B
(d) y x
(e) x 2 y In Ay
2 2
3.
2x y 2x
(a) 2 x y
In In Ax
x
(b) sin x In Ax
1 y
(c) y xIn Ax
4.
(a)
xy 2 x 1 c
(b) xIny sec x c
(c) 2 x y 2 tan 2 x c
1 2 2 1
698
(d) 1 2 x e tan x c
y
(e) t 2e u t sin t c
2 s
(f) r e cot u c
5.
(a) x sin y 2 x c
(b)
xy e x c
(c) x tan y e c
2
x
(d) 1
2 y 2e x y c
COORDINATE GEOMETRY II
Revision Exercise 6.1
1. y 16x , Length 16 units
2
25
2. x 2 y
2
4. 4 x 2 y 2 8 x 46 y 4 xy 71 0
2 2
Length 2 units
9. (a) 4
10. prove
11. y x 1 , y x 7
12. Area 18 sq.units
13. y 2 20x
2
14. x 125y
15. (i) y 16.9 x (ii) Should be placed at focus 4.225,0
2
699
x 42 y 12 1
16. 18 9
4. 1,
21 1 , y
25
2
1
x2 y2
5. 1
10 40
6. 25x 6 y 113 0, 6 x 25 y 80 0
7. y 2 x 6 and y 2 x 6
x2 y2
8. 1
64 100
x2 y2
9. 9
1
4
x2 y2
10. 16
1
7
x 32 y 2 1
14. 64 48
16. 3 y 4 x 17 0, 4 y 3x 6 0
17.
ay sin bx cos ab cos2 a sin 2 , by ax tan b 2 a 2 sin
700
x2 y2
1
18. 25 9
x2 y2
1
19. 81 9
39
20. Heigth 4 m
x2 y2
1
21. 81 36
x 52 y 2 1
12. (b) 1 3
. (b) y x 3 and y x 3
STATISTICS
Exercise 7.1
1. (a) 30.3 (b) 30.3 (c) 30.3
2. (a) 0.3158 (b) 0.3158 (c) 0.3158
Revision Exercise 7
1. Mean=44, median=0 and mode=34.222
2. x 26, y 27, mean 20.7 and median 21.53
3. Mean=7.26 and S.D=1.94
4. Model A is more uniform than B since it has small
S.D compared to B
5. (a) Median 1.67 b mean 1.69 and S.D 0.29
701
PROBABILITY
Exercise 8.1
1. 1260
2. 7560
3. 6
4. 24
5. 60
Exercise 8.2
1. 441
2. 5
3. 36
4. 4
5. 120
Exercise 8.3
16. 0.5
2. 0.35 7. 0.775 12. 0.5
17. 0.55
3. 152 8. (a) 2 7 (b) 3
7 (c) 4
7 13. 1 3
4. 7 13 9. 1: 5 14. (a)
425 (b)
22 16
5525
5. 31 72 10. 3
7 15. 189
572
Exercise 8.4
1. 0.5 6. 2 15 11. 0.775
2. 0.25 7. 0.8 12. (a) 0.125 (b) 11
48 (c)
6
11
3. 34
47 8. 0.25 13.
A and B are independent events,
i.e. P A B P A PB 16
4. 0.5 9. 1
3
5. 0.3 10. 7
15
702
Exercise 8.5
(i) Discrete uniform r.v
(ii) 0.6
(iii) 0.4
(iv) 0.2
(v) 2
Exercise 8.6
1. (a) 1
4 (b) 11
12 (c) 1
3
2. 2
3. (a) 5
16
4. k 1
2 , Px 1
2 23
5. (a) k 4 9 , l 4 7 (b) 2
9
Exercise 8.7
1. 0.656
2. 3
3. 11
243
4. 0.99
5. 88
6. 0.83
7. 2
Exercise 8.8
1. 7 15
2. 3 4
3. 55 221
4. 9 20
5. 2 7
6. 2 91
7. 1 3
8. 21 46
9. 313
10. 13102
11. 4 7
12. 2 5
13. 316 435
14. 1 216
15. 7 8
16. 35%
17. 512
18. 1 3
19. 17 42
20. 19 42
21. 10 21
22. 19 90
23. 512
24. 16 5525
25. 1 204
26. 1 26
27. 319 420
28. 3 7
29. 1 6
30. 112
31. 1 6
32. 1 3
33. 1 221
704
34. 2
3
35. 7
10
36. 7
44
37. 27
34
38. 2
5
39. 17
20
40. 3
91
41. 39
100
p
42. p q
43. 2 7
44. 114
45. 5 : 4
46. 3 20
47. 3 5
48. 10 21
49. 9 70
50. 1 3
51. 14 33
52. 1 6
53. 5 26
54. (a) Probability 0.4725, mean 0.6 , SD 0.7266
(b) 0.0867
(c) (i) k 4 (ii) , variance
11
mean 8
15 225
1. 4 48. 336
2. 8 49. 720
3. 16 50. 90
4. 32 51. 60
5. 6 52. 120
6. 36 53. 8
7. 216 54. 32
8. 1296 55. 720
9. 6 n 56. 24
10. 6 57. 56
705
11. 1 58. 4,536
12. 252 59. 362,880
13. (a) 350 (b) 150 (c) 105 60. 11,880
(d) 30 (e) 12 (f) 15 (g) 60 61. 24
14. 720 62. (a) 6 (b) 12
15. m n ways 63. 720
16. 5040 64. (a) 90,720
(b) 907,200 (c) 544,320
17. 120 65. (a) 362,880
(b) 2,880 (c) 5,760 (d) 80,640
18. 20 66. 0.5
19. 336 67. 0.5
20. As r increase the number of permutation increase 68. 0.75
21. (a) 10 (b) 90 (c) 3,628,800 69. 0.75
22. 12 70. 0.75
23. 6 71. 7 8
24. 15 72. 0.5
25. 15 73. 7 8
26. 455 74. 0.5
27. 320 75. 0.5
28. 36 76. 0.5
29. 75 77. 112
30. 24 78. 0.5
31. 50 79. 0.5
32. 18 80. 118
33. 18 81. 0.25
34. 24 82. 0.25
35. 36 83. 0.5
36. 3 84. 0.25
37. 18 85. 1 6
38. 36 86. 0.25
39. 72 87. 0.25
40. 24 88. 1 21
41. 210 89. 17 42
42. (a) 720 (b) 120 (c) 24 90. 117
43. 720 91. 0.5
44. 360 92. 1 504
45. 6 93. 1 22
46. 360
47. 1800
706
INDEX
differential equations, 164, 239, 240, 251, 260,
A 276, 286, 307, 314, 333, 340, 342, 343, 345,
Absolute error, 133 657
actual value, 132, 167 direction cosine, 91, 92, 103, 126
APPLICATIONS OF VECTORS, 126 direction ratio, 90, 103, 126, 129
area of a parallelogram, 115, 128 Director circle, 416
area of a triangle, 114, 126, 128 Directrices, 388, 394, 400, 405, 419, 428, 432,
Argand diagram, 236, 237 437
Argument, 176 Directrix, 347, 349, 353, 357, 360, 363, 366,
arithmetic mean, 484, 494 368, 370
ASYMPTOTES, 446, 447, 450 Discrete Random Variable, 567, 585
Auxiliary circle, 417 distance formula, 84
dot product, 93, 94, 103, 127
double value, 71
B
Binomial distribution, 583, 592 E
Brine solution, 324
Eccentricity, 347, 479
Ellipse, 347, 385, 386, 387, 391, 392, 393, 397,
C 398, 399, 404, 407, 408, 409, 410, 411, 412,
Cartesian form, 180, 377, 378, 382, 410, 440, 413, 414, 415, 416, 431, 435, 476
453 equal vectors, 75
central tendency, 482 Errors, 132
Class interval, 480, 487 Expectation, 568, 575, 576, 581, 584
Class mark, 480 External division, 88, 89
Coin, 523
Collinear vectors, 75, 116 F
combination, 118, 129, 534
Components of vectors, 76 factor formulae, 20
compound value, 7, 20 First Order D.E, 247, 251, 254, 260, 265, 269,
Conic section, 346, 347 272
Conjugate, 174 Focal chord, 347
Cooling, 314 Focus, 347, 349, 353, 357, 360, 363, 366, 368,
Coplanar vectors, 75 370, 479
cosech, 3, 57 force, 73, 106, 107, 108, 127, 128, 129, 130,
cosh, 1, 21, 48 343, 466, 520
cosine rule, 103, 127 function, 145, 151, 166, 168, 243, 245, 246,
counting principle, 524 291, 317, 535, 538, 567, 571, 574, 581, 582,
cross product, 109, 127, 128 583, 584, 592, 597, 598, 612, 618, 620, 631,
Cumulative Frequency Distribution, 481 636, 642
D G
derivative, 37, 38, 240, 247, 276 General solution, 246
Die, 523 Grouped data, 480, 486, 513
707
H N
Homogeneous, 254, 260 Non Homogeneous, 260
Hyperbola, 347, 418, 427, 431, 432, 436, 438, Normal, 347, 382, 597, 598, 626
439, 440, 442, 443, 444, 445, 446, 449 Numerical Approximation, 132
hyperbolic equations, 8 Numerical Integration, 132
hyperbolic function, 1, 3, 8, 20, 23, 35, 37, 70, Numerical method, 131, 132, 164
216, 468
hyperbolic identities, 19 O
ODE, 239, 247
I
Ogive, 481
Imaginary part, 171 opposite vectors, 74
Inexact Integrating Factor, 269
Integrating Factor, 265, 269 P
integration, 43, 48, 152, 157, 164, 167, 345
Internal Division, 86 Parabola, 347, 348
inverse, 38, 43, 48, 52, 55, 57, 655, 664 parallel vectors, 74, 109
inverse hyperbolic functions, 38 parallelogram law, 78
Parametric equation, 374, 415, 443
percentage error, 161
L
Percentile, 512, 514, 515, 517
Latus rectum, 347 permutation, 525, 709
LINEAR COMBINATION, 118 perpendicular, 93, 95, 101, 103, 109, 112, 127,
locus, 218, 220, 223, 228, 229, 230, 231, 235, 128, 129, 130, 347, 382, 416, 445, 449, 477
236, 237, 238, 471, 476, 477, 632, 654, 661 Poisson distribution, 592, 594, 596
Logarithmic form, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29 Polar form, 180, 181
Polygonal laws, 77
M position vector, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 124, 126,
127, 128, 129, 130
magnitude, 73, 74, 75, 80, 81, 82, 83, 102, 103, powered angles, 188, 189, 192
107, 109, 128, 129, 130, 175 Probability, 523, 556, 561, 562, 589, 597, 611,
mean, 483, 484, 487, 493, 495, 496, 497, 501, 628
504, 505, 507, 508, 509, 511, 521, 522, 526,
568, 569, 576, 579, 594, 596, 597, 598, 600,
Q
602, 603, 604, 605, 606, 607, 609, 610, 612,
613, 618, 625, 626, 627, 628, 629, 630, 631, Quartile, 512, 513, 514
657
measured value, 132 R
median, 488, 491, 521, 522, 597, 704
midpoint, 85, 475, 477 Random Experiment, 523
mode, 487, 491, 521, 597, 704 Ratio Theorem, 86
Modulus, 81, 175 Real part, 171
multiple angles, 188, 189, 192 Rectangular Hyperbola, 449
mutually perpendicular, 100 relative error, 133, 134
resultant vector, 77, 78
708
roots, 23, 71, 136, 140, 142, 144, 146, 151, 166, Triangular law, 77
169, 201, 206, 212, 235, 236, 283, 286, 289, TRIPLE PRODUCT, 118
520, 654, 662
U
S
Ungrouped data, 480, 486, 512
Sample space, 523, 524 Unit vector, 83
scalar, 80, 93, 94, 102, 103, 104, 119, 128, 655,
664 V
scalar product, 93, 102, 103, 128, 655, 664
Scalar projection, 104 variance, 495, 496, 497, 499, 500, 510, 569,
Secant method, 134, 147, 150, 168 573, 576, 585, 593, 597, 598, 612, 618, 657
sech, 3, 55 vector projection, 105
sine rule, 113, 127 vectors, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 80, 81, 83, 87,
sinh, 2, 20, 43 89, 93, 94, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103,
standard deviation, 497, 501, 502, 504, 507, 109, 110, 112, 116, 118, 119, 126, 128, 130,
508, 509, 511, 522, 597, 600, 602, 603, 604, 655, 664, 666
605, 606, 607, 609, 610, 613, 625, 626, 627, Vertex, 347, 349, 352, 353, 356, 357, 359, 360,
628, 629, 630, 631 361, 363, 366, 368, 370, 475, 479
Strips, 627 Vertices, 388, 394, 400, 405, 432, 478
SUPERPOSITION, 304
Systematic errors, 133 W
workdone, 106
T w-plane, 214, 230
Tangent, 347, 376, 408, 409, 413, 440, 441
tanh, 2, 52 Z
Translated equation, 362, 365, 367, 370, 418,
431, 432 z-plane, 230
Transverse axis, 444
Trapezoidal rule, 152, 153, 154, 161, 164, 167,
169, 645
709
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Backhouse, J. K. (1985). Pure Mathematics 1. London: 90 Tottenham Court Road,
London W1P 9HE.
710